新人教八年级英语上册单元同步讲义（合订学生版）_初中英语789_最新人教版英语八年级上册_新版_初中英语8上新更新第三套可选择_03讲义_新人教八年级英语上册单元同步讲义合订版

新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit1HappyHoliday
SectionAHowdopeoplespendtheirholidays?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /'eɪnʃənt/adj.古代的；古老的 2. /kamp/n. 度假营；营地 v. 露营；宿营
2. /'lændskeɪp/n. 风景；景色 4. /strerndʒ/adj. 奇怪的；陌生的
5. /və'keɪʃn/n. 假期；度假 6. /fæn'tæstik/adj. 极好的；了不起的
7. /taun/n.镇；商业区 8. /breθ/n. 呼吸的空气； 一口气
10. /i'speʃəli/adv.尤其；特别 11. /sti:md/chickensoup 汽锅鸡
12. /'eniwea(r)/adv.&pron. 在任何地方；随便什么地方
13. /'nʌθɪŋ/n.没有什么东西；没有事pron.没有任何东西；没有事
15. /'si:nəri/n. 风景；景色 16. /silk/n.丝绸；(蚕)丝
17. /ska:f/n.围巾；披巾 19. /həu'tel/n.旅馆；旅社
20. /'kʌmftabl/adj.使人舒服的；舒适的
21. /'redi/adj.准备好的；现成的adv. 已做完； 已完成
23. /'sʌmweə(r)/adv. 在某处；到某处pron.某处；某个地方
24. /skar/n.天；天空 25. /bɔ:d/adj.厌倦的；烦闷的
27. /tə'wɔ:dz,two:dz/(toward)prep. 向；朝
28. /'reɪnbəu/n.虹；彩虹
29. /skweə(r)/n.广场；正方形adj. 正方形的； 平方的
30. /'djuəriŋ/prep.在……期间 31. /'viktəri/n.胜利；成
功
32. /'rʌʃn/adj.俄罗斯的；俄罗斯人的 n.俄 罗斯人；俄语
33. /fart/n.战斗；搏斗；斗争v.(fought/f:t/)打 仗；打架
1新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
34. /ə'genst/prep.反对；与……相反；紧靠
36. /gaɪd/n.导游；指南；手册v.给某人领路； 指导
37. /'a:twə:k/n.艺术作品；插图 39. /'tiə(r)/n.眼泪；泪水
二．重点词汇变形
1. 露营(n./v.)→ 露营者
2. 奇怪的(adj.)→ (adv.) 奇怪地→ (n.)陌生人
3. 呼吸 (n.)→ (v.) 呼吸→ (adj.)
4. 尤其；特别地 (adv.)→ (adj.) 特别的；特殊的；格外的
5. 舒服的(adj.)→ (adv.) 舒适地→ (v.) 安慰
6. 无聊的（修饰人） (adj.)→ (adj.)无聊的(修饰物)
7. 胜利；成功(n.)→ (复数形式)
8. 俄国人；俄国的(n./adj.)→ (n.)俄罗斯
9. 打架；奋斗(n./v.)→ (n.)战士
10. 艺术品 (n.)→ (n.) 艺术家→ (n.) 艺术
11. 和平(n.)→ (adj.) 和平的；平静的→ (adv.) 安详地；平静地
12. 容易地(adv.)→ (adj.) 容易的；简单的→ (adj.) 不容易的
13. 忘记t(v.)→ (adj.) 容易忘记的；健忘的→ (adj.) 健忘的；
好忘事的→ (n.) 健忘；遗忘
三．重点短语通关
1. 上课 2. 古建筑
3. 去爬山 4. 去参加夏令营
5. 返回 7. 去度假
8. 看日出 9. 待 在 ...
10. 令人惊叹；令人叹绝
2新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
11 拍照片 12 汽锅鸡
13 待在家里 14. 一次美好的体验
15. 只有；只是 16. 双彩虹
17. 在二战期间 18. 走过....
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionA课文重现
Adam:Hi,Peter.Howareyou?
Peter:Hi,Adam.I'mfine,thanks.
Adam:Howwasyourholiday?
Peter:Itwasfantastic.
Adam:Didyougoanywhereinteresting?
Peter:Yes,IwenttoYunnanwithmyfamily.
Adam:Wow!Thatsoundsgreat.DidyougotoLijiang?
Peter:Yes,westayedintheoldtownforafewdays,andweenjoyeditverymuch.
Adam:DidyouvisitYulongMountain?_Everyonesaysit'sbeautiful.
Peter:Itis!Itjusttookmybreathaway.Wetookalotofgreatphotosthere.
Adam:Didyoueatanythingspecial?
Peter:Yes,wedid!Everythingtastedgood,especiallythesteamedchickensoup.Whataboutyou?
_SomeonesaidyouwenttoBeijing.__
Adam: No, notthis holiday. I did nothing special.I just stayed at home to read, play games, and relax, but it was still
fun.
【考点1.】Didyougoanywhereinteresting?你去了任何有趣的地方吗？
【用法详解】①这是一个一般疑问句，询问的是发生在过去的事情。由助动词提问，回答也用助动词did。一
般过去时的一般疑问句的句子结构是＂Did+ 主语+ 动词原形+其他?＂。其肯定回答是：Yes, 主格代词+did；
否定回答是：No, 主格代词+didn’t.。
Eg:DidyouvisitYuLongMountain?---Yes.Idid./NoIdidn’t你去玉龙雪山了吗？--是的，去了。/不，没有去。
②anywhere意为“在任何地方;随便哪个地方”，是复合不定代词。用于否定、疑问句和条件句中。
Eg:Ican'tfindmykeysanywhere.我到处都找不到钥匙。
Idon’twanttogoanywherebecauseofthebadweather.我不想去任何地方因为天气不好。
③anywhere在肯定句中表示“随便哪个地方”(强调“无限制选择”)。
Eg:Youcansitanywhereyoulike.你可以随便坐。
3新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Youcanexploreanywhereunknown.你可以去探索任何未知的新境。
④anywhereinteresting意为“有趣的地方”，当形容词修饰复合不定代词时，形容词需后置。
Eg: 美丽的地方 凉快的地方 危险的地方
⑤拓展：everywhere每个地方；到处，nowhere无处，somewhere 某个地方。
Eg:Wecangosomewherequitetochantwitheachother.我们可以去一个安静的地方聊聊天。
There'snowheretohide.无处可藏。
Shelookedeverywherebutcouldn’tfindhermissingearring.她到处看了也没有用找到她丢失的耳环。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Didyougo lastsummerholiday?-Yes.IwenttoShanghaiDisney,
A.somewherespecial B.anywherespecial
C.specialsomewhere D.specialanywhere
( )2.Haveyouseenmymobilephone,Sam?Ican’tfindit .
A.everywhere B.somewhere C.nowhere D.anywhere
( )3.--Isthere____tobuycoffeehere?-Yes,theCotticoffeeshopisthere.
A.somewhere B.anywhere C.nowhere D.everywhere
( )4.—Didyou lastweek?
.—Yes,IwenttoDalianwithmyparents.
A.gosomewhereinteresting B.goanywhereinteresting
C.gointerestinganywhere D.gotoanywhereinteresting
【考点2】 westayedintheoldtownforafewdays.我们在古城待了几天。
【用法详解】辨析 little,alittle,few,afew 巧记口诀：
①afew意为“有一些;有几个"，表示肯定的意义。修饰可数名词。 few/afew little/alittle
短的可数，长的不可数；
Eg:TodayIeatafewapples.今天我吃了几个苹果。
有a就有，没a就没有。
②few意为“没有，几乎没有"，表示否定的意义。修饰可数名词。
Eg: Ifeelsad,becauseIhavefewchips.我感到很伤心，因为我没有薯片了。
③alittle意为“有一点，有一些”，表示肯定的意义。修饰不可数名词。
Eg:Thereisalittlemilkinthatbottle.瓶子里还有一点牛奶。
④little意为“几乎没有”，表示否定的概念。修饰不可数名词。
Eg:Thereislittlemilkinthebottle.瓶子里几乎没有牛奶了。
4新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
牛
刀小试
用little,alittle,few,afew填空。
1.Ihave waterleft.There'senoughtoshare.
2.Ihave goodfriends.I'mnotlonely,
3.Hehas ducation.Hecan'treadorwriteatall,andhecanhardlycount.
4.Thereare peopleshereallytrusts.It'sabitsad.
5.We'vegot timeattheweekend.Wouldyouliketomeet?
6.Juliegaveus applesfromhergarden.Shallwesharethem?
7.Shehas self-confidence.Shehasalotoftroubletalkingtonewpeople.
8.Thereare womenpoliticiansintheUK.Manypeoplethinkthereshouldbemore.
9.It'sagreatpity,butthehospitalhas medicine.Theycan'thelpmanypeople.
10.I'vegot cakestogiveaway.Wouldyoulikeone?
11.There's milkleftinthefridge.Itshouldbeenoughforourcoffee.
12. childrenfromthisschoolgoontouniversity,unfortunately.
13.DoyouneedinformationonEnglishgrammar?Ihave booksonthetopicifyouwouldliketoborrow
them.
14.She'slucky.Shehas problems.
15.Londonhas sunshineinthewinter.That'swhysomanyBritishpeoplegoonholidaytosunnyplaces!
【考点3】Itjusttookmybreathaway.它几乎要让我不能呼吸。
【用法详解】①breath在句中作名词，意为“呼吸”。其动词形式为breathe意为“呼吸，吸气”。
相关搭配： 屏住呼吸:屏息静气 气喘吁吁 深呼吸
②took是take的过去式，其过去分词为taken 。
takeaway意为“带走；拿走；减去”。
相关用法： 1）take表示拿走某物。Eg:Hetooktheumbrella.他带走了那把伞。
2）take表示接受某物或某事。Eg:Iwilltakeyouradvice.我会接受你的建议。
3）take表示乘坐某种交通工具。
Eg:Hetakesthebustotheworkeveryday.他每天都坐公交车去上班。
4）take表示花费时间或精力。Eg:IttakestimetolearnEnglish.学习英语需要时间。
5）take表示上某个课程。Eg:ItakeanEnglishclass.我上英语课。
5新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
③take相关短语
脱下衣服;飞机起飞 拿走，带走 像
开始从事;占据;培养 小心，当心 照看，照顾 发生
代替 拿出，取出 以...自豪/骄傲
参加 写下，记下 吸入;欺骗
接管 记笔记 拍照
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.-Manywildanimalsareingreatdanger.-Let's___tosavethem.
A.takeoff B.takedown C.takeaction D.takeafter
（ ）2.-Peopleshouldfindwaysto _theairpollution(污染).
A.cutdown B.cutoff C.takedown D.takeoff
（ ）3.Therewillbeabrandnewroadthroughthesmallvillage,soweneedto___thoseoldbuildings.
A.takeup B.takeafter C.takedown D.takein
（ ）4.Please_____yourEnglishdictionarytolookup(查找)thisword.
A.takeoff B.takeout C.takeinD.taketo
（ ）5.Iamgoingto__ahobbylikeswimmingordancing.
A.takeoff B.takeup C.takedown D.takeafter
（ ）6.Ifyoufeelhot,youcan__yourcoat.
A.takeout B.takeoff C.puton D.putoff
【考点4】Wetookalotofgreatphotosthere.我们在那里拍了很多美好的照片。
【用法详解】①takephotos意为＂拍照；照相＂，takeaphoto/photosofsb/sth意为＂给某人/某物拍照＂。
Eg:WetookmanyphotosontheGreatWall. 我们在长城上拍了很多照片。
②alotsof 意为“大量;许多”，相当于alotof。它既可以修饰可数名词的复数形式，又可以修饰不可数名词。
修饰可数名词复数形式时，相当于many;修饰不可数名词时，相当于much。
Eg:Therearelotsofbirdsinthetree.树上有许多鸟。
Eg:Thereisalotofbreadontheplate.盘子里有许多小面包。
③相关拓展：alot可用作名词性词组，意为“许多”。
Eg:IcanlearnalotaboutChinesehistory.
我可以学到很多有关中国历史方面的知识。
6新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
alot也可作副词词组，在句中作状语，修饰动词，表示程度，意思是“十分，非常”，相当于verymuch。
Eg:IlikeChineseactionmoviesalot.我非常喜欢中国的动作片。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1、Thereare_ ___sweetsinthebasket.Heofteneats_ __.
A.alotof,alotoff B.alotof,alot
C.lotsof,alotof D.lotsof,lotsof
( )2、-I'mafraidthere'snotimeforbreakfast.
-Nohurry.There'sstill timebeforethefirstlessonbegins.
A.alot B.lotof C.lotsof D.alots
( )3、Tomknowsabout China.HebegantoliveinChinain2000.
A. alot B.lotsof C.alotof D./
【考点5】Didyoueatanythingspecial?你吃了任何特别的东西吗？
Everythingtastedgood,especiallythesteamedchickensoup所有事物尝起来都非常棒，尤其是汽锅鸡。
【用法详解】①anything不定代词，意为“某事；某件东西”，主要用于疑问句或否定句中。
Eg: Doyouwantanythingfromme? 你想从我这里要些什么吗？
Ican’twantanythingaboutit. 对此我没什么可说的。
注意：anything表示“任何事，任何东西”时，用于肯定句中。
Eg: Youcanaskmeanythingyouwanttoknow. 你可以问我你想知道的任何事情。
②taste为感官动词，在此处作系动词，后接形容词作表语，不用于进行时。感官动词+adj。
【拓展】“五个感官动 词”：
③.especiallyadv.尤其;特别通常放在所强调的词前或句尾，用于强调某事物在整体中更为重要或特殊。修饰形
容词、副词或动词，加强程度。
Eg:Iloveallfruits,especiallystrawberries.我喜欢所有水果，尤其是草莓。
7新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Theexamwasespeciallydifficultthisyear.今年的考试特别难。
易混淆词: 特别的 专门地，强调目的性 强调程度
Eg:Thisroomwasspeciallybuiltformeetings.这个房间是专门为会议建造的。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Whenourteacherheardofthenew,hewastooangrytosay___________.
A.everything B.nothing C.something D.anything
（ ）1.—Howaboutthefruitsalad?
—Yummy!Ittastevery .Bytheway,whomadeit?
A.good B.bad C.well D.badly
（ ）3.Ienjoyoutdooractivities,______hiking.
A.specially B.especially C.generally
4.Thismovieis (特别)popularamongteenagers.
【考点6】 Ididnothingspecial我没有做什么特别的事。
【用法详解】nothing为代词，意为“没有任何东西；没 常见 有事”,它可以在句子中作主语、宾语或表语。
Eg:Nothingisimpossibleifyouput your heartintoit.只要你用心去做，没有什么是不可能的。
Ithasnothingtodowithyou. 这与你无关。
相关拓展：辨析nothing、none 与 noone 的用法区别
①nothing只指事物，不指人；回答what引导的问句，表示“没有事；没有任何东西”;其 作主语时，谓语动词
用第三人称单数形式。
Eg:—Whatdidyoudoonyoursummervacation? 你在暑假做了什么?
—Nothingspecial.Ijuststayathome .没什么特别的,我只是待在家里。
②none既可以指人，也可以指物。回答howmany/much引导的询问数量的问句，表示 “没有一个；毫无”;
可单独使用，也可与of连用；noneof后接 复数名词或代词作主语时，谓语动词用单复数形式均可。
Eg:Iwilltakenoneofyouradvice.我将不采纳你的建议。
③noone只能指人，不能指物；回答who引导的问句，表示“没人”;通常单独使用，不与of连用；其作主语时，
谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。
Eg:Nooneisperfectintheworld. 世界上没有人是完美的。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Mom,canIhave____________toeat?I’mhungry.
8新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
—Sorry,there’s____________inthefridge.ButIthinkwecangooutfordinnernow.
A.nothing；nothing B.something；nothing C.anything；somethingD.something；something
2.Thereis interestinginthethismovie，Idon’tlikeit。
【考点7】Everyonewasreadytofindsomewheretogo.每个人都准备好 找要去的地方。
【用法详解】ready 意为“准备好的；现成的” 。相关搭配：①bereadytodosth 准备好做某事；愿意做某事
②bereadyforsth 为某事做好准备
Eg:Heisreadytoleavethiscity. 他准备好离开这座城市了。
Eg:He'sreadytohelp.他准备好帮忙了。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.-Areyou______thetrip?-Yes,I'vepackedeverything.
A.readyfor B.readyto C.readywith
( )2.Theywereready somewheretogo.
A.find B.tofind C.finging D.finds
【考点7】IwassoboredthatIdecidedtofind___something____toread.我是如此的无聊，以至于决定找东西读。
【用法详解】①bored形容词，意为“厌烦的:厌倦的"，其主语为人。boring形容词，意为“令人感到无聊的;
令人感到厌烦的"，其主语多为物或做定语。
Eg:Thisboringbookmadehimfeelbored.这本无趣的书让他感觉无聊。
②so...that...意为“如此...以致于”。so+形容词/副词+that+结果状语从句，强调原因的程度导致某种结果，表示
因果关系。
Eg:Heissohard-workingthathecanwinthefirstplace.
他如此努力，以致于赢得了第一名。
Eg:ShespeakssofastthatIcan'tunderstandher.
她说得如此快，以致我听不懂。
③such...that...: 如此...以致...such+(a/an)+形容词+名词(强调名词)
Eg:Theyaresuchkindpeople.他们是如此善良的人。
Eg:TSheissuchagoodsingerthateveryoneapplauds.她唱得那么好，每个人都为之鼓掌。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.TheTVplayZangHaiZhuagactedbyXiaoZhanwas________wonderful_____I
watcheditmanytimes.
A.so...that B.such...that C.too...to
（ ）2.Hemade______manymistakes________hefailedtheexam.
9新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.so...that B.such...that C.enough...to
（ ）3.Itwas _______acoldnight_______welitafire.
A. so...that B.such...that C.too...to
4.Thecakewas delicious everyoneaskedformore.
（ ）5.Don'tbe ,ortheywillprobablystoptalkingandwalkaway.
A.bored B.boring C.tiring D.angrily
四．单元重点语法讲练
1.复合不定代词语法概述
复合不定代词是由some,any,no,every加上-body,-one,-thing构成的不定代词。
2.复合不定代词的类别
some-类 any-类 no-类 every-类
-body 某人；有人 任何人 没有人 每人；所有人
-one 某人；有人 任何人 没有人 每人；所有人
-thing 某事；某物 任何事物 没有什么 每件事；一切
-where 某地 任何地方 每地
3.复合不定代词用法及考点
①.复合不定代词的数
复合不定代词通常被看成是单数。当它们充当句子的主语时，其后的谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。
Eg:Everybodyisacutebystander. 每个人都是可爱的旁观者。
Eg:Everythingislovely.万物可爱。
②.some- 类和 any-类复合不定代词的用法区别
some- 类的复合不定代词常用于肯定句及以would，could开头的一般疑问句中。
Eg:Someonewantstomakefriendswithyou. 有人想和你交朋友。
Eg:wouldyoulikesomethingtoeat?你想吃点东西吗？
any-类的复合不定代词常用于否定句、疑问句或条件句中。
Eg:Hedoesn'twanttodoanythingexceptthumpinghim.
除了揍他一顿，他不想做任何事情。
③. 复合不定代词的定语
形容词修饰复合不定代词时，要位于其后。
Eg:Lastweekend,IwentsomewherebeautifulandeatsomethingdeliciouswithmybestfriendSean.
10新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
上周末我和我最好的朋友Sean一起去了一些美丽的地方吃了些美味的东西。
复合不定代词与动词不定式连用时，不定式作后置定语。
Eg:Couldyoubuymesomethingtodrink?可以给我买些喝的吗？
牛
刀小试
（ ）1．—Whatareyoudoinghere?
—Idon’tlikethisskirt.I’mtryingtofind________towear.
A．elseanything B．Everything C．somethingelse D．newsomething
（ ）2.Ialwaysbelievethatthereisn't difficultifwesetourmindtodoit.
A.something B.anything C.everything D.nothing
（ ）3．Mypurseislost.Ilookedforit________,butIcouldn’tfindit.
A．everywhere B．anywhere C．somewhere D．where
（ ）4．—What'syourdreamjob?—Iwanttowork________．
A．somewherebeautifulB．beautifulsomewhereC．beautifulanywhereD．anywherebeautiful
（ ）5．—Didyoudo________interestinglastsummervacation?
—Yes,I________toPenanginMalaysiawithmyfamily.
A．anything；wentB．something；went C．anything；go D．something；go
（ ）6.—Helen,didyoudo lastweekend?
—Yes,Ivisitedmygrandparentsinthecountryside.
A.anythingspecial B.somethingspecial C.specialanything D.specialsomething
（ ）7.—Isthere elseintheclassroom?
—It’sempty（空的）. islisteningtoaspeechintheschoolhall.
A.anyone;Anyone B.anyone;Everyone C.everyone;Anyone D.everyone;Everyone
（ ）8.Couldyoustayalittlelonger?Ihave moretotellyouabouttheplanfortomorrow.
A.something B.everything C.anything D.nothing
9.Didyousee (someone)onthehillthismorning?
10.Thegirldoesn’tliketoplaywith (something).Sheonlywantstoreadbooks.
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
（ ）1．一Whatdidyoursisterdolastsummer?
11新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
一 She_______myauntandstayedtherefortwoweeks.
A．visit B．visited C．visits D．willvisit
（ ）2．—Wouldyoulike________anything?
—No，Idon'tfeellike________anything.
A．eating，eating B．eating，toeat C．toeat，eating D．toeat，toeat
（ ）3．Thiswatchis_______,butIdon’thave_______.
A．enoughbeautiful;moneyenough B．beautifullyenough;moneyenough
C．beautifulenough;enoughmoney D．enoughbeautiful;enoughmoney
（ ）4．—Howdidyoufeelaboutthetrip?—______.
A．Bytrain B．I'mverytired
C．Itwasgreat D．Theweatherwasfine
（ ）5．I'llbuy______formyson，but______formyself.
A．nothing；nothing B．anything；nothing
C．something；nothing D．something；something
（ ）6．_____seemsdifficult________whobrokethewindow.
A．This;tofindout B．It;tofindout
C．That;findingout D．It;findingout
（ ）7．Hewaswaiting_______thebusstop_________about2hours.
A．for:for B．for:at C．at;for D．for；in
（ ）8．Mr.Blackisadisabledman,sohecan’tlookafter________well.
A．myself B．yourself C．himself D．herself
（ ）9．Therehasneverbeensuchabeautifulvillage_________intheworld.
A．anywhere B．everywhere C．somewhere D．nowhere
（ ）10．FishingwithDadwasso_______forlittleSamthathealmostfellasleep.
A．excited B．exciting C．bored D．boring
二、完型填空
AFrenchmanwenttovisitNewYork.Hedidn'tknowEnglish.Whenhe 11 NewYork，he 12
abustoahotel.
ItwasSunday.TheFrenchmanwentout 13 awalk.Whenhewent 14 thestreet，hesuddenly
15 hiswayback.Onthewallnearthecornerofthestreet，hesawsomeEnglishwords.He 16 themdown
12新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
inhisnotebook.“NowIknowthenameofthisstreet，”hesaidto 17 ．“It'llbeeasyformeto 18 the
hotel.”Hewalkedforalongtimeinthecity.Thenhefelttiredandwantedtogoback.Hetookthenotebookoutofhis
pocketand 19 thenameofthestreettoayoungman. 20 hedidnotknowwhattheFrenchman
wanted.Hestoppedanoldman，buttheoldmandidnotunderstandhim， 21 ．
ThentheFrenchmansaw 22 youngwoman.Theyoungwomanknew 23 French.Whenshe
24 thewordsinhisnotebook，she 25 ，forintheFrenchman'snotebook，therewereonlythreewords
“OneWayStreet”．
（ ）11．A．reachedat B．gotto C．arrivedat D．gotin
（ ）12．A．Had B．took C．sat D．caught
（ ）13．A．To B．for C．of D．with
（ ）14．A．along B．away C．off D．over
（ ）15．A．thoughtof B．thinkof C．thinksof D．isthinkingof
（ ）16．A．Writes B．write C．wrote D．written
（ ）17．A．him B．her C．he D．himself
（ ）18．A．Back B．comeback C．comebackto D．backto
（ ）19．A．Read B．showed C．took D．gave
（ ）20．A．But B．And C．Or D．Because
（ ）21．A．either B．too C．also D．neither
（ ）22．A．a B．an C．the D．/
（ ）23．A．few B．afew C．many D．some
（ ）24．A．Read B．see C．looked D．found
（ ）25．A．Cried B．laughed(笑) C．shouted D．said
三、阅读理解
A
Ayoungboywasplayinghappilyinfrontofhishousewhenanoldwisemanturnedup.Theoldmantook
himtoalargerockandaskedtheboytopushagainstitwithallhisstrength.(力量)
Thentheboydidthisaftertheschoolday.Buteverynightwhentheboyreturnedhome,hewasfeeling
down—becausehecouldn’tmoveitalittlethoughhewasalreadysoreandwornout.
Aneighborsawthisandsaidtohim,“Youhavebeenpushingagainsttherockforalongtime,butithasn’tmoved.
So,thetaskisimpossibleandyouareafailure.”Thesewordscutlikeaknifeintotheboy’sheart.
13新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Thentheneighboradded,“whydoyoukeepdoingthis?Justhaveatryandthatisenough.”
Theboydidn’tsayanything,butwenttofindtheoldman.
“Sir,”theboysaid,“Ihavetriedhard,puttingallmystrengthtodowhatyouhaveasked.However,afterallthis
time,Ihaven’tevenmovedtherockabit.What’swrongwithme?WhyamIfailing?”“myboy,Itoldyoutopush
againsttherockwithallyourstrength.NeverdidIaskyoutomoveit.Remember:yourtaskwastopush.Lookat
yourself—yourarmsarestrong;yourbackisshinyandbrown;yourhandsarecallused(使生茧)fromconstantpressure.
Yourabilitiesnowsurpasswhatyouusedtohave.Itistruethatyouhaven’tmovedtherock.Butyourtaskwastopush
andtoexerciseyourfaith.Youhavedoneagoodjob.”
（ ）26．Whatdidtheoldmanasktheboytodo?
A．Todomoreexercisetobuildstrength. B．Tomovetherockaway.
C．Tofindouthowstronghewas. D．Totryhisbesttopushtherock.
（ ）27．Accordingtotheneighbor’swords,wecanknowthat______.
A．hethoughttheoldmantreatedtheboybadly.
B．hewastouchedbytheboyanddecidedtohelphim.
C．hethoughttheboywassillyandhecouldn’tfinishhistask.
D．hebelievednoonecouldmovetherock.
（ ）28．Theword“surpass”probablymeans“________”inChinese.
A．超过 B．低估 C．损失 D．消耗
（ ）29．Whatcanweinferfromthepassage?
A．Theboyknewhistaskclearlyandtriedhardtodoastold.
B．Theboyneverfelttiredandupsetthoughhefailedmanytimes.
C．Alltheneighborsthoughttheboywastotallyaloser.
D．Theoldmanexpectedtotrainaboytobestronger.
（ ）30．Thebestthetitleofthepassagecouldbe“_______”.
A．AHardPush B．Don’tLoseFaith C．JustDothetask D．WhyAmIFailing
B
The westerners have more vacation days than us. Some people like to stay at home during their vacation. They
work in the garden, visit their friends, read books or watch television. Many families take their lunch to a park or
somewherefarfrom thecity.Theyliketo eatundersome trees ornearanicelake.If theylivenearthesea,theyoften
gototheseaside.Theretheycanfish,swimorenjoythesun.
14新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Thewesterners liketravelling. They think travelling andoutdooractivities are the parts of their lives.Theywork
hardtosavemoney,buttheirmainpurpose(目的)istotravel.
Most western students often make use of their vacation to camp. There are thousands of camp interesting
bases( 基 地 ) in western countries. They can swim, go fishing, attend lectures, and take part in many other
recreational(娱乐性的)activitiesthere.Itcanhelpthemwrestfromthesecretsofnature,train(训练)theirviability(生
存能力),andteachthemhowtobeself-reliant(自立).
（ ）31．Somewesternersliketo______athomeduringtheirvacation.
A．cleantheirrooms B．cooktheirmeals
C．workinthegardenandwatchTV D．gofishing
（ ）32．Manyfamiliesoftentaketheirlunchoutandhaveit______.
A．undersometrees B．nearthecity
C．nearthesea D．intherestaurants
（ ）33．______isveryimportantforthewesterners.
A．Workinghard B．Travelling C．Savingmoney D．Goingcamping
（ ）34．Whatdoestheunderlinedphrase“wrestfrom”meanhere?
A．取得 B．保守 C．认识 D．探索
（ ）35．Thepassagemainlytellsus______.
A．howthewesternersspendtheirvacation
B．thewesternershavemorevacationdaysthanus
C．differentviewsonvacationbetweenthewesternersandtheeasterners
D．teachthewesternstudentshowtobeself-reliant
C
Eating in space is different from eating on the earth.The food that astronauts carry with them does notlook like
thefoodyoueat.Somefoodiscarriedinclosedbags.Itiscookedandfrozenbeforetheastronautsgetit.Allthewater
isremoved(分离开)fromthefood.Inthespaceship，theastronautputsthewaterback.He“shoots”hotorcoldwater
intothefoodbagwith aspecialgun.He eats thefoodthatcome in bite sizes.The astronautsputs awholepiecein his
mouthatonce.Therecanbenocrumbs(碎屑).Crumbswouldfloataroundthespaceshipandgetintheway.Meatand
cakeoftencomeinbitesizedpieces.
Astronauts cannot drink water from open cups.The water would float in drops in the air.The water is put in the
specialgun.Theastronautshootsthewaterintohismouth.
15新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）36．Astronautsput________thattheycarrywiththeminclosebag.
A．theclothes B．someflowers C．thefood D．somestones
（ ）37．Thepassagedoesn'tsaythis,butfromwhatwehaveread,wecantellthat_______.
A．astronautscannoteatanythinginspaceship
B．astronautscannotdrinkwaterinspaceship
C．astronautscannotdrinkwaterintheusualwayinaspaceship
D．astronautsmustlearnmanynewanddifferentthings
（ ）38．Inthespaceship，astronautsputthewater______.
A．inabottle B．insomebags C．back D．front
（ ）39．—Howdotheastronautsdrinkthewater?—________.
A．Theyshootthewaterintotheirmouthwithaspecialgun
B．Theydrinkthewaterwithausualcup
C．Theydrinkthewaterfromanopencup
D．Theyoftendrinkthewaterwiththeirhands
（ ）40．Themainideaofthepassageisthat_________.
A．astronautseatlessfoodinspacethanontheearth
B．astronautsgethungrierandthirstierinspacethanontheearth
C．eatinganddrinkinginspaceisdifferentfromthatontheearth
D．thereisnoenoughfoodandwaterforastronauts
四、语法填空(10小题，每小题1分，共10分)
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Students these days often have a lot of 41． (worry). Sometimes they have problems with their
schoolwork, and sometimes with their friends.What can they doaboutthis? Some people believe the 42 ．(bad)
thingistodonothing. LauraMills,43 ． teenagerfromLondon,agrees.“Problemsarenormalinlife，”says
Laura.“ButIthinktalkingtosomeonehelpsalot.Unlesswetalktosomeone,we'llcertainlyfeelworse.”
Lauraoncelostherwalletandshe44 ．(be)afraidtotellherparentsaboutit.Sheworriedfordaysanddidn't
know45 ． tosolvetheproblem.Sheevenwalkedthreemilestoschooleachdaybecauseshedidn'thave
46． (some)money.Shejustkeptthinking,“47 ． Itellmyparents,they'llbeangry！”48． (final),she
talkedtoherparentsandtheywerereally49． (understand).Theygotheranewwalletandaskedhertobemore
careful.“Iwillalwaysremembertosharemyproblemsinthefuture！”Laurasays.Herdadsaidhesometimesmade
16新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
carelessmistakes50． (him).
五、阅读回答问题(10小题，每小题1分，共10分)
My grandfather never watchedTV.He thought that people spent too much time watching it. Some of his friends
oftentalkedaboutsportsshows,themovies andplays. Mygrandfathersaidtohimself,“Theyneverreadanybooksor
gooutintheevening.”Sohedidn’tbuyaTV.
Twoyearsagomygrandfatherwas60yearsold.Hestoppedworkinginthehospital.MyfatherboughthimaTV.
Hebegantowatchallthenews.Heknowsmuchmoreaboutthenews.Heknowsmuchmoreabouttheworld.Andhe
reads more books, too. Now, my grandfather will get very angry if you trouble him when he is watching TV. I can’t
understandthatonecanchangehisideawhenheis60.
根据短文内容，回答问题。
51．Didthewriter’sgrandfatherwatchTVbeforehestoppedworking?
52．Whendidthewriter’sgrandfatherstopworkinginthehospital?
53．Howoldisthewriter’sgrandfathernow?
.
54．Whoboughtthewriter’sgrandfatheraTV?
.
55．Howwillthewriter’sgrandfatherfeelifyoutroublehimwhenheiswatchingTV?
Unit1HappyHoliday
SectionBwhatcanwelearnfromholidayexperiences?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /rɪ'maind/v. 提醒；使想起 2. /pi:s/n. 和；太平
3. /'i:zəli/adv. 容易地；轻易地 4. /fə'get/v.(forgot/fə'gɒt)忘记；遗忘
5. /nu:n/n. 正午；中午 6. /sik/adj. 生病的；恶心的
7. /'steɪʃn/n. 火车站；公共汽车站 8. /'pæləs/n. 王宫；宫殿
9. /ə'kɔ:diən/n. 手风琴 10. /'tauə(r)n.塔；塔楼
17新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
11. /'probəbli/adv.很可能；大概 12. /maɪt/modalv. 可能；可以
13. /'bʌdʒit/n.预算v. 把……编入预算；精 14. /'pa:spɔ:t/n.护照
15. /fə'getfl/adj.健忘的；好忘事的 16. /'fa:rəweɪ,,fa:rə'wei/adj.远方的；遥远
17. /'regjələ(r)/adj.平常的；有规律的 18. /'kʌntrisaɪd/n.乡村；农村
19. /'kʌmftəbl/adj.舒适的 20. /sə'praɪzd/adj.惊奇的；惊讶的
21. /dɪə(r)/n.(pl.deer) 鹿
二．重点词汇变形
1. (adj.)生病的 → (adj.)生病的 (同义词)
2. (adj.)有规律的→ (adv.)有规律地
3. (adj.)令人惊喜的(修饰人)→ (adj.)惊喜的；意外的(物作主语)
4. (v.)参观；拜访→ (名词，游客；访问者)
5. (adj.)惊奇的（修饰物）→ (adj.)感到惊奇的(修饰人)
6. (adj.) 有趣的（修饰物）→ (adj.感兴趣的(修饰人)
7. (adj.）放松的修饰物→ (adj.)感到放松的(修饰人)
8. （adv.）大量地；沉重地→ (adj.)重的
9. (adv.)确切地→ (adj.)准确的
10. (v.)决定 → (n.)决定
11. (adj.) 不同的 → (n.)差别；差异
12. （adj.）兴奋的 → （adj.）令人兴奋的（修饰物） → n.激动 → v.使激动
三．重点短语通关
1. 走过大厅 2. 讲诉关于.….的故事
3. 成千上万的 4. 摔倒，跌落
18新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
5. 给.…的感觉；感受到；想要(后接动词 -ing 形式)
6 感到恶心；感到不舒服 7. 拿出；取出
8. 聚会；相聚 9. 暑假
10. 寒假 11. 在阳光下
12. 超过预算 13. 以不同的方式
14. 看美丽的风景 15. 让你的身心得到休息
16. 回到你的日常生活 17. 在乡下
18. 发出响声 19. 转身
20 寻找 21. 从旅行经历中学
习
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionB课文重现
17July
Today was our first day to visit Moscow. The weather was fine and everyone
feltexcitedtovisitsomefamousplacesinRussia.
In the morning, we went to the Victory Museum. The Russian people built this
museum to remember their fight against the Nazis during World War II. As we
walkedthroughthehalls,thetourguidetoldusstoriesaboutthewar.Inonehall,
I saw an artwork with thousands of glass" tears"falling down. It reminds us that
waristerribleandpeacedoesnotcomeeasily.Weshouldnotforgetthat.
Atnoon,wehadlunchatarestaurantnearthepark.Ilikedtheicecreamthere,soIatealotofit.But,duringdinner,I
didn'tfeellikeeatingbecauseIfeltsick.Sonow,Ijustwanttogetagoodnight'ssleep.
18July
It rained last night, so this morning the air was fresh and cool. I
feltmuchbettertoday.
WetooktheMoscowMetrototravelaround.Themetrostations
arereally beautiful.Sometimes Ifeltlike Iwaswalking insidea
19新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
palace.Afterthat,wewenttoRedSquare.
Itwasfantastic!
In the afternoon, we arrived at a school and met a group of Russian students. We played games and soon became
friends.Later, someone took out his accordion, and soon everyone got together to sing and dance. We were so happy
thatwedidn'tnoticethetime.Itwassuchagoodexperience!
【考点1.】TheweatherwasfineandeveryonefeltexcitedtovisitsomefamousplacesinRussia.
天气很好，大家都很兴奋地参观一些俄罗斯的著名景点。
【用法详解】①excited意为“令人激动的，令人兴奋的”修饰人。修饰物则用exciting意为“兴奋的，激动的，
欢呼雀跃的”。
Eg:Themoviemadeussoexcited!这部电影太让我们兴奋了!
Eg:Didyouhearthatexcitingnews?你听说了那个令人激动的新闻了吗？
②beexcitedtodosth.对做某事感到激动
Eg:Shewasexcitedtomeetherfavoritesuperstar.她非常兴奋能见到自己最喜爱的明星。
相关拓展:beexcitedaboutsth.:对某事感到激动
Eg:Theyareexcitedabouthiscomingconcert.他们对他即将开启的演唱会充满期待。
牛
刀小试
1、Hewastoo (excite)tosayanythingwhenhesawher.
2、Aftershefinishedtheexam,sheworean (excite)smileonherface.
3、It's (excite)forusChinesethatthenationalfootballteamwonthegame.
4、It's (excite)newsthatIhaveeverheardallmylife.
6、-Whydidn'tyoulikethematch?--Itwasthemost onethatIhaveeverlistenedto.
【考点2.】TheRussianpeoplebuilt thismuseumtoremembertheirfightagainsttheNazisduringWorldWar
Ⅱ .俄罗斯人建造这个博物馆是为了 纪念他们在二战期间与纳粹的斗争。
【用法详解】①fight在此处作名词，意为“斗争； 打架；战斗；斗志”等。
相关搭配: .与某人打架/争吵 奋力抵抗
Eg:Hehadafightwithhisbrother. 他和弟弟打了一架。
Eg:Heputupagoodfightbutlost. 他奋力拼搏但还是输了。
②fight作动词表示“打架；斗争；奋斗；争吵”等。
相关搭配:fight+ 人/事物 与…斗争/打架 fightagainst/with+ 人/事物对抗…
fightfor 为…而战 fightoff 击退
20新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:Hefoughttheenemybravely. 他们勇敢地与敌人战斗。
Eg:Hefoughtagainsthisillnessforyears. 他与疾病抗争多年。
Eg:Thetwoboysfoughtwitheachother. 两个男孩打架了。
③against作介词，意为“(在比赛或战斗中)与……(某人或 某事物)竞争”,常与play和fight等词连用。
也可意为“反对；违背”,其反义词为for。againstthewar反对战争
表示位置，意为“靠着；倚着”。againstthetree 靠着树
表示“碰；撞”。 againstthewall 撞到墙
表示“逆”。 againstthewind 逆风
牛
刀小试
( )1.Thetwobrothersoften______eachotheroversmallthings,buttheystillloveeachother.
A.fightfor B.fightagainst C.fightwith D.fightoff
( )2.Thetwocountrieshavebeen______eachotherforyears.
A.fightingagainst B.fightingfor C.fightingoff D.fightingover
( )3.Shedecidedto______herfearandtakethechallenge.
A.fightback B.fightwith C.fightagainst D.fightfor
【考点3】Inonehall,Isawanartworkwiththousandsofglass“tears”fallingdown. 在一个大厅里，我看
到了一个艺术作品，上面有成千上万的玻璃“泪 滴”落下。
【用法详解】thousand 作数词，意为“ 一千”。当thousand 前有具体数字时，其后不加-s,也不与of 连用；
当表示不确定的数目时（无具体数字时），thousand后要加-s,并和 of连用。
Eg:Therearemanyoldthingsfromtwothousandyearsagoinourcitymuseum.
在我们市博物馆里，有许多两千年前的古物。
Eg:Thousandsofpeoplewerelisteninghisconcert.数以千计的人正听他的演唱会。
相关拓展：hundred（百）、million（百万）和 billion（十亿的用法与 thousand 的用法一样。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Thereare______peopleinthestadium,butIdon’tknowtheexactnumber.
A.hundredsof B.twohundreds C.hundred D.ahundredof
（ ）2.Thecompanyreceivedthree______applicationsforthejobopening.
A.thousandsof B.thousand C.fivethousands D.athousandof
21新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）3.I’vetoldyou______timesnottoleavethedooropen!
A.hundreds B.ahundredof C.hundredsof D.hundred
【考点4】Itremindsusthatwaristerribleandpeacedoesnotcomeeasily.它提醒我们，战争是可怕的，和平
来之不易。
【用法详解】remind在此处用作及物动词，意为“提 醒；使想起”,后跟名词或代词作宾语，常与介词 about
或 of 连用。
相关搭配：① 使某人想起某人/某物
Eg:Thepictureremindsmeofmychildhood.这幅画让我想起了我的童年。
② 提醒某人做某事
Eg:Please remind me to buy some bread and milk. 请提醒我买些面包和牛
奶。
③remind sb+that从句提醒某人……
Eg:HeremindsmethatImustwearthekneepadswhenIdance. 他提醒我跳舞的时候要带护膝。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Theoldsong______me______mychildhood.
A.reminds;to B.reminds;of C.reminded;about D.reminded;for
( )2.BeforeIleft,mymom______me______turnoffthelights.
A.reminded;to B.reminded;of C.reminded;for D.reminded;about
( )3.She______me______wehadameetingat3PM.
A.reminded;of B.reminded;to C.reminded;that D.reminded;about
( )4.Thesmellofcoffeeremindedme______someonmywayhome.
A. buy B.tobuy C.buying D.bought
【考点5】Weshouldnotforgetthat.我们不应该忘记那一点。
【用法详解】forget可以作不及物动词，也可以作及 物动词，意为“忘记；遗忘”,其后可直接 跟宾语，也
可跟动词不定式或动名词结构作宾语 。forget的反义词为remember。
相关搭配：① 忘记要做某事 ,表示事情还没做。
Eg:Don'tforgettotakeouttherubbish. 别忘了倒垃圾。
② 忘记做过某事”,表示事情已经做过了。
Eg:Iforgetbuyingthisbook.我忘记买过这本书了。
22新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
相关拓展：①. 记得要做某事
Eg:Remembertolockthedoorwhenyouleave. 离开时记得锁门。
②. 记得做过某事
Eg:Iremembermeetinghimatapartylastyear. 我记得去年在一个派对上见过他。
牛
刀小试
1.Didyouremember (send)theemail?Ineedtomakesureit’sdone.
2.Iremember (see)thismoviebefore,butIcan’trecalltheending.
3.Sheforgot (buy)milk,soshehadtogobacktothestore.
4.Hewillneverforget (travel)toJapanforthefirsttime.
5.Pleaseremember (close)thewindowsbeforeyouleave.
【考点6】But,duringdinner,Ididn'tfeellikeeatingbecauseIfeltsick.但是在晚饭期间，我不想吃任何东西，
因为我感觉身体不舒服。
【用法详解】①feellike+ 名词/代词， 表示"感觉像..."或"想要..." 。
Eg:Ifeellikeacupofcoffee. 我想要一杯咖啡。
② 表示"想要做某事"= 想要做某
事。
Eg:Idon'tfeellikegoingouttonight. 今晚我不想出去。
Eg:Ijustwanttostayathomealone.我只想自己待在家里。
③feellike+ 从句，表示"感觉好像..."
Eg:Itfeelslikeit'sgoingtorain. 感觉要下雨了。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Idon'tfeellike______tothepartytonight.
A. going B. togoing C.togo D.go
2.Idon't talkingrightnow.(想要)
3.Doyoufeellike (have)someicecream?
【考点7】Weweresohappythatwedidn'tnoticethetime.我们是如此的开心，以以致于没有注意到时间。
【用法详解】notice作为动词，意为“注意到”。作为名词意为“通知”。
相关搭配：
1 .:注意到某人做某事(全过程)
23新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:Inoticedhimtakethemoney. 我注意到他拿了钱。
② .:注意到某人正在做某事(正在发生)
Eg:Shenoticedtheboyscomingin.她注意到那群男孩子正走进来。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.WhenIenteredtheroom,Inoticedthecat______quietlyunderthetable.
A.sleep B.tosleep C.sleeping D.slept
（ ）2.Didyounoticeanyone______theofficeyesterdayafternoon?
A.leave B.toleave C.left D.leaving
【考点8】Iturnedaroundandwassurprisedtoseeadeer.我转身时惊讶地看到一只鹿。
【用法详解】surprised意为“惊奇的;惊讶的”，人做主语。若物做主语，则用surprising意为“令人惊讶的”。
相关搭配：① .:表示“对做某事感到惊讶”;
Eg:Hewassurprisedtoseeababystandeasily.他惊讶地发现这个宝宝轻易地站起来了。
2 .:表示“对某事感到惊讶”。
Eg:Iwassurprisedatseeinghimthere.在那里看见他，我感到很惊讶。
相关拓展：insurprise 惊讶地 toone'ssurprise 让某人惊讶的是
牛
刀小试
( )1.Theyarenot atthe news.
A.surprised surprising B.surprising surprised C.surprised surprised D.surprising surprising
( )2.Theywereall atthechange.
A.surprising B. surprised C.surprises D.surprise
( )3.Howabout apicnictomorrow?
A. having B.tohave C.has D.had
（ ）4.Thestory_________me.ImeanthatI’m_________atthe_________story.
A.surprise;surprising;surprised B.surprises;surprised;surprised
C.surprise;surprised;surprising D.surprises;surprised;surprising
【考点9】whatawonderfulexperienceIhad!多么精彩的一次经历啊。
【用法详解】what+a/an+形容词+名词+主语+谓语，是一句感叹句句型，表示赞美、惊叹、喜悦等感情。
1.what引导的感叹句
24新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
(1)What+a/an+形容词+可数名词单数(+主语+谓语+其他)!
Eg:Whatabeautifulgirlsheis!一个多漂亮的女孩呀!
Eg:Whatanexcellentideaitis!一个多棒的主意呀!
(2)What+形容词+可数名词复数/不可数名词(+主语+谓语+其他)!
Eg:Whatinterestingstoriestheyare!它们是多么有趣的故事呀!
Eg:Whatexcitingnewsitis!多么让人兴奋的新闻啊！
2.how引导的感叹句
(1)How+形容词/副词(+主语+谓语+其他)!
Eg:Howbeautifulthegirlis!这个女孩多漂亮呀!
Eg:HowsmartZangHaiis! 藏海好聪明啊!
做题方法:
一去:(去主谓)去掉主语和谓语部分
二看:(是否是名词)看主语前是名词还是形容词、副词。若是名词，用What;若
是形容词或副词，用How。
牛
刀小试
用What/How/Whata/Whatan填空
1. nicetheskirtis! 2. hotitistoday!
2. bighorsestheyare! 4. interestingbookitis!
5. cleverboyheis! 6. clevertheboyis!
7. hardJackworks! 8. fastPeterruns!
9 finedayitis! 10. nicepicturestheyare!
11 timeflies! 12. cutedogitis!
13. interestingthestoryis! 14. badtheweatherinEngland
is!
15. honestboyTomis!
16 longwayfrommyhometoyourcityitis!
17. goodtimewehadintheparkyesterday! 18. excitingnews!
19. coolyournewcaris! 20 saltythesoupis!
25新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1.---Doyouenjoytravelingbyair? ---No,it’s expensive.
A.toomuch B.moremuch C.much D.muchtoo
( )2.There fourteachersandastudentinheoffice.
A.have B.has C.is D.are
( )3.After dinner,hestayedat homeandplayed violin.
A.the,/,the B./,/,the C./,the,/ D.a,the,the
( )4.—_______didyoudolastnight?—Iwentshopping.
A.What B.How C.Why D.Where
( )5.Kate____herunclelastweek.Shedidherhomework.
A.doesn’tvisit B.don’tvisit C.didn’tvisit D.visited
( )6.Therearefiftystudentsinourclass.30%ofthemaregirls._____ofthemareboys.
A.Few B.Afew C.Any D.Most
( )7.Thereis______withmybike.Canyouhelpmemendit?
A.nothingwrong B.anythingwrong
C.somethingwrong D.wrongsomething
( )8.Annais_____toworkouttheproblems.
A.carefulenough B.enoughcareful
C.carefullyenough D.enoughcarefully
( )9.---______? ---Sheisanurse.
A.Wheredoesyourmotherdo? B.Whatdoesyourmotherdo?
C.Whatisyourmotherdoing? D.Whoisyourmother?
( )10.Myhouseis______thepostofficeandthebank.
A.on B.in C.between D.over
( )11.AftersupperMary’smotheroftenmakesher________alongtheriver.
A.takeawalk B.takeswalk C.takingawalk D.takesawalk
( )12.Wehaveworkedforthreehours.Nowlet’sstop arest.
A.had B.have C.tohave D.having
( )13.Thebookis_____.Ifeel_______.
A.boring;boring B.bored;boring C.boring;bored D.bored;bored
( )14.Nearhereisabeautifulpark______abiglakeinit.
26新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.of B.with C.on D.from
( )15.Tomstudiedhardandtried_____theexam.
A.pass B.passes C.topass D.passing
( )16.WhenIswimintheriver,I_____I’mafish.
A.looklike B.soundlike C.feellike D.amlike
( )17.---Icouldlookafter______whenIwasfive.---Really?Ican’tbelieveit.
A. myself B.herself C.himself D.yourself
( )18.---Thecoatlooksgoodonyou.Where____you____it?---Inasupermarket.
A.do;buy B.did;buy C.will;buy D.does;buy
( )19.Oneofhisfriends________fromtheUnitedKingdom.
A.come B.comes C.coming D.tocome
( )20.---____?---Becausetheyareverycute.
A.Whatisit? B.Wherearetheyfrom?
C.Whydoyoulikepandas? D.Howdoyoulikepandas?
二、完形填空
It was sunny and hot in the morning. We went to a 21 beach. We had great fun 22 in the water. In the
afternoon,itrained. 23 wewenttoamuseum.Itwasboringandcrowded.SoI 24 back.Atnight,the 5
was cool, the rain 26 . So we decided to play chess. We played 27 6:30 p.m. to 9:50 p.m. It was 28
fun.Andwe 29 friedchickenandFrenchfries,theywere 30 .
( )21.A.beautiful B.delicious C.crowded D.expensive
( )22.A.eating B.playing C.making D.walking
( )23.A.Because B.First C.But D.So
( )24.A.went B.got C.had D.were
( )25.A.weather B.day C.museum D.rain
( )26.A.played B.stopped C.had D.started
( )27.A.to B.from C.under D.with
( )28.A.awful B.boring C.really D.too
( )29.A.ate B.were C.walked D.have
( )30.A.relaxing B.interesting C.boring D.good
三、阅读理解
A
27新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
VisitSwanseaZoo
ComeandseetheIndianelephantsandthenewtigersfromAmerica.
Thebearsarewaitingtomeetyou,andthemonkeysfromChinaarewaitingtothrow
thingsatyou.ThelovelydogsfromAustraliaarewaitingtolaughatyou,andthegiraffesfrom
Zambiaarewaitingtolook downonyou.
Tickets Openingtime
Grown-ups:$2.00 9:00a.m.—4:00p.m.
Children:Over12$1.00 except(除了)Friday
Under12:Free 10:00a.m.—3:00p.m.
Keepthezooclean!
Donottouch,givefoodorgoneartheanimals.
( )31.Howmanykindsofanimalsaretalkedaboutinthepassage?
A.Four. B.Five. C.Six. D.Seven.
( )32.NowMr.Smithisinthezoowithhistwosons,oneaged14andtheother10,howmucharethetickets
together?
A.$4.00. B.$2.00. C.$3.00. D.$1.00.
( )33.Whichofthefollowingisthevisitingtime?
A.8:30a.m.Monday. B.9:30a.m.Friday.
C.3:00p.m.Sunday. D.5.00p.m.Tuesday.
( )34.Fromthepassagewecanguesstheanimal“giraffe”mustbevery_________.
A.fat B.long C.strong D.tall
( )35.Whichofthefollowingcanwedointhezoo?
A.Togivesomefoodtothefish. B.Totouchthemonkeyonthehead.
C.To throwthingseverywhere. D.Totakeafewnicephotos.
B
Nobodylikesstayingathomeonvacation—whentheweatherisfine.LastAugustwedecidedtospendthedayin
the countryside.The problem was that millions of (数百万)other people had the same idea.Wemoved outof the city
slowly behind a long line of cars, but in the end we came to a quiet country road.After some time, we stopped at a
farmnearthetown.Wehadcarriedenoughfoodwithusandwegotitoutofthecar.Noweverythingwasreadysowe
sat down near a path(路) at the foot of the hill(小山). It was very quiet in the cool grass until(直到) we heard bells
ringingatthetopofthehill.Whatwesawmadeuspickup(捡起)ourthingsandranbacktothecar.Therewereabout
28新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
twohundredsheepcomingtowards(朝)usalongthepath.
( )36.Fromthepassageweknowthewriterlikes______onvacation.
A.stayingathome B.spendingaholidayintheopenair
C.watchingsheep D.likesplayingwithfriends
( )37.Theywentthere________.
A.bybus B.bycar C.bytrain D.onfoot
( )38.Whichofthefollowingisnottrue?
A.Fewpeoplewantedtospendthevacationinthecountrysidethatday.
B.Theyspenttheirvacationinthecountryside.
C.Theyhadmuchfoodtoeat. D.Theyhadtheirfoodonthegrass.
( )39.Wecaninfer(推断)fromthepassagethat______.
A.theweatherwasveryfinethatday. B.thetraffic(交通)wasverybusy.
C.theyfoundaquietplace.
D.Theypickeduptheirfoodandranaway.
( )40.Whathappenedwhenthesheepwerecomingtowardsthem?
A.Theystayedthere. B.Theycalledforthefarmers.
C.Theyleftthefoodthere D.theypickeduptheirfoodandran
C
根据短文内容，判断下列句子的正误，正确的用“T” ，错误的用“F”。
Kim went to a beautiful beach on Monday with his friends. It was sunny and hot. So they had great fun playing in
thewater.Intheafternoon,theywentshopping.Buttheshopswerecrowded,theydidn’treallyenjoyit.
Thenextday,itwas rainy,so theywentto amuseum. Itwasboring. Kim foundasmallboycrying inthe corner.
Theboywaslost.Hehelpedtheboyfindhisfather.Kimwasveryhappy.Buthehadnomoneyforataxi.Sohehadto
walkbacktothehotel.Thatmadehimverytired.
OnWednesday,theweatherwasverycool.Sotheyplayedtennis.Theyplayedallmorning.Itwasreallyfun.
( )41.OnMonday,Kimhadfungoingshopping.
( )42.ItwasveryhotonWednesday.
( )43.TheywenttoamuseumonTuesday.
( )44.Kimhelpedaboyfindhisfatherandwentbacktothehotelbytaxi.
( )45.Theyplayedtennisonacoolday.
四、情景交际
第一节：选项补全对话，从所给选择中选择恰当的一项完成对话
A.Wasitexciting
B.Howwasyourvacation
C.Howwasthemovie
D.Frankhelpedmestudyit
29新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
从方框中选择最佳选项补全对话，其中有两项多余 E.Wheredidyougoonvacation
F.Whatdidyoudolastnight
A: 46 ?
G.Didyougotothemovieslastnight
B: Itwasgreat. Ienjoyedit.
A: 47 ?
B:MyfamilywenttotheGreatWall.Wevisitedmy
uncleinBeijing.
A: 48 ?
B:No,Istayedathomeandstudiedforthemathexam,
49 . Didyougo?
A: Yes,Idid. IsawtheRushHourlastnight.
B: 50 ?
A:Itwasreallyexciting.
五、.选词填空(方框中有两个词为多余项)
somethingeveryonenothingsomewhereanythingsomeoneanywhere
1.—Is heretoday? ——No.Jimisilltoday.
2.IonlyknowhernameisJenny.Iknow aboutherfamily.
3.Shehadtofind tohidebecauseitrainedheavily.
4.Didyoubuy foryourmother?
5.Wouldyouliketoofferus toeat?Wearesohungry.
六、根据句意和首字母提示完成下列句子
11.Peopleusuallymakedumplingswhich aretraditional food d theSpringFestival.
12.MrsGreenhadto sellher oldhousethough itwasa herwish.
13.That's too s !I'msure Judy was righthere a second ago.
14.Whenever I see the photo,it r me ofthe happy days wespent together.
15.Nanjing is the a capitalof six dynasties(朝代),and it has a long and rich history
七、根据句意和汉语提示写出所缺的单词
1.Hello,everyone!I'myour (导游)today.YoucancallmeMike.
2.Thekinglivedinabeautiful (宫殿)withhisdaughters.
30新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
3.Peoplealllove (和平)andhatewars.
4.Thebabygirlis (生病的),sowemustsendhertothehospitalrightnow.
5.Theywanttohaveabigpartyforthis (胜利).
八、用所给单词的适当形式填空
1.Youneedagood (night)sleep.
2.Iwashungry,soI (eat)fourpiecesofbreadforbreakfast.
3.ThegirlisfromMoscowandshecanspeak (Russia)verywell.
4.Withthehelpofmaps,youcan (easy)findtheplacethatyouwanttogoto.
5.Isleptwelllastnight,soIfeltmuch (good)todaythanIdidyesterday.
6.Workingasateammeanscelebrating (victory)andfacinglossestogether.
7.Withtheteacher'shelp,weworkedouttheproblems (easy).
8.IamAnna.IcomefromRussia.Ispeak (Russia).
9.John (fight)withhisbrotheryesterdaybecauseofgames.
10.Iamreallyagainst (drive)afterdrinking.
九、句型转换
1.TheywereinLondonlastweek.(改为一般疑问句)
____ _______inLondonlastweek.
2.Thechildreadabooktwodaysago.(改为否定句)
Thechild abooktwodaysago.
3.Icleanedmyroomlastweekend.(对画线部分提问)
youdolastweekend?
4.Thefoodintherestaurantwasverydelicious.(对画线部分提问)
thefoodintherestaurant?
5.Theystoppedworkingat7:00yesterday.(改为否定句)
They__ workingat7:00yesterday.
十、根据汉语意思补全句子
1.“你上周去了什么特别的地方吗?” “是的，我去了西岛。”
—Didyougo lastweek? ——Yes.IwenttoWestIsland.
2.立德树人他是我们的班长，总是乐意帮助我们。
Heisourmonitorandalways us.
3.我看到我哥哥正走向图书馆。
31新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Isawmybrother thelibrary.
4.我们只能等待进一步的信息。
Wecoulddo waitforfurtherinformation.
十一、书面表达
根据图片所提供的信息，写一篇旅行日记，不少于80字。
Saturday,July2nd
32新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit2Homesweethome
SectionAwhatcanyoudoforyourhome?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /pæk/v. 打包；收拾 2. /'ba:θru:m/n. 浴室；洗手间
3. /sɔ:t/v. 把……分类；整理 n. 种类 4. /'bedru:m/n. 卧 室
5. /'bælkəni/n. 阳台 6. /n'vaɪt/v. 邀请
7. /a'raɪvl/n.到达 8. /jet/adv.(用于否定句和疑问句)还 conj.但是
9. /æd/v.添加；加 10. /'biskit/n.饼干
11. /'bɒrəu/v. 借 12. /plæn/n. 策划；打算v.计划；方案
13. /'treʒə(r)/n.宝物；财富v. 珍视 14. /hʌnt/v.搜寻；寻找v.搜寻；打猎
15. /lift/n. 搭便车；电梯v.举起；抬起
16. /ən'til/prep. 到 .…… 时；直到 …… 为
17. /'mu:vi/n. 电影 18. /ded/adj.不运行的；死的
19. /nəut/n. 笔记；记录；便条v. 注意；指出
20. /kə'mju:nəti/n.社区；社团
21. /'rʌbiʃ/n. 垃圾 22. /'ɔ:lməust/adv.差不多；几乎
二．重点词汇变形
1.packv.打包→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ n.包裹 → n.包装工
2.bathroom 浴室；洗手间n.→ (复数)→ n.浴缸→ v.洗澡
3.sortv.整理；分类 → (过去式)→ (现在分词)
4.bedroomn.卧室 → (复数)→ n.床
5.balconyn. 阳台→ (复数)
6.invitev.邀请→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ n.邀请函
7.arrivaln.到达→ (v.到达)→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)
8.addv. 添加→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ (n.添加)→ (adj.额外的)
9.borrowv.借→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)
10.plann./v.计划→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ n.计划者→ 复数
11.treasuren./v.财富；宝物→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ (复数)
12.huntn./v.搜寻；打猎→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ n.猎人
13.liftn./v搭便车；举起.→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ n.举重者 → 复数
14.deadadj.死的；不运行的→ v.死亡 → n.死亡 → adj.致命的
33新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
15.noten./v.笔记；注意→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ (复数)
16.communityn.社区；社团 → (复数)
三．重点短语通关
1. 收拾东西 2. 扫地
3. 打扫浴室 4. 喂鱼
5. 挂照片 6. 给植物浇水
7. 和朋友闲逛 8. 把........分类到....
9. 种花 10. 邀请…到…
11. 打扫 12. 做得不错；干得漂亮
13 等不及做某事 14. .帮助某人做某事
15. 为某人买某物 16. 让人感到宾至如归
17. 把….加入. 18. 去购物
19. 制作饼干 20. 做饭
21. 寻宝 22. 开车顺便送某人
23. 整天在家工作 24. 立即，马上
25. 不回家，待得很晚 26. 上洗手间
27. 注意；当心 28. 做笔记
29 垃圾袋
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionA课文重现
Listentotheconversationandfillintheblanks.
Dad:Guesswhat!GrandpaandGrandmaarevisitingusthisweekend!
Jim:Oh,great!
Peter:Ican'twaittoshowthemournewhouse!
Mum:Yes,butnowweneedto getready fortheirarrival.Canyou
34新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
helpme cleanup theirroom?
Peter:Buttheirroomisalreadyclean!
Mum:Well,it'snot“grandmaclean"yet!
Peter:Oh,OK.
Dad:Jim,canyouhelpme putthenewclock onthewall?IboughtitforGrandpatoseethetime.
Jim:sure,Dad.
Dad:Helen,canyoumovethischair totheirroom?Grandpalikesreadingbooksinfrontofthewindow.
Helen:Noproblem,Dad.CanI putsomeflowers bythewindow?
Dad:Yes,goodidea!Grandmalovesflowers.
Helen:Mum,couldyoutakemetotheflowershop later?
Mum:Noproblem.Let'sgoafterlunch.
【考点1】Mum,canIinvitemyfriendstoournewhouse? 妈妈，我能邀请我的朋 友们到我们的新房子里来
吗?
【用法详解】Invite作动词意为“邀请”。其名词形式是invitation 意为“邀请函；
邀请”
相关搭配：① invitesb.todosth.邀请某人做某事
Eg:Heinvitedmetohisbirthdayparty.他邀请我去他的生日派对。
②invitesb.to+ 地点/事件 邀请某人去某地/参加某活动
✅Eg:MrCaoinvitedZangHaitojointheirteam. 曹公公邀请藏海加入他们的战队。
牛
刀小试
1.Sheinvitedme themeeting. （attend）
2.Theyinvitedhim aspeech.(give)
3.Wouldyoulike yourfriendstotheparty?(invite)
4.Theysentoutthe yesterday. (invite)
5.His mademeveryhappy. (invite)
【考点2】Ican'twaittoshowthemournewhouse！我迫不及待要给他们展示我们的新房子！
【用法详解】can'twaittodosth.迫不及待做某事。
Eg:Ican'twaittoseethenewmovie!我迫不及待想看那部新电影!
拓展：can’thelpdoingsth.忍不住/情不自禁做某事。
Eg:Hecan’thelpfollowingthecuterabbit.他情不自禁地跟着那只可爱的小兔子。
35新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
牛
刀小试
翻译句子。
1. .我们迫不及待地想出发去旅行。
2. .孩子们迫不及待地打开礼物。-
3. .他的笑话太有趣了，我们禁不住笑了起来
4. .我禁不住想起过去。
5. .当我听到她的歌声时，我忍不住笑了。
【考点3】Grandpalikesreadingbooksinfrontofthewindow.爷爷喜欢在窗前读书。
【用法详解】infrontof 和 inthefrontof 的区别
①infrontof表示“在……的前面”（外部的前面，即两者是分开的）。
Eg;Heisstandinginfrontofthecar.他站在车的前面。
②inthefrontof表示“在……的前部”
（内部的前面，即属于同一空间的一部分）。
Eg;Heissittinginthefrontofthecar.他坐在车的前面（排）。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Theteacherstood______theclassroomandwroteontheblackboard.
A.infrontof B.inthefrontof C.atfrontof D.onthefrontof
（ ）2.Thereisabeautifulgarden______ourschool.
A.inthefrontof B.infrontof C.atthefrontof D.onfrontof
【考点4】addthingstotheirroom.在他们的房间里添加东西。
【用法详解】①addsthtosth:将某物添加到某处
Eg;Sheaddedsugartohercoffee.她往咖啡里加了糖。
②addthat...: 补充说......
Eg;Headdedthatthemathproblemwasreallydifficult.他补充说那道数学题真的真的很难。
③addupto 总数是；结果是
Eg;Asweallknowthesenumbersaddupto1823. 众琑周知，这些数字的总和为1823。
36新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
牛
刀小试
1.Please (添加)yournametothelist.
( )2.Thebadweatheradded difficulty.
A.up B.to C.on D.in
【考点4】planatreasurehunt.策划一次寻宝游戏。
【用法详解】plan作动词意为“策划；打算 ”，作名词意为“计划；方案”。
相关搭配：①plantodosth:计划做某事
Eg;Weplantolearnthenewwordsthisholiday. 我们计划这个假期学新单词。
②makeaplan:制定计划
Eg;Let'smakeaplanforthetrip.让我们为这次旅行制定一个计划。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Theyplan _____apartyforSaturday.
A. tohave B. having C.has D.have
（ ）2.Iwillmake goodplan improvemystudy.
A.the;to B. a;to C.an;in D./;to
【考点5】Dad,couldyoupleasegivemealifttotheshopthisafternoon? 爸爸，今天下午你能开车顺便送我去
商店吗?
【用法详解】lift作名词意为“搭便车;电梯” ，作动词意为“举起;抬起”。
相关搭配：① 让某人搭便车。
Eg;Canyougivemealifttothestation?你能载我去车站吗?
② 乘电梯 。
Eg;Hetookthelifttothe23rdfloor.他乘电梯到了23楼。
③ 举起某物。
Eg;Heliftedtheboxupeasily.他轻松地把箱子举了起来。
【考点6】Helen,canIborrowyourchessset?海伦，我能借你的国际象棋吗?
【用法详解】 borrow 意为“借”,是非延续性动词，不能和表示一段时间的状语连用。强调从别人那里或某处
把东西借来。相关搭配及拓展：① 从.....借........
Eg;CanIborrowapenfromyou?我能向你借支笔吗?
②lend意为“借给；借出”,为非延续性动词，不能和表示一段时间的状语连用。强调把东西借给别人。
37新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
借.....给.....
③keep意为“保存；保留”,为延续性动词，能和表示一段时间的状语及howlong连用。通常表 keep
示持有某物多长时间。keepsthfor+一段时间
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.—CanI______yourpenforamoment?Mineisoutofink.
—Sure,butpleasereturnitsoon.
A.borrow B.lend C.keep D.take
（ ）2.—Couldyou______meyourbiketomorrow?Ineedtogotothetrainstation.
—Sorry,I’musingitmyself.
A.borrow B.lend C.keep D.return
（ ）3.—HowlongcanI______thisbookfromthelibrary?
—Fortwoweeks.Afterthat,youmustrenewit.
A.borrow B.lend C.keep D.take
【考点7】CanIstayoutuntileleven?我能在外面待到11点吗?
【用法详解】until作介词，意为“到.....时;直到......为止”。
①介词:表示动作/状态持续到某一时间点。 直到....才....
Eg;Hedidn'tleaveuntilmidnight.他直到午夜才离开。
②连词:后接从句，表示主句动作持续到从句动作发生。
Eg;StayhereuntilIcomeback.待在这里直到我回来。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Thebabydidn'tstopcrying_______hermothercame.
A.until B.by C.when
（ ）1.—Whendidyoufinishyourhomeworklastnight?
—Ihardlyeverfinishit__ ____11p.m.Itwastoodifficult.
A.when B.until C.since D.while
（ ）3.Shenevereats hermothercomesback.
A.until B.when C.after
五．单元重点语法讲练
could和can都情态动词，表示说话人的主观看法或语气。它没有人称和数的变化，也不能单独在句子中做谓
38新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
语，但它可以与其后的不带to的动词不定式一起构成复合谓语。
1.can表示能力，常被译成“能，会”。过去式could，表示过去的能力。否定形式 couldn't。
Eg;IcansingEnglishsongs.我会唱英语歌曲。
Eg; IcouldlookaftermyselfwhenIwassix.我六岁就能自己照顾自己了。
2.表示请求或许可，常被用来请求对方的许可，或表示说话人自己的许可。
Eg;CanIhelpyou？我能帮你忙吗？
Eg;Canyougotothepicnicwithustomorrow？明天你能和我们一起去野餐吗？
3.情态动词 could 构成的问句用于委婉地向对方提出请求或征求对方的许可，语气比 can 委婉，但不表示过
去，答语没有固定形式，符合语境即可。
①.委婉地请求他人可用“Could you do..?"“Could you please do.…?” 提问 ， 若 同 意 请 求 可 以 说
“ .”;若不同意请求可以说 .”。
②.委婉地请求别人允许自己做某事可用“CouldIdo…?”提问，被提问方若同意， 可以说“ .”;
若不同 意，可以说" 。 注意回答中用can, 而不是 could。
Eg—CouldItakeaphotoforyou？我能给你拍张照吗？
—Ofcourse,youcan.当然了，你可以 。
Eg;couldItakeaphotowithyou?我可以跟你一起合影吗？
----No,youcan’t.不，不可以。
3.情态动词的基本句式：
陈述句： 。
Eg;Hecanrideamotorcycle.他会骑大摩托。
否定句： 。
Eg;Ican'trideabike.我不会骑自行车。
一般疑问句： ？
肯定回答： . 否定回答： .
Eg;Canhedance?他会跳舞吗？
Yes,hecan./No,hecan’t.
39新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
牛
刀小试
( )1.- Iborrowyourdictionary,Jason?--Yes,ofcourse.Hereyouare.
A.Can B.Must C.Need D.Should
( )2.Thisoldcomputer beMr.Green's.Hiscomputerisnew.
A.can't B.needn't C.mustn't D.won't
( )3.-Lookatthesign." swimming!"-Soit bedangerous(危险的)toswimhere.
A.Don't;must B.Not;may C.Notbe;can D.No;must
( )4.-Mustwesingasongattheparty?-No,you_ _,
A.mustn't B.haven'tto C.nothaveto D.don'thaveto
( )5.-Mom,canIgoswimming?--No.You_ _doyourhomework.
A.hasto B.haveto C.can D.could
( )6.Thelittleboy swim.Hewantssomeonetohelphim.
A.isn't B.can't C.don't D.needn't
( )7.-Whenweareinthezoo,we _feed(喂)theanimals.
A.needn't B.maynot C.couldn't D.can't
( )8.-Hi,Bill!Whatisanimportantruleinthelibrary?-We bequiet.
A.haveto B.can C.may D.mustn't
( )9.-Doyou _cleantheclassroomeveryday?-Yes.Weusuallycleanitafterclass.
A.must B.hasto C.haveto D.can
( )10Couldyoucomewithusthisafternoon?--Sorry,I _,I gotothelibrary.
A. can't;may B.couldn't;haveto C.can't;haveto D.couldn't;may
从方框中选择合适的单词填空
can,can't,mustn't,needn't,should
1.Ifwe findabetterway,we'llfinishthejobfaster.
2.Earthquakescanbeverydangerous.We learntoprotectourselves.
3.—WouldyouliketovisitTianjinUniversitytomorrow?
—Sorry,I'mafraidI .I'llworkasavolunteerinmycommunity.
4. —You takethesubwaytotheairport,forIcandriveyoutheredirectly.
—That'sverykindofyou.
40新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
5. Accordingtothetrafficrules,people ridee-bikeswithoutwearinghelmets.
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
（ ）1.—Couldyouplease______thefloor?—Sure.I'lldoitrightaway.
A.Sweep B.sweeping C.swept D.tosweep
（ ）2.—CanI______yourbike?Mineisbroken.—Sure.Hereyouare.
A.lend B.borrow C.keep D.buy
（ ）3.—Whatareyougoingtodothisweekend?—I'mgoingtohelpmyparents______thehouse.
A.cleanup B.lookup C.putup D.setup
（ ）4.Mymotheraskedmeto______myclothesbeforegoingtobed.
A.hangout B.hangup C.takeout D.takeup
（ ）5.—______Istayoutuntileleven?—No,youcan't.Youhavetogetupearlytomorrow.
A.Can B.Could C.Must D.Need
（ ）6.—______doesyourfamilyusuallygoonatrip?—Onceayear.
A.Howlong B.Howoften C.Howfar D.Howmuch
（ ）7.Weshould______ourcommunitycleanandbeautiful.
A.keep B.let C.make D.have
（ ）8.Mygrandparentsliveinasmallvillage.Theyalways______ustovisitthem.
A.Invite B.ask C.tell D.want
（ ）9.Theoldmannoddedhishead.Here"nodded"means______.
A.movedhisheadupanddown B.movedhisheadfromsidetoside
C.shookhishead D.touchedhishead
（ ）10.Myhomeisaplace______love.
A.of B.with C.for D.in
（ ）11.—______youhelpmewithmyEnglish?—Sure.I'dbegladto.
A.Can B.May C.Must D.Need
（ ）12.Whenwegothome,mymotherwasbusy______dinner.
A.cook B.cooking C.tocook D.cooked
41新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）13.Mysisteroftenhelpsme______myhomework.
A.do B.doing C.does D.did
（ ）14.—______isyournewhouselike?—It'sverybigandbeautiful.
A.How B.What C.Which D.Where
（ ）15.Myfatherisgoingto______alongtripnextmonth.
A. go B.take C.make D.have
二、完型填空
Mariaismyfriend.Shehadbad 1 twoyearsago.Forexample，shegotuplateandhad 2 for
breakfast.Shedisliked 3 schoolactivities.After 4 homefromschool，sheusuallyplayedcomputer
gamesand 5 shewatchedTV.She 6 drankmilk，andsheatejunkfoodthree 7 fivetimesa
week.
Thenoneday，shegotsick.Shehadtobeinhospital 8 ．Itmadeher 9 thatshemustlookafter
herselfwell.
NowMariahas 10 habits.Shegetsupearlyand 11 everymorning.Sheusuallyrunsforaboutan
hour.Thenshehasa 12 breakfast.Atschoolsheplaysallkindsofsports.Shehardlyeverplayscomputer
games 13 watchesTV.Shedrinksacupofmilk 14 goingtobed.Thesegoodhabits 15 herkeep
healthyandstudywell.
（ ）1．A．gamesB．friends C．programs D．habits
（ ）2．A．nothing B．anything C．something D．everything
（ ）3．A．todo B．doing C．do D．did
（ ）4．A．getting B．toget C．got D．gets
（ ）5．A．always B．sometimes C．never D．hardly
（ ）6．A．always B．often C．hardlyeverD．sometimes
（ ）7．A．from B．on C．too D．to
（ ）8．A．onceaweek B．twoweeksago C．forthreeweeks D．twiceaweek
（ ）9．A．feeling B．feel C．felt D．feels
（ ）10．A．bad B．well C．bored D．good
（ ）11．A．sleeps B．exercises C．eats D．plays
（ ）12．A．easy B．hungry C．healthy D．free
（ ）13．A．and B．but C．or D．though
42新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）14．A．after B．when C．during D．before
（ ）15．A．tell B．help C．want D．Take
三、词汇运用
1.—Howaboutgoing (shop)withme? —Goodidea.Let'sgo.
2.YesterdayI (buy)aT-shirtformysisterasabirthdaypresent.
3.Mymotherpreparesagoodroomformygrandparents.Shewantstomakethem (feel)athome.
4.—Whatisyourplanfortheweekend?
—Iplan (watch)thefilmNezha2(《哪吒2》).
5.I'mexcitedaboutmyuncle's (arrive).Hewillvisitussoon.
6.Theoldmanis hislostkeys. (寻找)
7.Weneedto (准备)forthecomingexam.
8.Mysisterisgoodatmaking ___(剪纸).
9.Please thephotosonthewall.Theyareverybeautiful. （悬挂）
10.Weshouldhelpourparentsdosome (chore)athome.
四、阅读理解
A
Teenagersbelieveanythingispossibleiftheystudyhard.Buttheyoftenforgettothinkabouthealthydiets,
enoughsleeptimeandexercise.Infact,thesethingsarereallyimportantforthemtokeepfit.
Itisimportantforteenagerstogetenoughenergy.Teenagegirlsneedabout2,200caloriesadaywhileboysneed
abitmore—doctorssuggest2,800forteenageboys.50%oftheircaloriesshouldcomefromhealthyfood—rice,
vegetablesandfruit.Peopleoftensayanappleadaykeepsthedoctoraway.Teenagersalsoneedtodrinkalotof
water,6to8glassesaday.Drinkingenoughwaterwillimprovetheirskin.
Teenagersusuallyneedeighttotenhours’sleepatnight,butmanyChineseteenagersdonotgetenoughsleep.A
reportshowsthatwithoutagoodnight’ssleep,teenagersseemtobeweakerthantheyshouldbe.Toomuchhomework
isnottheonlyreasonwhyteenagersstayuplate.SomewatchTVorplaycomputergameslateintothenight.
Teenagersshoulddevelopgoodstudyhabits.Sosomecleverstudentsneverstudylate,buttheyareabletoworkwellin
class.
Exerciseissomethingthatcanhelpthem.Expertssuggestthatteenagersshouldspendatleast30minutes
exercisingaday,fivetimesaweek.Theywillfeelrelaxedwhentheyexercise.Itcanevenhelpthemsleepbetterat
night.
43新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）1 ．Howmanythingsareimportantforteenagerstokeepfit?
A．2. B．3. C．4. D．5.
（ ） 2．Halfoftheircaloriesshouldcomefrom.
A．rice,vegetablesandfruit B．rice,vegetablesandmeat
C．rice,vegetablesandwater D．milkandmeat
（ ） 3．Thelastparagraph(段)mainlytalksabout.
A．sleepingbetter B．basicenergy
C．necessaryexercise D．moreexercise
（ ） 4．WhichofthefollowingisNOTtrue?
A．Boysneedmuchmorecaloriesthangirls. B．Teenagersneedtodrink6to8glassesofwateraday.
C．Somecleverstudentsneverstudylate. D．Theywillfeelrelaxedwhentheyexercise.
（ ） 5．Thepassagetellsteenagershowto.
A．eatanddrinkwell B．studyhard C．keepfit D．drinkwell
B
Itwasasunnyday.Tom'sfamilydecidedtocleanuptheirhouse.Tom'smotheraskedhimtosweepthefloor.
Hisfatheraskedhimtotakeouttherubbish.Tomdidn'twanttodothesechores.Hethoughttheywereboring.But
Tom'sparentstoldhimthatdoingchoreswasgoodforhim.Itcouldteachhimresponsibility(责任)andmakehim
moreindependent(独立的).Tomthoughtforawhileandthenhestartedtodothechores.
Afterfinishingthechores,Tomfeltveryproud.Hesawthatthehousewascleanandtidy.Healsoknewthathe
couldhelphisparents.Fromthenon,Tomoftendidchoresathome.
（ ）6.WhatdidTom'smotheraskhimtodo?
A.Takeouttherubbish.B.Cleanthebathroom.C.Sweepthefloor.D.Dothedishes.
（ ）7.Whydidn'tTomwanttodothechoresatfirst?
A.Becausehewasbusy. B.Becausehethoughttheywereboring.
C.Becausehedidn'tknowhowtodothem. D.Becausehedidn'tlikehisparents.
（ ）8.WhatdidTom'sparentstellhim?
A.Doingchoreswaseasy. B.Doingchoreswasboring.
C.Doingchoreswasgoodforhim. D.Doingchoreswasawasteoftime.
（ ）9.HowdidTomfeelafterfinishingthechores?
A.Tired. B.Sad. C.Proud. D.Angry.
44新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）10.Whatcanwelearnfromthepassage?
A.Tomneverdidchoresathome. B.Tom'sparentsdidn'tdochores.
C.Doingchorescanmakeusmoreindependent. D.Weshoulddochoresonlyonsunnydays.
C
Notallthepeopleliketoworkbuteveryonelikestoplay.Peopleoftencalltheirfriendstogethertoplay
games.Allovertheworld,menandwomen,boysandgirlsenjoysports.
Sportscanhelppeopletolivehappily.Theycanalsohelppeopletokeephealthy.Whenpeopleareplayinggames,
theyalwaysmovealot.Itisgoodfortheirhealth.Havingfunwiththeirfriendsoftenmakesthemhappy.
Manypeopleenjoysportsbywatchingothersplaying.Itcanalsomakethemhappyandexcited.Manypeople
buyticketstowatchallkindsofgames,butmorepeopleliketowatchsportsgamesonTV.
What’syourfavoritesport?Whentheweatherishot,doyoulikeswimming?InChina,therearebeautiful
beaches,riversandlakesacrossthecountry.Theweatherisalwayssogoodforswimming.Enjoyyoursportstokeep
healthy,myfriends!
（ ）11．Everyonelikesto______,butnotallthepeopleliketo______.
A．play;work B．work;play C．swim;work D．sleep;play
（ ）12．Sportshelppeopletolive______andkeep______.
A．happy;health B．happily;health C．happily;healthy D．happily;healthily
（ ）13．Whenpeopleareplayinggames,they_______.Itisgoodfortheirhealth.
A．arealwaystired B．arealwaysexcited C．alwaysmovealot D．alwaysfeelbored
（ ）14．Whydomanypeopleenjoysportsbywatchingothersplaying?
A．Becauseitistiringtoplaygames.
B．Becauseitcanalsomakethemhappyandexcited.
C．Becausetheydon’tlikeplayingsports.
D．Becausetheydon’tneedtomove.
（ ）15．What’sthemainideaofthispassage(短文)?
A．Enjoyingsportscankeeppeoplehealthy. B．TheweatherinChinaisgoodforswimming.
C．Allthepeopleliketoplaygames. D．Notallpeoplelikesports.
五、任务型阅读
Whenyoueatwellandgetsomeexercise，youwillbehealthy.Ifyou'rehealthy，youwillworkwell，feel
goodandcandomanythings.Well，doyouknowhowtokeephealthy？
45新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Havedifferentfoodsandrightdrinks
(A)Althoughyoumayhaveyourfavoritefood，youneedtotrysomedifferentfoods.Somefood，suchasfruitand
vegetables，canmakeyouhaveagoodbodyandasmartmind.So，youneedtoeatsomefruitandvegetableseveryday.
Whenyouwantsomethingtodrink，wateristhebest.Andmilkcanhelpyoubuildgoodbones.Itisgoodforchildren
todrinktwoorthreecupsofmilkaday.
Exercisemoreandhavefun
(B)足够的锻炼对你的身体和头脑也有好处。Maybeyoudislikeplayingbasketball.(C)Butyoumaybe
interestedinridingabicycle.Sotrytofindoutyourfavoritesportsandthenexerciseandhavefuneveryday.
56．任务一 把(A)处画线句子翻译成中文。
。
57．任务二 判断句子正(A)误(B)。Whenyouwantsomethingtodrink，juiceisthebest.
58．任务三 把(B)处画线句子翻译成英文。
_ .
59．任务四 写出(C)处画线句子的同义句。
But you interestedinridingabicycle.
60．任务五 回答问题。
Howmanycupsofmilkisitgoodforchildrentodrinkaday？
.
六、语法填空
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空白处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的
正确形式填空。
Joylovesinstantnoodles(方便面)．Sheeatsthematleast1. (one)aweek.Shehasawaytomakethemmore
delicious.She2． (write)，“AlthoughIknowitisnotgood3． metoeatalot，Istillloveinstant
noodles—Ithinktheyarecheapanddelicious.WhenIcook4． (they)，Ioftenadd(加)somethingtomakethem
moredelicious.”
“Idiscard(丢弃)theirflavorings(调味品)．Imakethe‘flavoring’by5． (my)．WhenIcookthenoodles，I
alwaysput6. egginthem.Iloveeggs.Theyareoneofmy7． (favorite)．SometimesIput
somepiecesofmeat.I8． putsomevegetables，sometimescabbagesandsometimesbroccoli.YesterdayI
triedtomatoes.They9． (taste)great！NexttimeI'dliketotrysomebeans.10． Ienjoyinstantnoodles，
Ioftengoforawalkinthepark.Ifeelgreat.”
46新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
七、补全对话
根据下面的对话情景，在每个空白处填上一个适当的句子，使对话的意思连贯、完整。
A:Hi,John.What are you doing?
B:1.
A:When you finish your homework,could you please help me with some housework?
B:2. .What do I need to do?
A:You need to sweep the floor and take out the rubbish.
B:OK.Could you helpmewithmyhomework now?
A:3. .I'mcookingdinner.Youcanaskyourdad for help.
B:4. ?Is he in the living room?
A:No.Heiswashing hiscarinfrontof thehouse.
B:All right.5.
Unit2Homesweethome
SectionBHowdoyoufeelathome?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /'ɔ:lməust/adv.差不多；几乎 2. /'dʒ3:ni/n. 旅行v. 旅行
3. /pul/v. 拉；拖；拔 4. /'lʌggɪdʒ/n. 行李
5. /fə'mɪliə(r)/adj. 熟悉的 6. /dʒəuk/n. 笑话 v. 开玩笑
7. /'sevrəl/pron. 几个；一些 adj. 各自的 8. /nod/v.&n 点 ( 头 )
9. /'raɪtə(r)/n.作者 10. /tekst/n. 正文；文本 v. (用手机给某人)发 短信
11. /di'skraɪb/v .描述；形容 12. /'weərevə(r)/adv.&conj.无论去哪；
13. /pə'haæps,praps/adv. 也许；可能 14. /pleɪt/n. 盘子；碟子
15. /'freʃli/adv.刚刚 16. /smel/v. 发臭；闻到 n. 气味；臭味
17. /dʒɔɪ/n. 喜悦；乐趣 18. /ə'pa:tmənt/n. 房间；公寓套房
47新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
19. /blok/n. 大楼；街区；大块 20. /'dekəreɪt/v.装饰；装潢
21. /'kʌvə(r)/v. 遮盖；包括n. 遮盖物；封皮 22. /'pəustə(r)/n. 海报
23. /'sizəz/n. 剪刀 24. /glu:/n.胶水v. 粘贴
二．重点词汇变形
1.journeyn.旅行；旅程/v.→ (复数)
2.pullv.拉；拖；拔→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)
3.joken./v.笑话；开玩笑→ (复数)→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)
4.nodv./n.点头→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ (复数)
5.writern.作者→ (复数)→ v.写→ (过去分词)
6.textn./v.文本；发短信→ (复数)→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ n.教科书
7.describev.描述；形容 → (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ n.描述
8.matterv./n.要紧；问题→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→→ (adj./n.物质/材料)
9.freshlyadv.新鲜地→ adj.新鲜的
10.smellv./n闻；气味.→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ 复数
11.joyn.喜悦；乐趣→ (复数)→ adj.快乐的→ adv.快乐地
12.decoratev.装饰→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ n.装饰→ adj.装饰好
的
13.coverv./n.遮盖→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ (复数)
14.postern.海报→ (复数)→ v.张贴
15.gluen./v.胶水；粘贴→ (复数)→ (过去式)
16.papercuttingn.剪纸→ (复数)
二．重点短语通关
1. 春节 2. 起床 3. 赶火
车
4. 超过 5. 在…. 6. .忙于做某事
48新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
7. 很高兴做某事 8. . 和某人分享....
9. 摆放餐具 10. 熟悉的.....味道
11. 讲笑话 12. 握住某人的手 13. 把…拿出来
14. 一盘刚烤好的饼干
15. . 把某物带给某人 16. . 想要做某事
17. 在.......1 楼 18. 帮忙
19. 现在 20. 把墙漆成浅绿色
21. 买花 22. 制作海报
23. 一把剪刀 24. 制作剪纸
25. 倒垃圾 26. 洗衣服
27. 洗碗 28. 叠衣服
29. 遛狗 30. 整理床铺
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionB课文重现
GoingHomefortheSpringFestival
“it'salmosttheSpringFestival.CanwegotoHainanfortheholiday,Dad?”
“Notthistime,”Dadansweredwithasmile,“We'regoingtoyour
mum'shometown!”
Soon the day of ourfamily trip came.Wegot up very early in the
morning to catch the train, The train journey took more than seven
hours.and then we changed to a bus to get to my grandparents' village
in the evening. At the end of the road,I saw Grandpa and my little
cousin standing in the cold wind waiting for us. Wewalked quickly to
greetthem.Grandpahelpeduspulltheheavyluggageintothehouse.
" Ah, home again!" said Mum with a smile on her face. Grandma,my aunt, and my uncle were busy cooking
49新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
dinnerinthekitchen.Theywereveryhappytoseeus.Afteralittlewhile,myparentswenttothekitchentohelp.
“CouldyoubringWenwenherfavouritesnacks?”GrandmaaskedGrandpa.
I shared the snacks with my cousin and told Grandpa about school. He was happy to hear I was doing well at
school. Whendinnerwasready,Iasked,"CanIhelp?"
"Youcansetthetable,"Dadsaid.
Wethenenjoyedallthedeliciousfood.
"Mm,thefamiliartasteofhome!"saidMum.
During the dinner, my uncle told us some jokes and we had a
goodlaugh.
Several days later when we were leaving, Grandma held my
handsandaskedus,"Willyoucomehomemoreoften?"
Mumnodded,withtearsinhereyes.
【考点 1.】The train journey took more than five hours,and then we changed to a bus to get to my
grandparents'villageintheafternoon.
火车旅程花了五个多小时，然后我们在下午换乘公共汽车到达我外祖父母所在的村庄。
【用法详解】journey 作名词，意为“旅行；旅程”多指较远的旅行。
相关搭配:① 长途旅行② 到 …… 旅行
Eg:WearegoingtomakealongjourneytoXinjiang.我们打算长途旅行到新疆去。
③ 在旅途中
Eg:Theymetmanyinterestingthingsonthejourney. 他们在旅途中遇见了许多有意思的事情。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Theyjourneyed themountains.
A. in B.with C.to D.on
2. 旅程很长，但我们最后还是到达了。(翻译)
【考点2】Attheendoftheroad,IsawGrandpaandmylittlecousinstandinginthecoldwindwaitingforus.在
路的尽头，我看见我的外公和我的表弟正站在冷风里等我们。
【用法详解】1. 在…末，在…尽头。可以表示时间也可以表示地点。
Eg:Youcanfindthegardenattheendofthisroad.你能在这条路尽头找到那座花园。
Eg:Attheendoflastyear,hisfamilymovedtotheirnewhouse.去年底，他们家搬到了新房。
50新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
相关拓展：①. .在……前;到….为止。只能表示时间。
Eg:By theendof nextyear,we'llhavefinished thebuilding.到明年年底，我们将完成修
建。
Eg;Wehadlearned8unitsofthebookbytheendoflastyear.到去年年底，我们已经学习
了这本书中的8个单元。
②. 与 atlast相同，意为“终于、最后”用于叙述过去发生的事情的结果。
Eg:IntheendIcouldnotbearitanymore.=AtlastIcouldnotbearitanymore.到最后，我再也受不了了!
③. 到……的终点为止.必须是一个延续性动作.
Eg:GodownthestreettotheendandyouwillseeYiBo’sposter.沿着这条街走到头，你会看到一博的海报。
3. 等待.../ 等待某人做某事
Eg:Sheiswaitingforhimtofinishhiswork.她在等他做完手里的工作。
相关拓展： 迫不及待做某事。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.We’llfindtheschool_theroad.
A.intheendB.attheendof C.bytheendof D.attheend
（ ）2.Theboyswenthomebybus___theendoftheday.
A.on B.in C.at D.by
（ ）3.___theparty,wesangasongtogether.
A.Intheend B.Attheendof C.Bytheendof D.Attheend
（ ）4.____ Seanachievedhisdream.
A.Intheend B.Attheend C.Bytheend D.Intheendof
（ ）5._______theendoftheholidayIhadspentallmymoney.
A.By B.On C.In D.At
【考点3】Grandma,myaunt,andmyunclewerebusycookingdinnerinthekitchen.我的外婆，姨妈和舅舅正
忙着在厨房里做饭。
【用法详解】busy作形容词，意为“忙碌的;无暇的”，在句中常置于系动词之后作表语或名词之前作定语。
Eg;Sorry,thesubscriberyoudialedisbusynow.Pleaserediallater!
对不起，您所拨打的电话正在通话中。请稍后再拨!
相关搭配;① .忙于某事
51新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg;Myuncleisbusywithhiswork.我叔叔正忙于他的工作。
② .忙于做某事
Eg;Iambusydoingmyhomework.我正忙着做作业。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.-Whywereyouangrywithyourdaughter?
-Shewasbusy andtakingselfies(自拍)whenIwastalkingtoher.
A.texting B.totext C.text D.texted
( )2.Sheisbusy fortheexam
A. prepare B.preparing C.to prepare D.prepared
( )3.Heisbusy hisconcert.
A.in B.to C.with D.for
【考点4】IsharedthesnackswithmycousinandtoldGrandpaaboutschool。我跟我的表弟分享零食，跟我
的外公聊我的学校生活。
【用法详解】①sharesthwithsb把......与.....分享。
Eg:Hesharedhislunchwithme.他把午餐分给我。
拓展：② = 共享单车
共享电动车 共享经济
牛
刀小试
1.Wouldyou________________(分享你的笔记)withme?
( )2.Herefusedto_______hissecrets_________anyone.
A.share;to B.share;with C.share;for
【考点5】Mm,thefamiliartasteofhome!” saidMum.“嗯，熟悉的家的味道!”妈妈说。
【用法详解】familiar作形容词，意为“熟悉的”,定语或表语。
相关搭配： 意为“对某人/ 某物熟悉”。
Eg:Heisfamiliarwiththenewteacher. 他对这位新老师很熟悉。
【考点6】Duringthedinner,myuncletoldussomejokesandwehadagoodlaugh.吃饭时，我舅舅给我们讲了
一 些笑话，我们笑得很开心。
【用法详解】1.joke 作不及物动词，意为“说笑话；开玩 笑”;joke 也可作名词，意为“笑话；玩 笑”。
Eg:Helikesjoking,buthedoesn'tdowellintellingjokes.他喜欢开玩笑，但是他不擅长讲笑话。
52新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
相关搭配：① 开某人的玩笑
Eg:EveryonemayplayajokeonothersonAprilFool'sDay.在愚人节所有人都可能开别人的玩笑。
② 拿某事开玩笑
Eg:It'sanimportantquestion.Don'tmakeajokeofit.
这是一个重要的问题。不要拿它开玩笑。
③ 讲笑话
Eg:Hetoldafunnyjoke.他讲了个有趣的笑话。
2.laughn嘲笑;v嘲笑
相关搭配：① 嘲笑某人 Eg:Don'tlaughatothers.不要嘲笑他人。
② 开怀大笑 Eg:Wehadagoodlaugh.我们笑得很开心。
牛
刀小试
1. .别拿他的错误开玩笑。(翻译)
（ ）2.Sheloves_______jokestomakepeoplelaugh.
A.saying B.telling C.speaking
（ ）3.Hisjokemadeeveryone_____.
A.laugh B.tolaugh C.laughing
4.It'srudeto (嘲笑)people'smistakes.
【考点6】Inthetext,whatwordsareusedtodescribepeople'sfeelings?在文章里面哪些词被用来描述人的情
感？
【用法详解】1. 被用来做某事。
Eg.Thismachineisusedtocutpaper.这台机器被用来剪纸。
相关拓展：① 过去常常做某事
Eg.Sheusedtoplaythepianoeveryday.她过去每天都会弹钢琴。
② 现在习惯于做某事
Eg.Heisgettingusedtowakingupearly.他现在习惯早起。
2.describe 作动词，意为“描述:形容”其名词形式为description。
① 向某人描述某物/某人
Eg.CanyoudescribetheOOTDofyourselftoday?你能描述一下你今天的穿搭
吗?
53新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
② .将.....描述为.....
Eg.Hedescribedtheboyasacoolguy.他将那个男孩描述为酷盖。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.There alotofred-crownedcranes(丹顶鹤)inthisarea.
A.wasusedto B.wasusedtobe C.usedto D.usedtobe
（ ）2.Sheusedto withherparents,butnowsheisusedto atschool.
A.live;living B.live;live C.living;living D.living;live
（ ）3.Heusedto inasmallvillage,butnowhehasbeenusedto inthebigcity.
A.live;living B.live;live C.living;living D.living;live
4.Mycousinisusedto (study)withhisnewfriendsinAustralia.
5.Mymotherisusedto (get)upearlytocookbreakfastforus.
6.Theserulesisusedto (protect)thestudents.
【考点7】1.NomatterhowlongI'maway,homeisalwaysgladtoseemeagain.无论我离开多久，再次见到我家
人还是一样会很开心。
2.whereverlgo,Finally1go,Tomyhome,sweethome.无论我去到哪里，最后都会回到我温暖的家。
【用法详解】nomatter+疑问词和疑问词+ever都可以意为“无论...不管.....”引导让步状语从句时，二者可以互
换，其句意搭配如下：
① = 无论什么
Eg.Nomatterwhathewants,hisparentswillbuyitforhim.无论他想要什么，他的父母都会给他买。
② = 无论谁
Eg.Nomatterwhoyouare,youmustobeytherules.无论你是谁，都应该遵守规则。
③ = 无论何时
Eg.Nomatterwhenyoucomeyouarewelcomed.无论你们什么时候来，都受欢迎。
④ = 无论哪里
Eg.Nomatterwhereyougo,Iwillgowithyou.无论你去哪里，我都会和你一起去。
⑤ = 无论怎样式
Eg.Nomatterhowbadyoufeel,keeptrying.不管你感觉多么糟糕，继续努力。
牛
刀小试
54新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
1. .无论多么艰难，我都会尝试。（翻译）
2. .无论发生什么，保持冷静。
3. .无论你走到哪里，我都会找到你。
（ ）4..______difficultthetaskis,don'tgiveup.
A.Nomatterhow B.Nomatterwhat C.Nomatterwhere
【考点8】couldyouhelpchoosesomephotostohangonthewalls?你可以帮忙选一些照片挂着在墙上吗？
【用法详解】choose作动词，意为“选择；抉择”。
相关搭配：① 选择做某事
Eg.More and more people choose to go to work on foot. 越来越多的人选择步行去上
班。② 给某人挑选某物
Eg.Let'schooseaspecialpresentforhim.咱们给他选一件特别的礼物吧。
相关拓展:
①choose 的名词形式是 表示“选择;抉择”，过去式 ,过去分
词 .
② 做选择;
③ 除了做.....别无选择。
（ ）-I'mafraidwehaveno______buttotakeataxi.
A.decision B.reason C.choice D.chance
（ ）2.Hechoseacar hisbrother’sBirthday.
A.to B.for C.with D.into
( )3.Hechose basketballwithhisclassmatesinsteadofdoinghomework.
A.play B.toplay C.playing D.plays
课
堂测试
一、单选题
( )1．Ifyouwanttobeingood________,youshouldeat________food.
A．healthy;healthy B．health;health C．healthy;health D．health;healthy
( )2．_______ofthechildrenlikesthemoviebecauseit’stooboring.
55新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A．None B．Each C．All D．Some
( )3．—What'syourhobby,Diana?
—Well,Ihavemanyhobbies,________dancing,singingandplayingwatersports.
A．usedto B．becauseof C．suchas D．insteadof
( )4．MyEnglishteacherwantsus__________adiaryinEnglisheveryday.
A．tokeep B．keeping C．kept D．keep
( )5．It’sdangerous________withthewildanimal.
A．forustoplay B．ofusplaying
C．forusplaying D．ofustoplay
( )6．Theywerealltired,but______________ofthemstoppedworking.
A．any B．none C．neither D．no
( )7．Youcaneat________youlike.Helpyourself.
A．whatever B．whenever C．however D．wherever
( )8．Icould________hearwhatyousaidjustnow.Couldyoupleasesaythatagain?
A．sometimes B．always C．hardly D．clearly
( )9．—Howmanyhoursdotheyrelaxeveryday?
—_____.
A．Twiceaday B．Two C．Second D．Twice
( )10．—_____doesyourbrotherusetheInternet?—Onceaweek.
A．Howoften B．Why C．Where D．Howlong
( )11.Tonyisa___________boy,buthespeaksinsuchalowvoiceinclassthatwecan___________hearhim.
A．weak;almost B．strong;hardly C．weak;hardly D．strong;almost
( )12．_____ridingsharedbikesisanenvironmentallyfriendlywaystotravel,manyofthebikesarethrown
everywhere.
A．As B．Although C．Because
( )13.Parentsarealwaysthereforyou________difficultiesyoumeet.
A．whatever B．whenever C．however
( )14.______heisill,______hestillgoestoschool.
A．Although；but B．/；/ C．Although;/ D．But；although
56新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
二、完型填空
DavidSmith，12，usuallygetsupatabout7：40am.Hegoestobed 11 andonlygetsaboutseven
hoursofsleepeachnight. 12 wakingupinthemorningisn'teasyforhim.“Ioftenfeel 13 inclass，”
Davidsays.
Childrenfrom5to12yearsold 14 atleasttenhoursofsleepeachnight.Butscientistssaythatalotof
children don'tget 15 sleep.Evensomeofthemsleep 16 thaneighthourseveryday.
Whatiskeepingchildren 17 atnight？WemadeasurveyinDavid'sschool.Wecollectedtheanswersof
allthestudents 18 thisquestion.Theanswersshowthatthebigstealer(偷窃者)isthe 19 .68%ofthe
studentsinthisschoolsaidtheywentonlinebefore 20 ．Mostboysandgirlssaidtheyusedthe 21 to
chat(交谈)withfriends.
Scientistssayifapersonhasagoodsleep，heorshewill 22 wellnextday.Ifstudentssleepwellatnight，
23 willdobetterinmathandwritingtests.
It's 24 toolatetochangeyoursleepinghabits.Gotobedearlyandkeepdoingthatforaweek.Thensee
25 youfeel.Youwillfindyoubecomedifferent.
( )11．A．early B．soon C．again D．late
( )12．A．Because B．If C．So D．When
( )13．A．excited B．happy C．lucky D．tired
( )14．A．do B．decide C．need D．seem
( )15．A．popular B．healthy C．wonderful D．enough
( )16．A．more B．less C．best D．good
( )17．A．gettingup B．cuttingup C．wakingup D．stayingup
( )18．A．of B．with C．to D．by
( )19．A．computer B．dictionary C．magazine D．television
( )20．A．goinghome B．goingtoschool C．goingshopping D．goingtobed
( )21．A．e-mail B．telephone C．bicycle D．Internet
( )22．A．dance B．learn C．sing D．jump
( )23．A．we B．he C．she D．they
( )24．A．always B．never C．often D．ever
( )25．A．what B．when C．how D．where
三、阅读单选
57新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Overweight(超重)isoneofthebiggesthealthproblemsnow.Beingoverweightaffectsmorethanhowyou
look.Toomuchfatcankillyou.What’sworse,overweightchildrenturnintooverweightadults(成人).Ifyou’reobese
now,youprobablywillgrowintoanobeseadult.Buthere’sgoodnews.Youcanfightoverweight.
Changeyoureatinghabits
Youarewhatyoueat.Kidslikesnacks.Didyoulistanyhealthysnacks?Onestudyofeatinghabitsshowedthat
softdrinksarethefirstinthesnacklist.Next,kidschoosesaltysnacks,likechips.What’smore,thelistisfullofjunk
foodfromNo.3toNo.11.Finally,No.12,kidspickedahealthysnack—fruit.So,thinkaboutyoursnackchoice
again.
Getoutsidetoexercise
Jim,aplayeronhisschoolfootballteam.hadaweightproblemnotlongtimeago.Hecouldnevergetanyoneto
playwithhim.Sohisfatherandhestartedplayingfootballforafewminuteseverynight.Tenminutesturnedintoan
hourormore.Injustafewyears,theheavykidbecameathletic,fitandhealthy.
MoreTVmeansmorefat
NearlyeveryAmericankidwatchesTVfor2hoursand56minuteseverydaythataddsupto44daysayearof
sitting.MoreTV(ormoreInternetsurfing,ormorecomputergames)meansmorefat.
Eatanappleaday,walkaroundthehouse,playwithyourfamily…Doittoday,anddoitmoretomorrow.Itwill
helpyoualot.
( )26．Accordingtothepassage,kidsput________attheendofthesnacklistinonestudyofeatinghabits.
A．chips B．icecream C．fruit D．softdrinks
( )27．Whatdoestheunderlinedword“obese”meaninChinese?
A．苗条的 B．虚胖的 C．健康的 D．聪明的
( )28．Whatcanwedotofightoverweightaccordingtothepassage?
①Trytogetupearly.
②Trytotakemoreexercise.
③TrynottositinfrontofTVorcomputerfortoolong.
④Trytoeatmorehealthyfood.
A．②③④ B．①②③ C．①③④ D．①②④
四、阅读判断
Dickissevenyearsoldandbeginstogotoschoolthisautumn.Hestudiesandlistenstohisteachers.Heispolite （有
礼貌） andhasafewfriends.Theyalllikehim.
58新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
It’sSaturdaytoday.Dick,hissisterKateandhismotherstayathome.Hismotherisdoingsomehouseworkand
he’swatchingTVandthegirlisdoingherhomework.Attenhisfathercomesbackwithabagofapples.Theboylikes
themverymuch,andwantstoeatsome.Hismothergiveshimfourapplesandsays,“Gotowashtheminthekitchen
（厨房）”
Dickwashestheapplesandgivesthemtohismother.Thewomansays,“Whichappledoyouwant,Dick?”
“Thebiggestone,Mummy.”
“What?”saysDick’smother,“Youshouldbepoliteandpickthelittleone.”
“ShouldItellalie（撒谎）justtobepolite,Mummy?”
根据短文内容判断判断下列句子的正(T)误(F).
（ ）41.DickisinGradeTwo.
（ ）42.Hismotherisnotathometoday.
（ ）43.Hisfathergetshomewithabagofapples.
（ ）44.Katewashestheapples.
（ ）45.Dickwantsthebiggestapple.
五、情景交际
第一节：选项补全对话，从所给选择中选择恰当的一项完成对话
A:Hello,Jim. 46 .
B:Oh,yes,Ilikeitverymuch.
A:Well. 47 .
A.Yes,Iwould,
B:Twiceaweek.
B.Howoftendoyouplaybasketball?
A:Whodoyouplaybasketballwith?
C.Yes,I’dliketo,
B:Iplayitwithmyfriends.
D.Howlongdoyouplaybasketballeverytime?
A: 48 .
E.Doyoulikeplayingbasketball?
B:Foraboutanhour.
F.No,Iwouldn’t,
A: 49 .
G.Whendoyouusuallyplaybasketball?
B:OnTuesdayandFridayafternoon.
A:Doyoulikewatchingbasketballmatch?
B:Yes,verymuch.
A:TomorrowisSunday.Wouldyouliketogoandwatchabasketballmatchwithme?
B: 50 ,butIhavetodomyhomeworkonSunday.
59新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
六、任务型阅读
根据短文内容，从方框内所给的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，使其意思通顺。
Do you do anychores at home? Do you take any labour courses(劳动课) at school?They can help you in many
ways.Buthowtogetproperpractice?1.
Dochoresathome.
Doingthedishesortakingouttherubbishisagoodchoiceforyou.2. Butitisimportantbecause
itcanprovideyouwithbasicskills.
Takelabourcoursesatschool.
3. Studentscanchooseeverydaychoressuchascleaning,growingvegetablesorvolunteerwork.
4.
Therearedifferentkindsofclubsforyou.Youcanalsojointheseclubswithyourbestfriends.Yourfriendship(友
谊)willbestrongwhenyoudosomethingtogether.
Takepartincompetitions(比赛).
Ifyouarethewinnerincake-makingoranyotherkindofcompetition,yourparentswillbeproudofyou.5.
It'sreallynecessarytogetlaboureducationbothatschoolandathome.
A.A.Joinclubs.
B.B.Hereissomeadvice.
C.C.Schoolsoffersomelabourcourses.
D.D.Manystudentsmaythinkitawasteoftimetodochores.
E.E.Thesecompetitionswillmakeyourschoollifemorecolourful.
七、用括号中所给词的适当形式填空
1.LaoSheandLuXunweretwofamous (writer)inChinesehistory.
2.WhenIpassedbythepark,Isawsomeoldpeople (practise)T'aiChithere.
3.Marycan'tgotothezoowithme.Sheisbusy (prepare)forthefinalexam.
4.Jack'sdogranout (quick)afterheopenedthedoor.
5.Thecookiesare (fresh)madeWouldyouliketotrythem?
6.Therearealotofbeautiful (plate)intheshop.Iwanttobuyallofthem.
7.Theyworkedhardtogetherandfinally .(pull)theheavyboxoutoftheriver.
8.Sheisbusy (look)forsomeinformationontheInternet.
9.Parentsarehappy (see)ourgrowthatjuniorhigh.
60新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
10.Lucywassurprisedtoseetwomice (run)insideherroomlastnight.
八、根据汉语意思完成句子
1.我姐姐面带微笑地点了点头。
Mysister onherface.
2.中国拥有5000多年白历史和文化。
Chinahas___ ____5,000year:historyandculture.
3.他们总是互相分享有趣的事情。
Theyalways interestingthing eachother.
4.无论我去哪里，我总是带着我的日记。
,Ialwaystakemydiary.
5.无论发生什么事，我都不会放弃我的梦想。
happens,won'tgiveupmydream.
6.马克斯总是讲滑稽的笑话，使我大笑。
Maxalways andmakesmelaugh.
7.他伤心地看着我，眼里含着泪水。
Helookedsadlyatme________ ____.
8.这个男孩很饿，他想要一些刚做好的饼干。
Theboyisveryhungryandhewantssome .
9.无论我去哪里，我的心永远在中国。
Igo,myheartisalwaysinChina.
10.我迫不及待要和我奶奶一起分享这个小蛋糕。
Ican'twait thesmallcake mygrandma.
九、短文填空
从方框中选择适当的单词，并用其正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺(每词限用一次)。
he joy stand tall careful put bathroom both for take
Like most Chinese people, Mr Zhang has a traditional family. 1. he and his wife are middle school
teachersandtheir7-year-oldsonisapupil.MrZhang's motherliveswiththemandhelpslookafterthekid.Theylove
eachotherandliveamuchhappierlifethanmostfamilies.
Yesterday was Mr Zhang's mother's birthday. The couple wanted to do something to show their love 2.___
_her.Afterabigdinner,MrZhangbroughtabasinofwarmwaterinthe3. andaskedhismothertositinfront
61新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
of the basin. He took off her shoes and 4. her feet into the water. After that, he began to wash them
5. . His wife helpedto comb his mother's hair slowly.Seeing this, the boy followed 6. mother's
example.He tried tocomb his mother's hair,too.Buthewas not7. enough to dothat. So hebrought achair
and8. onit.Everyonecouldfeelthewarmthandloveinthefamily.
As we all know, respecting the old and 9. care of the young is a good tradition in China. We
should try our best to care for our family. We should visit our parents as often as possible and make the h
ome full of 10. . Indeed, home is the sweetest and warmest place in the world.
十、书面表达
寒假就要到了，你打算如何过一个有意义的长假呢？ 第一中学的学生李明打算参加英语冬令营，在开营
仪式上他要向大家介绍自己。假设你是李明，请根据表格内容，用英语写一篇发言稿介绍自己。
Family 一家三口。总是帮父母做家务，认为很有必要。
(1)喜欢交友。好朋友Robert比我外向，学习更加努力。我
们无话不谈并且互相分享。
Hobby
(2)喜欢旅行。每年都出去一次，去年秋天和家人一起去了
丽江。
Futureplan ……
1. 发言稿必须包括表格所提供的全部信息，可适当增加细节；2. 文中不能出现真实姓名、校名等相关信
息；3. 词数：80－100；4. 首句仅供选择使用，不计入总词数。
Hello,I'mLiMingfromNo.1MiddleSchool.
62新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit3SameorDifferent
SectionAHowarewedifferentfromeachother?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /kəm'peə(r)/v. 比较；对比 2. /ʃaɪ/adj. 害羞的
3. /'leɪzi/adj. 懒惰的；懒洋洋的 4. /laud/adv. 响亮地adj. 大声的
5. /"aotgəuɪŋ/adj. 外向的 6. /ha:d'w3:kiŋ/adj. 勤奋的
7. /pə'fɔ:m/v.表演；执行 8. /sɒlv/v. 解决；解答
9. /flu:t/n. 长笛 10. /kən,grætʃu'leʃn/n. 祝贺；恭喜
11. (on..! (对……)表示祝贺! 12. /praɪz/n.奖；奖励
13. /a'tend/v.参加；出席 14. 像……一样……
15. /bi'saidz/prep.除……之外(还)adv.而且
16. /speə(r)/adj. 空闲的；备用的v. 抽出；拨 出
18. /'pleʒə(r)/n. 乐事；愉快；荣幸 19. /a'pɪərəns/n. 外表；露面
20. /,p3:sə'næləti/n.性格；个性 21. /'siəriəs/adj. 严肃的；严重的
22. /streŋθ/n.优势；力量 23. /fækt/n. 事实；现实
24. /slɪm/adj. 苗条的；薄的 25. /pɒpju'leɪʃn/n.人口
26.
(=kilometre/'kiləmi:tə(r);ki'lomrta(r))kilometer千米；公里
27. /'ævərɪdʒ/adj. 平均的；平常的 28 /'reɪnfɔ:1/n.降雨量
29. /pə(r)/prep.每 30 (=millimetre/'mɪlimi:tə(r))millimeter毫米
31. /'pleznt/adj. 宜人的；友好的
二．重点词汇变形
1.comparev.比较→→ adj.比较的→ n.比较 (过去式)→ (现在分词)
2.lazyadj.懒惰的→ adv.懒惰地→ (比较级)→ (最高级)
3.loudadj./adv.大声的；大声地→ adv.大声地→ (比较级)→ (最高级)
63新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
4.outgoingadj.外向的→ (比较级)→ (最高级)
5.hard-workingadj.勤奋的→ (比较级)→ (最高级)
6.performv.表演→ (n.表演)→ (n.表演者)→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)
7.solvev.解决→ n.解决办法→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)
8.congratulationn.祝贺；恭喜→ v.祝贺→ (复数)
9.attendv.参加→ (n.出席)→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)
10.pleasuren.高兴；愉快→ 复数→ v.使愉快→ adj.令人愉快的
11.appearancen.外表；露面→ v.出现→ (反义词，消失)→ (复数)
12.personalityn.性格；品质→ adj.个人的→ (复数)
13.seriousadj.严肃的→ adv.严重地→ (比较级)→; (最高级)
14.strengthn.优势；力量→ v.加强→ adj.强壮的→ (复数)
15.factn.事实→ adj.事实的→ (复数)
16.slimadj.苗条的；薄的→ (比较级)→ (最高级)
17.pleasantadj.宜人的；友好的→ (比较级)→ (最高级)→ (反义词，不高兴的)
三．重点短语通关
1. 和过去不同 2. . 鼓励某人做某事
3. 在音乐节表演 4. 害怕
5 更好地吹中国长笛 6. 赢得一等奖
7. 参加学校音 8. 祝贺
9. 和.….一样 10. 业余时间
11 .感谢做某事 12. 有...共同之处
13. 早起 14. 学习努力
15 互相学习 16. 有宜人的温度
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionA课文重现
HanLin:Congratulationsonwinningtheprizeattheschoolmusicfestival!
Thetwins:Thankyou!
Han Lin:You attended the festival last year and this year. How is this year
different?
Ella:There are more students and more activities this year. I think it is more
64新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
colourfulthanlastyear.
HanLin:Astwins,youlookverysimilar.Howareyoudifferent?
Emma:I'malittlequieterthanElla.Andsheisfunnierthanme.
Ella:Emmaalwaysgetsupearlierthanme.ManypeoplesayI'mlazierthanEmma, but that's not true! I work as hard
asher!
HanLin:That'sreallyinteresting.Besidessinging,howdoyoubothspendyoursparetime?
Ella:Iloveplayingsportsmorethananything.
Emma:Ilikereading.Yousee,we'redifferentinmanyways,buttogether,wemakeagreatteam!
HanLin:Thanksfortalkingwithme.
Thetwins:Ourpleasure!
【考点1.】Howdowecomparewitheachother? 我们如何互相比较?
【用法详解】compare作动词，意为“比较;对比”。
相关搭配：① 与……相比较。常用作状语。
Eg:Comparedwithhiscar,mineismuchcheaper.与他的车相比，我的便宜很多。
② 将……和……相比。常表示同类之间 进行比较。
Eg:Mymothernevercomparesmewithotherchildren.我妈妈从不将我和别的孩子相比。
② 把....比作.....to后用名词或代词作为比作的对象，常含有比喻之意。
Eg:Ateacherisoftencomparedtoacandle.教师常被比作蜡烛。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.She____hernewphone____heroldone.
A.compares;to B.compares;with C.compared;to
（ ）2.____otherstudents,Tomismorehard-working.
A.Comparewith B.Comparingto C.Comparedto
（ ）3.Thepoet____life____ajourneyinhispoem.
A.compared;with B.compared;to C.comparing;to
【考点2】Congratulationsonwinningtheprizeattheschoolmusicfestival! 恭喜你们在学校音乐节获奖！
【用法详解】1.congratulation作名词，常用复数形式congratulations表示“祝贺；恭喜”，可单独使用或后接
介词onsth./doingsth..
相关搭配： .为某事祝贺
65新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:CongratulationsongettingthechancetoenterQingHuauniversity.恭喜你考上清华大学！
2.prizen.奖;奖励作名词，指竞赛、比赛或抽奖中的“奖品、奖金”，也可指“珍视的事物”。
Eg:Hewonthefirstprizeinthedancingcompetition.他赢得了舞蹈比赛第一名。
相关搭配： 获奖 一/二等奖 奖金
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Wesentheracardtoexpressour___
A.Congratulations B.thanks C.sorry
（ ）2.--Ipassedthedrivingtest!-____!That'sgreatnews!
A. Goodbye B.Congratulations C.Sorry
（ ）3.Shewonthefirst_____inthesingingcompetition.
A.game B.prize C.class
（ ）2.The______forthebeststudentisanewlaptop.
A.problem B.price C.prize
【考点3】Youattendedthefestivallastyearandthisyear.你们去年和今年都参加了音乐节。
【用法详解】①attend 作动词，意为“参加；出席”,是正式用语，常表示参加会议、婚礼、典礼或听报告、讲
座等”，后直接接宾语。名词形式为attendance意为“出席(率)”。
相关搭配：attendameeting/class参加会议/课程 attendaparty/wedding参加聚会/婚礼
attendtosth.处理某事;照料某人
Eg:Heattendedtopatientslastweek.上周他在照料病人。
②辨析:join、joinin 、takepartin
join指加入某个党派、团体、组织等，并成为其中的一员，如"参军、入团、入党"等
Eg:ShejoinedtheYoungPioneers.她加入了少先队。
joinin意为“参加；加入(活动)”,多指参加 竞赛、活动、游戏等。
Eg;Let’sjoininthebasketballgamewiththem.让我们加入他们的篮球比赛吧。
takepartin指参加群众性活动等，并在其中发挥积极作用。
Eg:We'lltakepartinsocialpracticeduringthesummervacation.暑假期间我们将参加社会实践。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Ican't______themeetingtomorrow.Canyougoinstead?
A.join B.attend C.takepartin
66新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）3.Shestayedathometo_______tohersickmother.
A. Attend B.look C.care
3. .我的一个学生参加了这个项目。（翻译）
4. .这是一次重要的会议，你应该按时参加。
【考点4】Therearemorestudentsandmoreactivitiesthisyear.Ithinkitismorecolourfulthanlastyear.今年
有更多的学生更多的活动。我认为比去年更精彩。
【用法详解】①more表示数量，意为“更多”是many和much的比较级形式，后加可数名词或不可数名词。
Eg;Ihavemorewater.我有更多的水。Eg;Ihavemorebooks.我有更多的书。
②more表示程度，帮助多音节形容词或副词构成“比较级”，其含义随形容词或副词。
Eg;beautiful美丽 更美丽
Eg;IthinkWangYiBoismoreexcellentthanlastyear.我认为王一博比去年更优秀了。
③比较级的具体知识点在语法部分细讲。
【考点5】Astwins,youlookverysimilar.作为双胞胎，你们看上去非常相似。
Iworkashardasher!我和她一样努力！
【用法详解】1.as的用法
①作介词表示 。Eg;Iworkasateacher.我担任教师工作。
②表示“像，如同”。Eg;Hedressedasaclown.他打扮得像个小丑。
③作连词引导时间状语从句:意为 。
Eg;AsIwalkeddownthestreet,Isawabeautifulflower.当我沿着街道走的时候，我看
到了一朵美丽的花。
④引导原因状语从句:意为 。
Eg;Asitwasraining,westayedathome.因为下雨，我们待在家里。
⑤引导方式状语从句:意为 。
Eg;Sheismakingacakeashermotherdoes.她正学着妈妈的样子做蛋糕。
2.as...as...意为 。用于比较两者的程度，中间用形容词或副词原级。
相关搭配：
①肯定句:A+be/动词+as+形容词/副词原级+as+B A和B一样.....
Eg;Heisastallashisfather.他和父亲一样高。
②否定句:A+benot/助动词not+as+形容词/副词原级+as+B
=A+benot/助动词not+so+形容词/副词原级+as+B A和不如B那样.....
67新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg;Thisbookisnotasinterestingasthatone.这本书不如那本有趣。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Thisbagis____heavy_____thatone.
A.as;as B.so;as C.too;to
( )2.Shedoesn'trunas asherbrother.
A.faster B.fast C.morefast D.fastest
( )3.Pleasecomeback_____soon_______possible.
A. so;so B.as;as C.very;very
【考点6】.Besides__singing_____，howdoyoubothspendyoursparetime?除了唱歌以外，你们都如何度过空
闲时间呢？
【用法详解】besides作介词，表示“除了.....之外，还有”(包含在内)。相当于“inadditionto"。
Eg;BesidesEnglish,shealsolearnsFrench.除了英语，她还学法语。
Eg;BesidesTom,weallwent.除了汤姆，我们也去了。
相关拓展except作介词，表示“除了.....之外，还有”（排除在外）。
Eg;ExceptTom,weallwent.除了汤姆，我们都去了。
Eg;Idon’twanttotalkwithanybody,exceptyou.我不想跟任何人说话，除了你。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.______math,Ilikehistoryandphysics.
A.Except B.Without C.Besides
（ ）2.Heisclever.______， heworksveryhard.
A.But B.Besides C.However
（ ）3.thedressdoesn'tsuitme_______it’scolor.
A.Besides B.Except C.Because
【考点7】Ourpleasure!我们的荣幸！
【用法详解】pleasure 作名词，意为“乐事;愉快;荣幸”。其形容词是pleasant意为“令人愉快的”。
相关搭配：① .做某事是荣幸
Eg;It'sapleasuretohelpyouwithyourproject.很高兴能帮助你完成你的项目。
② .以...为乐
Eg;Hetakespleasureinreadingbooksinhisfreetime.他喜欢在业余时间读书。
68新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
③ .乐意效劳
Eg;Thankyouforgivingmeahand! 谢谢你帮助我!
---Withpleasure ！乐意为你效劳！
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.-Thankyouforhelpingme!-______!
A.Withpleasure B.Mypleasure C.Apleasure
（ ）2.Shetakesgreat_______inpainting.
A.pleasant B.pleased C.pleasure
【考点8】ThepopulationofChicagowas__larger___thatofGuangzhouin2022.在2022年芝加哥的人口比广州
的更多。
【用法详解】population作名词,指某一地区的人口总数，强调整体时用单数。
指“人口数量”时可用“thepopulationof+地点”结构。
Eg;Thepopulationofchinaismorethan1.4billion.中国的人口超过14亿。
注意:①提问人口数量用Whatisthepopulationof...?，不能用howmany/much。
Eg;WhatisthepopulationofLuoYang? 洛阳有多少人口？
②形容人口多少用lager.
Eg;HowlargethepopulationofChongQingis!重庆的人口好多啊！
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.______thepopulationofyourcountry?
A.Howmanyis B.Howmuchis C.Whatis
（ ）2.China____alargepopulation.
A.has B.have C.is
（ ）3.Thecity's_____isbecomingyoungerduetomoreyoungpeoplemovingin.
A.population B.people C.person
四．单元重点语法讲练
形容词和副词的比较级
一、语法概述
大多数形容词和副词有三个等级： 原级 、 比较级 和 最高级 .比较级表示“更……”，
用于两者之间的比较，后面用连词 than 连接另一个所比较的人或事物，说明“前者比后者更……”。
69新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
二、比较级的构成
1.规则变化
单音节和部分双音 一般在词尾加-er smart→ high→
节词
以字母e结尾的词加-r fine→ wide→
重读闭音节词词尾只有一个辅音字母 口诀：“大 红 胖 瘦 适合 湿 热”
时（辅元辅），先双写该辅音字母，再
加-er （bigger,redder,fatter,thinner,fitter,wetter,hotter）
以“辅音字母+y”结尾的双音节词，变 early→ happy→
y为i再加-er
多音节和部分双音节词在其前面加more
beautiful→
【注意】dry（干燥的）→drier（比较级） shy（害羞的）→shyer（比较级）
2.不规则变化
good/well（好的）→___ __（更好的） bad/badly/ill（糟糕的）→___ ___（更糟糕的）
many/much（多的）→ （更多的） little（少的）→ （更少的）
old（老的）→ / （更老的） far（远的）→ / （更远的）
牛
刀小试
写出下列单词的比较级形式
1. tall→ 2.smart→ 3.hard→
4.lazy→_ 5.funny→__ 6.early→_
7. nice→__ 8.large→_ 9.fine→__
1. serious→ 11.clearly→ 12.outgoing→
13.good/well→ 14.many/much→ 15.bad/badly→
三、比较级的相关考点
1.A+be+形容词比较级+than+B/A+实义动词+副词比较级+than+B A比B更……
Eg.TomrunsfasterthanI. 汤姆跑得比我快。 TomistallerthanI. 汤姆比我高。
2.“比较级+and+比较级”或“moreandmore+形容词/副词原级”，表示“越来越……”
Eg.AftertheNewYear,thedayisbecomingwarmerandwarmer.
新年过后，天气变得越来越暖和。
Eg. Chineseisbecomingmoreandmorepopular. 汉语变得越来越受欢迎了。
3.“The+比较级，the+比较级”，表示“越……，就越……”
70新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg.Themoreyouread,thefasteryouwillbe.你读得越多，你的速度就会越快。
4.“A...+倍数+比较级+than+B”，表示“A是B的多少倍”
Eg.Ourschoolistwicebiggerthanyours. 我们学校比你们学校大两倍。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Whichdoyouthinktastes_______,thechickenorfish?
A.well B.better C.good D.best
( )2.Myroomis_______than________.
A.bigger,her B.biger,her C.bigger,hers D.biger,hers
( )3.Farmersarebecoming inourhometown.
A.moreandmorerich B.richerandricher C.morerichandmorerich D.richandrich
( )4.Thispictureis__________thanthatone.
A.beautiful B.morebeautiful C.mostbeautiful D.themostbeautiful
( )5.Don’tworry.Yourmotherwillget .
A.wellandwell B.betterandbetter C.wellandbetter D.goodandwell
( )6.─Whois____ ____,TomorMike?
─Tomis.
A.thin B.thinner C.verythin D.morethin
四、可修饰比较级的词
当表示一方超过另一方的“程度”时，可以用much,alot,alittle,abit,even,far等来修饰形容词比较级。
注意：比较级不能用very,so,too等修饰。
Eg.Heismuchmoreseriousthanhisbrother. 他比他弟弟稳重多了。
Thisbookisevenmoreusefulthanthatone. 这本书甚至比那本更有用。
Canyoucometoschoolalittleearliertomorrowmorning? 明天早上你能早点来学校吗？
【记忆口诀】两多（much,alot）两少（alittle,abit）一甚至（even），还有一个远（far）去了。
【即学即用】
( )1.Inthetalentshow,IperformedwellandAnndideven_______.
A.well B.better C.more D.worse
( )2.LiWeiisa_________student,buthisbrotheriseven__________thanhim.
A.best；better B.better；better C.good；best D.good；better
71新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
( )3.Ithinkitis__________olderthanyesterday.
A.very B.muchtoo C.much D.quite
( )4.Theseflowersare__________thanthoseones.
A.muchbeautiful B.muchmorebeautiful C.verybeautiful D.asbeautiful
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1.—Dad,howcanIgetonwellwithmyclassmates?
—Trytobefriendlytothem.Thatwillmakeitmuch______.
A.easily B.moreeasily C.easy D.easier
( )2.Ididn’tdoverywellinthisexam.Unluckily,hedidit_______.
A.badly B.worse C.better D.worst
( )3.Aliceis_______thanherbrotherandsister.Sheneverstopstalking.
A.quiet B.quieter C.outgoing D.moreoutgoing
( )4.Shenzhenisamoderncityandit’sas______asHongKong.
A.busy B.busier C.thebusiest D.thebusier
( )5.ThoughBettyandLilyaretwins,Bettyisn’tso______asLily.
A.moreoutgoing B.mostoutgoing C.outgoing D.lessoutgoing
( )6.Thisfilmis_______interestingthanthatone.
A.more B.much C.very D.themost
( )7.—Ifthereare_______peopledriving,therewillbe_________airpollution.（空气污染）
—Yes,andtheairwillbefresher.
A.less;less B.less;fewer C.fewer;fewer D.fewer;less
( )8.Tomakerivers_____thanbefore,everybodyissupposedtoprotectthem.
A.dirty B.dirtier C.clean D.cleaner
( )9.WeChatWalletismakingourlife______moreconvenientthanbefore.
A.many B.much C.very D.so
( )10.________ourcountrygets,_________thepeoplewillbe,whichiswellknown.
A.Thestronger;thehappier B.Themorestrong;themorehappy
72新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
C.Thestronger;thehappy D.Thestrong;thehappier
( )11.Amobilephonewith5Gcansendvideosmuch________thantheonewith4G.
A.fast B.faster C.fastest D.thefastest
( )12.—Whichcoatdoyoulike______,theredoneortheblueone?
—Theredone.
A.good B.well C.better D.thebetter
( )13.E-mailismuch________thanlong-distancecalling.
A.cheap B.thecheaper C.morecheap D.cheaper
( )14.Yourbagissmallerthan______.
A.his B.him C.her D.she
( )15.Theearlierwetakeactiontoprotectourenvironment,the________itwillbeforourfuture.
A.better B.best C.worse D.worst
二、用所给词的适当形式填空
1.Theweatheris (hot)insummerinBeijingthanthatinDalian.
2.Whichcountryis (large),ChinaorJapan?
3.Mysonis (heavy)thanyourson,becauseheeatstoomuch.
4.Cindyisgrowingfast.Sheiseven (tall)thanhermother.
5.Ihave (many)storybooksthanmysister.
6.Doyouthinkyouare (outgoing)thanyourfather?
7.Itwascoldyesterday,butitismuch (cold)today.
8.Thelittlegirlbecomesmuch___ ___（healthy）thanbefore.
9.Themoreyoutrytoimproveyourself,the___ ___youwillfeel.(happy)
10.Theyshouldhavea___ __(far)discussioniftheywanttosolvetheproblemcompletely.
用所给单词的适当形式填空（词汇运用）
Ⅱ.用所给单词的适当形式填空
1.Thegirldoesn'twanttogoout.Shelikestostayathomeandreadbooks (quiet).
2.— Mary,yourbrotherismuch (tall)thanbefore.— Yes,heisalsostronger.
3.Thanksfor (give)mesomeadviceonhowtostudyEnglish.
4. (appear)iseasytorecognize(识别),buttheheartisthehardesttoguess.
5.Weallloveournewteacherbecauseofhiswonderful (person).Heisoutgoingandfriendly.
73新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
6. Some people read for (please) and some people read for knowledge.
7.Thetwinsaresimilarin (appear),buttheircharactersarequitedifferent.
8.HegotfirstplaceintheEnglishexam.Iwanttosendmy (congratulate)tohim.
9.Thanksfor (come)tothepartytonight.Ihopeallofyoucanenjoyyourselveshere.
10.Besides (work) as a doctor, John also writes stories in his free time.
三、完形填空
Friends arevery importantinpeople’s lives.Some friends have 1 views andinterests, and 2 like the
samethings. Should friendsbedifferent 3 same? Inmy opinion,Idon’tcare.Ihavetwo bestfriends,WangLei
and Lin Ying. Wang Lei 4 like me. I am 5 than most of the students in my class, and Wang Lei is also
quiet.Andwebothenjoy 6 .Onweekends,weoftengotothelibrarytodosomereading.Buttheotherfriendof
mine,LinYing,is 7 differentfrom me.Sheis much moreoutgoing, andshelikes 8 andoftenmakes me laugh.
Shealsolikes 9 ,sosheismoreathletic（健壮的）.Idon’tthinkdifferencesareimportantina 10 .What’s
youropinion?
（ ）1.A.same B.different C.active D.free
（ ）2.A.others B.another C.other D.theother
（ ）3.A.and B.but C.or D.then
（ ）4.A.isn’t B.doesn’t C.does D.is
（ ）5.A.quiet B.quieter C.outgoing D.moreoutgoing
（ ）6.A.readingbooks B.playinggames C.watchingTV D.goingtothemovies
（ ）7.A.not B.more C.quite D.lotsof
（ ）8.A.doingsports B.tellingjoke C.goingtoparties D.goingshopping
（ ）9.A.sports B.books C.movies D.subjects
（ ）10.A.match B.concert C.family D.friendship
四、阅读单选
A
Therearefourpeopleinmyfamily.They’remygrandfather,myparentsandme.Mygrandfatherexerciseseveryday.
He never uses the Internet. He eats vegetables three times a day, but he hardly ever drinks milk.And he watches TV
every night. My father is a taxi driver. He’s very busy. He never exercises, but he sometimes surf the Internet. He
watchesTVonSaturdayandSundayevening. Heofteneatsvegetablesanddrinksmilk. Mymotherisahousewife(家
庭主妇).ShewatchesTVtwiceaday.SheneversurftheInternet.Shesometimeseatsvegetables,butshedrinks milk
74新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
three times a week. Exercise? Of course she does. She exercises every day by doing housework. I’m a middle school
student.Igo toschoolfromMondaytoFriday.I oftenexercise.ButonSaturdayandSunday,Idon’texercise because
I have too much homework to do. I watch TV only on Sunday evening. But I surf the Internet twice a week. I drink
milk every day, but I don’t like vegetables. My mother often says to me, “Why do you eat so much meat, Mike? It’s
notgoodforyourhealth.”ButIlikeitverymuch.
（ ）26．_____sometimessurftheInternetinhisfamily.
A．Mikeandhisfather B．MikeandhismotherC．Mike’sparentsD．Mike’sfatherandgrandfather
（ ）27．_____watchTVeverydayinhisfamily.
A．Mikeandhisgrandfather B．Mike’smotherandgrandfather
C．Mike’sparents D．Mike’sfatherandgrandfather
（ ）28．WhatdoesMike’sfatherdo?
A．Heofteneatsvegetable. B．HesometimessurftheInternet.
C．Heisverybusy. D．Heisataxidriver.
（ ）29．Whydon’tMikeexerciseonSaturdayandSunday?
A．BecausehewantstosurftheInternet. B．BecausehewantstowatchTV.
C．Becausehehastoomuchhomeworktodo. D．Becausehehastogotoschool.
（ ）30．Mikelikeseating_____verymuch.
A．meat B．vegetables C．fruit D．milk
B
LilyChan,Taiwan
Kay isthemostconfidentgirlthatIhave ever met.Although shelooks tough,sheis reallykind.Itmay surprisesome
people tofind outKay andI arebestfriends,becausewe have differentpersonalities.I'm notconfidentandI amvery
shy,whichistheoppositetoKay,butIthinkthisiswhywearesuchgoodfriends.
AlanCordoba,Mexico
My best friend is Lucy. I can always depend on her.We always take care of each other. The first week we met, I got
sick with flu and she came to my house to take care of me every day. She is also very intelligent (有智慧的) and
interesting,althoughsometimesshegetsangry.Sheshoutsatmeforalwaysbeinglate.
IsabelFamosa,Cuba
MybestfriendisAnnaHernandez.Sheishonest,kindandsensitive(敏感的)．WewereborninthesamecityinCuba.
Wespenta lotof time together until we were 12.Then,I moved toAmerica with my family and thought that I would
75新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
neverseeAnnaagain.WhenIwenttocollegeinNewYork,Annahadaroominthesamebuilding.Shenowlivesnear
meinNewJerseyandweseeeachotherallthetime.
KenIchigawa,Japan
I love to spend time with Daisuke because he makes me laugh so much. He's very funny.Weshare the same sense of
humor(幽默感), andknow howto make eachothercrywith laughter.Weenjoytalking thefunnythings we did when
wewerechildren,andtellthestupidjokesoverandoveragain.
（ ）31．Kayis________thanLily.
A．tougher B．shyer C．moreconfident D．kinder
（ ）32．InParagraph3,whichofthefollowingisNOTtrue?
A．Thetwogirlswereborninthesamecity.B．Thetwogirlsdeparted(分开)whentheywere12.
C．ThetwogirlsmetandlivedawayfromCuba.D．Thetwogirlsmetbecausetheykeptlookingforeachother.
（ ）33．InParagraph4,theybecomegoodfriends________．
A．becauseofthefunnythingstheydidtogether B．becauseofthesameinterestandsenseofhumor
C．becausetheylovestupidjokes D．becausetheygrewuptogether
（ ）34．WhatismentionedinKen'sdescription?
A．MovingtotheUSAwithparents. B．Enjoyingtalkingaboutfunnythings.
C．Studyinginthesameschool. D．Gettingsickwithflu.
（ ）35．What'sthebesttitleofthispassage?
A．FriendsAreAlwaysDifferent B．OpinionsaboutaGoodFriend
C．EveryoneShouldHaveFriends D．WhatILikeMostaboutMyBestFriend
五、阅读还原
根据短文内容,从方框中选出五个句子填入文中空缺处, 使短文内容完整正确。
Findandkeepyourfriendship
Every one of us, rich or poor, should at least have one or two good friends.Your friends will listen to you when you
speak, will take care of you when you are sick, and will be together with you in your journey through life. Everyone
needsfriends.Friendshipcanmakeushappier.
41． Hereissomeadvice.
★Makefriendswithapersonwhoiseasytogetalongwith.
★42． Ifyouhavesomethingincommonwithyourfriend,youwillbeinterestedintalkingwithhimorher.
★Giveyourfriendahandwhenheorsheisintrouble.43．
76新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
★Believeineachother.Thisisthemostimportantthinginafriendship.
★Eventhebestfriendsmayhavequarrel(争吵)sometimes.Ifthishappens,don’tletyourquarrellasttoolong.44．
Friendshipisakindoftreasureinourlife.45． ,thelongeritiskept,thebetteritwillbe.
A．Youshouldmakefriendswithapersonwhohassomethingincommonwithyou.
B．Trytomakeupwith(和好)yourfriendssoon..
C．Itislikeabottleofwine(酒).
D．Howcanwefindagoodfriendandgetonwellwitheachother?
E.Friendsshouldalwaysbereadytohelpeachother
F.Itislikeabottleofwater.
六、短文选词填空
real learn make why think help easy try much problem
Beingatthemiddleschoolisagreattimeinyourlife.Youarelearningmanyinterestingthingsand51．
innewways.Teacherscanhelpyousolveyour52． atschool.Youknowthattheyarealwaysready53．
you.That's54． theywantedtobeteachers!
It'sgoodtogetonwellwithyourteachers,becauseit55． theschooltimemorepleasant.Kidswhogeton
betterwiththeirteacherscan56 more.Theyalsofeel57． comfortabletoaskoranswerquestions,
Thismakesitmuch58． forthemtodotheirbestontests.
Some kids are always good students, but most kids are sensitive(敏感的) to the way they get on with the teachers.
However,evenifyoudon't59． likeyourteachers,youshould60． toknowthembetter.
七、语法填空。
Doyouknowthesleepover?Atasleepover,agroupof (child)stayatafriend’shomeforanight.
LastSaturday,KateandIspent interestingbutscarynightatSarah’shome.
Thatnightwebroughtourtentand (camp)inSarah’syard(院子)forthesleepover.Whenitwastime
tosleep,weturned allthelights(灯).Weimagined(想象)we (be)inaforestbythe
lake.Itwassodark.Wecouldn’tseethemoon thestarsbecauseofthetalltrees.Wetoldstoriestoeach
other.Suddenly(突然),Katejumpedupandshoutedout,“Thereisasnakeoutside (I)tent!”SarahandI
weretoo (scare)tospeak.Butsomeminuteslater.wehearda“Miaow.”“Oh,don’t (worry),”
Sarahsaid.“It’snotasnake.Itismy (love)cat.
八、任务型阅读
77新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Alotofteens(青少年)thinkthatthemostimportantpeopleintheirlifearetheirfriends.Whentheyarein
trouble,theyalwaysasktheirfriends(A)advice,butnottheirparents.(B)Theyfindthattheirparentsdon’tknowthem
aswellastheirfriendsdo.Someteensdon’ttelltheirproblemstotheirparents,(C)theydon’twanttheirparentstobe
tooworriedaboutthem.(D)Childrenusuallyspendmostoftheirfreetimewithfriends.Theyliketodothingstogether
withtheirfriends.Theyliketotalkwiththem.Whentheyfeelsad,theirfriendswillcomfort(安慰)them.Whenthey
laugh,theirfriendswilllaughtogetherwiththem.(E)Friendsmaketheirlifecolorfuler.
Havingoneormorefriendsisveryimportant.However,choosing(选择)friendsismoreimportant.Ifyourfriends
havebadhabits,youmaygetintobadhabitseasily.Sobecarefulwhenyoumakefriends.
根据短文内容完成下列各题。
56．在文中的(A)处和(C)处分别填写一个适当的单词。
(A) (C)
57．写出文中(B)处画线部分的同义句。
Theyfindthattheirfriendsknowthem_______ ____________theirparentsdo.
58．将(D)处画线句子翻译成汉语。
59．文中(E)处画线句子有一处错误，请找出来并改正。
60．Whyshouldyoubecarefulwhenyouchoosefriends?
Unit3SameorDifferent
SectionBHowdoweunderstanddifferences?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /ə'laɪk/adj.相像的adv.相似地 2. /'mirə(r)/n. 镜子
3. /'intrest/n.业余爱好；兴趣 4. /'nɒvl/n. 小说
5. /'dɪfrəns/n.差异 6. /sens/n.理解
7. 'hju:mə(r)/(=humor)n. 幽默
8. /les/adj.较少的；更少的adv.较少地；更少 地pron. 较少；更少
9. /strert'fɒ:wəd/adj.坦率的；简单的 10. /ə'pinjən/n.看法；意见
78新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
11. /'pnɪst/adj.坦诚的；诚实的 12. /də'rekt,dar'rekt/adj. 率直的；直接的
13. /,sɪmə'lærəti/n.相似之处 14. /'frendʃip/n.友谊；友情
15. /'mi:tə(r)(=meter)n.米 16. /prins/n. 王子
17. /'kærəktə(r)/n.人物；个性 18. /'pɔ:pe(r)/n.贫民；乞丐
19. /iks'tʃeɪndʒ/v.&n.交换 20. /'æksɪdənt/n. 意外；(交通)事故
21. /ɪk'spekt/v.预料；期待 22. /'sɪlvə(r)/adj.银色的 n.银
23. /,sɪtʃu'eɪʃn/n. 情况；状况 24. /ri:tʃ/v.伸手；达到
25. /tʌtʃ/v.触摸；碰触
二．重点词汇变形
1.interestn./v.兴趣；对...感兴趣→ (adj.感兴趣的)→ (adj.有趣的)
2noveln.小说→ (复数)→ (n.小说家)
3.differencen.不同点→ (复数)→ (adj.)不同的
4.sensen.理解力；感觉→ (复数)→ (adj.明智的)
5.humour/humorn.幽默；幽默感→ (adj.幽默的)
6.straightforwardadj.坦率的；简单的→ (比较级)→ (最高级)
7.honestadj.诚实的→ (比较级)→ (最高级)→ (n.诚实);→ (反义词)
8.directadj.直接的→ (n.导演/主管)→ (adv.)→ (反义词，简接的)
9.similarityn.相似之处→ 复数)→ (adj.)→ (adv.相似地)
10.friendshipn.友谊→ (复数)→ (n.朋友)→ (adj.友好的)
11.exchangev./n.交换→ (过去式)→ (现在分词)→ (复数)
12.accidentn.意外→ (复数)→ (adv.偶然地)
13.expectv.预料；期待 → (n.期待)→ (反义词，想不到的)
三．重点短语通关
1. 尊重彼此的不同 2. 有点，稍微
3. 有很强的幽默感 4. 归功于；由于；因为
79新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
5. 犯错误 6. 和过去不同
7. 鼓励某人做某事 8. 害怕
9. 吹中国长笛 10. 赢得一等奖
11. . 很高兴做某事 12. . 很高兴做某事
13. 从我家里到学校 14. 意外地；偶然
15. . 学习做某事 16. . 尽力做某事；努力做某事
17. 和…相似 18. 一线光明
19. 伸手触碰 20. .乐于做某事；准备好做某事
21. 搭把手；帮助某人 和兴趣 22. 作比较
23. 因为 24. 从….受益
25. 变得更好
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionB课文重现
Tom 5hoursago
Some people think that friends should be alike, but some other people think that friends should be different. What do
youthink?Shouldfriendsbesimilarordifferent?
Matt 4hoursago
I think a good friend is like a mirror. You can understand people by knowing
their friends.My friend, Stephen,is a great example.Weoften hang outtogether
becausewehavesimilarhobbiesandinterests.Forexample,webothlovesports.
Heplays badminton betterthan I do,so healways wins ourmatches.Because ofthat,I try harderwhenI practise,and
now I'm getting better at badminton. Stephen and l are similar in other ways. He is as serious as me. When we aren't
playing sports, we enjoy reading together. I read more history books than he does, and he reads a lot of novels.We
oftenshareinterestingbookswitheachother.
Diana 3hoursago
I don't agree. For me, friends who are different make me better. I think
we should respect each other's differences and learn from each other.
Forexample,Iamkindofshy,butmybestfriend,YuanLei,isoutgoing.
Shehasagreatsenseofhumourtoo.Thankstoher,Iambecomingmore
outgoing.NowIthinkmeetingnewpeopleisreallyfun!
80新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
I have another friend, Zhang Yong. He is not afraid to give his opinion, especially when he thinks I am making a
mistake.Iamlessstraightforwardthanheis,butIamgladtohaveanhonestfriend.
【考点1.】Weoftenhangouttogetherbecausewehavesimilarhobbiesandinterests.我们经常一起出去闲逛，
因为我们有相似的爱好和兴趣。
【用法详解】①interest作名词，意为“兴趣、爱好”。
相关搭配: = 对...... 感兴趣 失去兴趣。
Eg.Sheshowsgreatinterestinmusic.她对音乐很感兴趣。
②interest作动词，意为“使感兴趣”，主语通常为事物。
相关搭配: .使某人感兴趣。
Eg.Thestoryinterestschildren.这个故事让孩子们感兴趣。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Hismain__ __arereadingandplayingchess.
A.interested B.interesting C.interests
（ ）2.Thenewmoviedidn't_____meatall.
A.interesting B.interest C.interested
（ ）3.Areyou_____inlearninganewlanguage?
A.interested B.interesting C.interest
【考点2.】Forexample,webothlovesports.比如，我们都喜欢运动。
【用法详解】①both作形容词，置于被修饰的名词前。
Eg.Lookatthetreesonbothsidesofthestreets. 看街道两边的树。
②both作代词，可单独使用，也可用于both...of...结构。用作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式。
Eg.—Whichonedoyouwant? 你想要哪一个?—I’lltakeboth. 我两个都要。
Eg.Bothofthemaresuperstars.他们两个都是明星。
相关拓展：不定代词both,neither,all,none与either的用法
不定代词 含义 固定搭配 例句
both 两者都 both...and... BothTomandMaryareteachers.
…和…都 汤姆和玛丽都是老师
neither 两者都不 neither...nor... NeitheryounorIamgoodatmath.
既不…也不… 我们俩都不擅长数学。
81新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
all 三者或三者以上都 无 AllofusarefromChina.
我们都来自中国。
none 三者或三者以上都 无 Ilikenoneofthebooks.
不 这些书我都不喜欢。
either 两者之一 either...or... Eitheryouorheisright.
要么…要么… 不是你对，就是他对。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.—Whatwouldyoulike,ice-creamorapplejuice?
— .Oneformysisterandtheotherformyself.
A.Neither B.All C.None D.Both
（ ）2. myfather________mymotherlookafterme.Ilovethemsomuch.
A.Either;or B.Both;with C.Notonly;butalso D.Both;and
（ ）3.Taraandhersister quietandthey_____sports.
A.areboth,bothlike B.areboth,likeboth
C.bothare,bothlike D.bothare,likeboth
【考点3.】Stephenandlaresimilarinotherways.史蒂芬和我在另一种程度上来说是相似的。
【用法详解】1.other表示泛指，意为“其余的；另外的”，常与可数名词复数连用。
Eg.Somestudentsarereadingandotherstudentsarewriting. 一些学生在阅读，另一些学生在写字。
相关拓展：other,theother,others,theothers与another的用法区别：
①theother表示特指，指两者中的另一个
Eg.Ihavetwohandbags.OneisLV,andtheotherisLVtoo.我有两个包，一个是LV,另一个还是LV。
②theothers表示特指，指一定范围内除去某些后剩下的全部，相当于“theother+可数
名词复数”
Eg.Somestudentsinmyclassarereadingandothersarewriting. 我们班里一些学生在阅
读，另一些学生在写字。
③others表示泛指，意为“其他的；其他人”，指除去某些后剩下的一部分，相当于“other+
可数名词复数”
Eg.Somestudentsarereadingandothersarewriting. 一些学生在阅读，另一些学生在写字。
④another表示泛指，指三者或三者以上中的“另一个”，其后可以接可数名词单数；也可用作代词
82新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg.Thisglassisbroken.Pleasegivemeanotherone. 这个玻璃杯破了,请再给我一个。
2.way 作名词，意为“道路；方法”。inotherways 意为“从另一些程度上”。
相关搭配：
① 挡道,妨碍
Eg.Telltheboynottostandintheway.叫那个男孩别挡道碍事。
② 在...路上
Eg.Yesterday,ImetTomonthewaytoschool.昨天,我在去学校的路上遇到了汤姆。
③ 顺便说,顺便问一下
Eg.Bytheway,doyouknowwherethepostofficeis?顺便问一下，你知道邮局在哪儿吗?
④ 用这种方法;这样:因此
Eg.Onlyinthiswaycanwewinthegame.只有这样我们才能获胜.
⑤ 从某种程度上看,从某种意义上来说
Eg.IlikeTominaway,butheisveryproud.在一定程度上,我喜欢汤姆,可是他很骄傲.
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.—Ican’tfindmyshoes.Wherearethey,Mom?
—Oh,oneisunderthebed,________isbehindthedoor.
A.theother B.others C.another D.other
（ ）2.—HowmanycanIhave?
—Youcanhavetwo,________areforyoursister.
A.theothers B.others C.theother D.another
【考点4.】Ithinkweshouldrespecteachother'sdifferencesandlearnfromeachother.我认为我们应该尊重彼
此的差异和意见，并向对方学习。
【用法详解】differences作名词，指人或事物之间的“不同、差异”，可作可数
或不可数名词。
① 有影响、起作用
Eg.Herdeterminationreallymakesadifferenceinhergrades.她努力学习确实对她的
成绩产生了影响。
②differencebetweenAandB:A与B的差异
83新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg.Thereisasignificantdifferencebetweenabigcityandasmalltown.在大城市工作和小城镇之间有显著的差异。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Canyoutellthe____betweenthesetwopictures?
A.same B.difference C.similar
（ ）2.Eatinghealthilycan____toyourlife.
A.makeadifference B.makesense C.makesure
（ ）3.Therearemany_____incustomsbetweencountries.
A.differences B.difficulties C.problems
【考点5.】Shehasagreatsenseofhumourtoo.她也有非常强烈的幽默感。
【用法详解】①sense作名词，意为“感觉”，多指(生理或心理感知)、感官功能(视觉、听觉等) 。
Eg;Dogshaveastrongsenseofsmell.狗崽崽有敏锐的嗅觉。
②sense作名词，意为“理解力;判断力”。 幽默感/方向感
Eg;Shehasagreatsenseofhumor.她很有幽默感。
③sense作名词，意为“意义；道理”。
有意义;讲得通
Eg;Hisexplanationdoesn'tmakesense.他的解释说不通。
there'snosenseindoingsth做某事没有意义
Eg;There'snosenseinarguingwithhim.和他争论没有意义。
牛
刀小试
1.Hefeltdeep (满足感)andwhenhehelpedtheold.
( )2.Shehasagood offashion.
A.sense B.feeling C.idea
【考点6.】Thankstoher,Iambecomingmoreoutgoing.多亏了她，我变得更外向了。
【用法详解】thanksto意为“归功于;由于;因为”后接名词或短语，表示原因。
Eg;Thankstoyourhelp,wesucceeded.多亏了你的帮助，我们成功了。
相关拓展： = 感谢某人做某事
牛
刀小试
（ ）1. theheavyrain,thegamewascanceled.
A.Thanksto B.Because C.Thanksfor D.but
84新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）2.__ __youradvice,Iavoidedabigmistake.
A.Thanksto B.Because C.Although
【考点7.】healsorealizedthatpeople'slivesweremuchharderthanheexpected.他也意识到，人们的生活比
他预期的更好了。
【用法详解】expect 作动词，表示“预料某事会发生”或“期待某人做某事”。
相关搭配：① .期待做某事
Eg;Iexpecttomakeaprogressinmymath.我期待我的数学能取得进步。
②expectsb.todosth.:期望某人做某事
Eg;Myparentsexpectmetostudyhard.我的父母期望我努力学习。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Iexpect theworkbyFriday.
A.finish B.finishing C.tofinish D.finishes
（ ）2.Don'texpecthim immediately.Heneedstime.
A. toagree B.agreeing C.agrees D.agree
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
（ ）1.—Ourteam______thematch.We'vegotthefirstplace!
—Welldone!Congratulations!
A.hit B.beat C.won D.watched
（ ）2.—Whichsubjectdoyoulikebetter,mathorEnglish?
—_________.IthinkmathisasinterestingasEnglish.
A.Neither B.Both C.All D.None
（ ）3.Mysisternevereatsjunkfood, ?
A.isshe B.doesshe C.isn’tshe D.doesn’tshe
（ ）4.MysisterJennyis________outgoinggirl.Shelovestomakefriends.
A.a B.an C.the D./
（ ）5.—Iamworryingaboutourfinalexamthesedays.
—Thereisnothingtoworryabout youworkhard.
85新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.until B.sothat C.asfaras D.aslongas
（ ）6.—CanIhelpyou?
—Pleasegiveme aboutthetrainstoDaqing.
A.afewinformation B.alittleinformations C.alittleinformation D.afewinformations
（ ）7.Mywaytoworkouttheproblemisthesame Jack’sbutdifferent Mary’s.
A.as;as B.from;from C.as;from D.from;as
（ ）8.Sheisfamousmusicianandsheistalented music.
A.for B.with C.of D.in
（ ）9.—WhenwillMr.Green Beijing?
—Inaweek.
A.reach B.get C.arriveat D.come
（ ）10.Jimisgoodattellingstories.Healwaysmakesus__ ____whenhetellsusstories.
A.laugh B.tolaugh C.laughs D.laughing
（ ）11.Nooneinourclasscanrunas asTim.
A.morequickly B.quicklier C.quickly D.mostquickly
（ ）12.—Areyourelaxingyourselfhere?
—Yes.Itis______towalkslowlyalongtheriver.
A.fantastic B.boring C.bad D.terrible
（ ）13.—It’sFather’sDay,______?
—Yes.Let’sbuyagiftforDad.Heworksveryhardforus.
A.isn’tit B.doesn’tit C.isn’the D.doesn’the
（ ）14.—Doyouknowabouthisnewidea?
—Yes,Ido.It'ssimilar mine.
A.with B.from C.to D.of
（ ）15.Themovie,oneandonly(《热烈》)isinspiring . Sean_____Iwanttowatchit.
A.Both;and B.Either;or C.Neither;nor D.Either;and
二、用所给词的适当形式填空
1.Davidbecame (interest)inpaintingwhenhewasfiveyearsold.
2.—Iknowalotabouthistory.——Soyoudo.Youread (many)booksthanIdo.
3.Youplaybadminton (well)thanIdo,soIwanttolearnfromyou.
86新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
4.Therearesome (different)betweenthetwinbrothers.
5.Whataretheir (similar)?Pleasetellmesomeofthem.
6.Ginaismybestfriend.Insomeways,wearethesame,buttherearealsosome (different)between
us.
7.Weshouldeatmorevegetablesand (little)meat.
8. This method is (straightforward) than the one we used before. I like this very
much.
9.Thesunlightcomesintothehousethroughthewindow (direct).
10.Mymumoftentellsmethat (go)tobedearlyisagoodhabit.
用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空(方框中有两个词为多余项)
novel opinion humour interest go besides good
1.Inmy ,nothingismorevaluablethanfriendship.
2.JourneytotheWestisoneofthegreatest inChina.
3.MissTanghasagoodsenseof .Shealwaysmakesuslaughinclass.
4.Icanalwaysfindsomething toreadinthebookcorner.
5.Ireadbookseverydaytomakemyself andlearnmoreabouttheworld.
三、完成句子
1.莉莉和我姐姐都会弹钢琴。
Lily mysistercanplaythepiano.
2.只要你能取得好成绩，我就会高兴。
youcangetgoodgrades,I'llbehappy.
3.我喜欢我的英语老师，因为他帮助我展现最好的自我。
IlikemyEnglishteacher,becausehehelpsto thebestinme.
4.事实上，我应该是一名好的听众。
,Ishouldbeagoodlistener.
5.我不关心价格，只要车的状况好就行了。
Idon't theprice,aslongasthecarisingoodcondition.
6.徐磊跟我很像。我们都很结实，并且我们都喜欢足球。
XuLei me.Wearebothstrongandwebothlikesoccer.
87新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
7.那便是我喜欢英语而且在课上学习更加努力的原因。
That's IlikeEnglishandIstudy inclass
8.我并不十分在乎我的朋友跟我一样或与我不同。
Idon'treallycareaboutifmyfriendsare asmeordifferent.
9.我认为朋友应该彼此不同。
Ithinkfriendsshould eachother.
10.我的好朋友总是能取得比我好的成绩。
Mybestfriendalways thanIdo.
四、阅读理解
A
Weknowhealthisimportantineveryone'slife.Herearesomewaystomakethemeasytoget.
★Eatabalanceddiet．Eatalotoffruitandvegetables，somegrains(谷物)andalittlemeat.
★Exercisetwiceorthreetimesaweek.
★Getenoughsleep.Itisbesttogeteighthours'sleepaday.
★Keepyourself busy.Thisis goodbecauseitstopsyou fromhaving badhabits.Tokeepyourself busy，youcanwalk
aroundthehouse，spendtimewithyourpet，dosports，orhaveahobby.
★Go out and make friends.Spend time and have fun with them.Talk with them，but try not to talk about anything
bad.Youshouldstaywiththepeoplewhoarehealthy.
（ ）1.Howoftenshouldyouexerciseifyouwanttogethealth?
A.Everyday. B.Twiceaday. C.Threetimesamonth. D.Twiceorthreetimesaweek.
（ ）2.Howmanyhoursdoyouneedtosleepeveryday?
A.Seven. B.Eight. C.Nine. D.Ten.
（ ）3.Theunderlinedword“it”refersto(指的是)________.
A.eatingabalanceddiet B.exercisingmore C.keepingyourselfbusy D.makingfriends
（ ）4.WhichofthefollowingisNOTtrue?
A.Wecaneatalotofmeattokeephealthy. B.Weneedtoexercise.
C.It'sgoodtomakesomefriends. D.Wecanspendourfreetimedoingsports.
（ ）5.What'sthebesttitleforthispassage?
A.Eatinghabit B.Playingsports C.Makingfriends D.Howtogethealth
88新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
B
UncleSam
Doyourchildrenenjoyinterestingstories,funnygamesandexcitingdances?UncleSamwillbereadto
teachchildrenofallagesallthesethingsattheCity.TheatreonSaturdaymorningat10:00.Free.
WalkingTour
ForgetyourworriesonSaturdaymorning.Takeabeautifulwalkandlearnaboutlocalhistory.Meetat
thefrontentranceofCityHallat9:30.Wearcomfortableshoes!
MovieTime
TwofilmswillbeshownonSaturdayafternoonattheMuseumTheatre.SeeMarchofthePenguinsat
1:30.KungFuPandawillbeat3:45.Forfurtherinformation,call4987898.
InternationalPicnic
Areyoutiredofeatingthesamefoodeveryday?CometoCentralParkonSaturdayandenjoyfoodfrom
allovertheworld.Deliciousandnotexpensive.Noonto5:00p.m.
TakeMeOuttotheBallgame
It'sOctober,andthisSaturdaynightisyourlastchancetoseetheRedbirdsthisyear.Getyourticketsat
thegate.Itmightbecold.Don'tforgetsweatersandjackets.
DoYouWanttoHearTheZoo?
TheZoo,apopularrockgroupfromAustralia,willgivetheirfirstUSconcertthisSaturdaynightat8:00
atRoseHall,CityCollege.
( )1．YouprobablyeatChinese,ItalianandIndianfoodat_______.
A．CityHall B．CentralPark C．theCityTheatre
( )2．Wecanseemoviesat_______.
A．10:00a.m.B．9:30a.m. C．3:45p.m.
( )3．TheZoohereisa________.
A．Musicgroup B．USconcert C．Popularpark
( )4．Fromthepassage,wecanknow_________.
A．ifyouare8yearsold,youhavetopaytolearnexcitingdances
89新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
B．youcanlearnlocalhistoryonawalkingtouronSundaymorning
C．TheRedbirds'lastmatchthisyearwillbeheldoutside
( )5．Thepassageismainlyabout_________.
A．citynews B．weekendactivities C．musicweek
C
Mrs.Whitewasveryfat.Sheweighed(体重)100kilos,soshewenttoseeadoctor.Thedoctorsaid,“Youneeda
diet(节食),Mrs.White,andIhaveagoodwayhere.”HegaveMrs.Whiteasmallbookandsaid,“Readthiscarefully
andeatthethingsonpage(页)11everyday.Thencomebackandseemeintwoweeks.”
Mrs.Whitecameagaintwoweekslater,butshewasn’tthinner.Shewasfatterthanbefore.Thedoctorwassurprised
andasked,“Areyoueatingthethingsonpage11ofthesmallbook?”“Yes,doctor.”sheanswered.
ThenextdaythedoctorvisitedMrs.Whiteduringherdinner.Hewasverysurprisedatwhathesaw.“Mrs.White，”he
said,“whyareyoueatingpotatoesandbread?Theyaren’tinyourdiet.”“Doctor，”Mrs.Whiteanswered,“Ifollow(遵
从)mydietatlunchtime.Butthisismydinner.”
( )1．Mrs.Whitewenttoseeadoctorbecause______________.
A．shehadabadcold
B．shefeltterrible
C．thedoctorwasherfriend
D．shewantedtobethinner
( )2．Thedoctoraskedherto______________.
A．eatmorefood B．eatlessfood C．eatnothing D．eathealthyfood
( )3．Twoweekslater，Mrs.Whitebecame______________.
A．fatterB．thinner C．healthier D．stronger
( )4．ThedoctorwassurprisedwhenhevisitedMrs.Whiteduringherdinner.Because______________.
A．sheeatnothing. B．shewaseatingmeat.
C．shewaseatingpotatoesandbread. D．shewasn’tin.
( )5．“Ifollowmydietatlunchtime.Butthisismydinner.”means______________.
A．Shealwaysfollowedthediet.
B．Shedidn’tfollowthediet.
C．Shedidn’tlikethediet
D．Sheonlyfollowedthedietatlunchtime,andshedidn’tfollowthedietatdinner.
90新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
D
Aboywhowascleaningshoesinthestreetsaidtoayoungmanpassingby(路过的),“Letmecleanyourshoes.”
Theyoungmansaid,“No,thankyou.”“Youmaypaymeonlyapound(英镑),sir.”saidtheboy.Buttheyoungman
refused(拒绝)again.Thentheboytoldhimthathewouldcleanhisshoesfornothing.Theyoungmanagreed(同意)to
this,andsoononeofhisshoeswasshiningbrightly(闪闪发亮).Themanputtheothershoeontheboy,buttheboy
refusedtocleanitunlesshewaspaid(被付给)twopoundsforhiswork.Theyoungmanrefusedtopayanythingand
wentaway.Butthedirtyonelookedsobadthathecouldn’twalkaway.Hehadtoturnback(转身)andgavetheboy
twopounds.Inaveryshorttimehisshoesshonebrightly.
( )1．Theboywasashoes____.
A．cleaner B．maker C．repairer D．seller
( )2．Atfirsttheyoungmanrefusedtocleanhisshoes,because____.
A．hecouldn’tpayB．hehadnotenoughmoney
C．hedidn'tthinkitnecessary D．hehadjustcleanedhisshoes
( )3．Thentheyoungmanagreedtocleanhisshoes,becausetheboyaskedfor____.
A．twopounds B．onepoundC．nothing D．fewmoney
( )4．Theboyrefusedtocleanthesecondshoe,because____.
A．itwasverydirty B．theyoungmanpaidonlyonepound
C．itwasdifficulttoclean D．heaskedtobepaidtwopounds
( )5．Theboysaidhewouldcleantheyoungman’sshoesfornothingjustinorderto(为了)_____
A．showhiskindness B．helptheyoungman
C．getmoremoneyfromhim D．leteveryonesee
五、阅读填表
阅读短文，根据短文内容，在表格中填入相应信息.(每空不超过三个单词，共5小题，每小题2分)
Whatareyougoingtobewhenyougrowup?Ihaveafewfriends.Theyhavedifferentanswersaboutthisquestion.
Mypartner,Mary,isgoodatwriting.Shekeepswritingeveryday.ShewantstowriteforTVornewspapers.My
friend,Tom,admiresMichaelJordanverymuch.Hepracticesplayingbasketballeveryday.Hewantstobeanother
MichaelJordan.Mikewantstobeanactor,hecan’taffordsomuchmoneytotakeactinglessons,hehastolearn
actinglessonsbyhimself.Robertcansingverywell,andheistakingthepianolessonsatschool.Hehopestoteach
studentsmusic.Alicewantstobeacomputerprogrammer.She’sgoingtostudycomputerscience.
91新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Name Whatdoeshe/shewanttobe Howishe/shegoingtodothat
Mary 56． keepwriting
Tom basketballplayer 57．
Mike 58． learnactinglessons
59． teacher takepianolessons
Alice computerprogrammer 60．
六、补全对话7选5情景交际。
A:Hello,Mr.Wang
B:Hello,MrWilson
A: 61．
B:Yes.Ourlivesaregettingbetterandbetter,MrWilson,62．
A:Threedays.
B:63．
A:Verygood.It'sbeautifulandquiet.
B:Itseemsthatyouknowourcity.Haveyoueverbeenherebefore?
A:Yes, 64．
B:Thenthistimeyouareherefor?
A:Justforaholiday
B:I'mverygladyoulikeourcity.65．
A:Thankyou.
A．Howdoyoulikeourcity?
B．Yourcityhaschangedalottheseyears,hasn'tit?
C．Icameheretogiveareportonfoodsafetytwoyearsago.
D．Thatwillmakeyoumorerelaxed.
E.Howlonghaveyoubeenhere?
F.Haveagoodtime.
G.Talkingofmysparetime.
92新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
七、书面表达
假设你是Susan，你有一个好朋友叫Linda，请根据要点写一篇文章。
要点如下：
1、你们俩都很高，都喜欢中国文化，每周去一次图书馆。
2、上周Linda 去爬了长城，她认为是世界上最伟大的奇迹之一。
3、Linda比你更外向，更擅长运动。但你们在学习上一们地努力， 并相互帮助。
4、你们能够谈论和分享一切。
5、你看过功夫电影《长城》。谈谈你的感受。
注意：
1、文中不得透露个人姓名和学校名称；
2、词数：60-80；
3、内容连贯，不要逐条翻译；
4、短文的开头已给出，不计入总词数。
参考词汇：culture 文化； climb 爬； wonder奇迹
MynameisSusan,Ihaveagoodfriend,Linda.
93新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit4AmazingPlantsandAnimals
SectionAwhatcanplantsandanimalsdo?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /mɒs/n.苔藓 2. /redwʊd/n.红杉;红木
2. /tʃi:tə/n.猎豹 4 /'fəʊldɪŋ/adj.折叠式的;可折叠的
5. /bæm'bu:/n.竹;竹子 6. /pɒpjələ(r)/adj.广受欢迎的;流行的
6. /'gʊdnəs/n.美德;营养 8. /tu:l/n.工具;手段
9. /'æktʃuəli/adv.实际上;居然 10. /ʃu:t/n.幼苗;嫩芽;v.(shot/∫ɒt/)开(枪);射击
11. /ə'pɪə(r)/v.出现;呈现 12. /land/n.陆地;土地;v.降落;着陆
12. /æfrɪkən/adj.非洲的;非洲人的;n.非洲人 14. /rəʊz/n.玫瑰;蔷薇
15. /'pi:əni/n.牡丹;芍药 16. /ləʊtəs/n.莲花
16. /bʌtəflaɪ/n.蝴蝶 18. /wɪŋ/n.翅膀;翼
19. /frɒg/n.青蛙 21. /prɒvɪns/n.省份
二．重点词汇变形
1.folding折叠式的；可折叠的(adj.)→ (v.) 折叠→反： 展开(v.)
2.popular(adj.)流行的；受欢迎的→ 反： 不受欢迎的→ (n.) 流行，受欢迎
3.goodness(n.)美德；营养→ (adj.)好的 → (n.) 商品
4.actually(adv.)实际上；事实上→ (adj.) 实际的
5.appear(v.)出现→反 ： 消失→ (n.)出现；外貌→ (adj.) 明
显的；表面上的 → (adv.)显然地
6.African(adj.&n.)非洲的；非洲人→ (n.)非洲
7.peony(n.)牡丹；芍药→复数形式：
8.lotus(n.)莲花→复数形式：
9.butterfly(n.)蝴蝶→复数形式： → (n.)黄油
10.weigh(v.)称重→ (n.)体重
11.ginkgo(n.)银杏→复数形式：
94新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
三．重点短语通关
1. 在…和.….之间 2. 折叠扇
3. 一幅竹子画 4. 最受欢迎的题材之一
5. 中国画 6. 中国文化
7. 学到许多有趣的事情
8. 长得最快的植物之一
9. 在世界上 10. 用…做.…
11. 竹笋 12. 对..…感兴趣
13. 和某人分享某事 14. .可以随便做某事
15. 重达；体重接近于 16. 银杏树
17. 两百多万年前 18. 希望和长寿的象征
19. 成千上万的游客 20. 在 10 月中旬
21. 散步 22. 给他们带来欢乐
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionA课文重现
Ella:Oh,what'sthat,ChenJie?It'ssobeautiful!
ChenJie:Thanks.It'safoldingfan.Iboughtitlastyear.
Ella:Oh!Ithasapaintingofbambooonit.
Chen Jie: Yeah.Bamboo is one of the most popular subjects in Chinese paintings.
It'sasymbolofgoodnessinChineseculture.
Ella:Ididn'tknowthatbefore.So,wheredidyougetthatfan?
Chen Jie:At the Bamboo Sea in Sichuan, the largest and oldest bamboo forest in
China.IlearntlotsofinterestingthingswhenIwasthere.
Ella:Really?Likewhat?
Chen Jie: Well, bamboo is one of the fastest-growing plants. Some bamboo can grow almost one metre in one day.
Also,it'soneofthemostusefulplantsintheworld.Peoplecanuseittobuildhousesandmaketoolsandinstruments.
95新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Ella:Oh,that'sinteresting.Irememberpandaslovetoeatbambootoo,right?
ChenJie:Exactly!Actuallyweeatbambooshootstoo.They'rereallydelicious.
【考点1.】BambooisoneofthemostpopularsubjectsinChinesepaintings.
竹子是中国画中最受欢迎的题材之一。
【用法详解】1.popular作形容词，意为“流行的；广受欢迎的”。themostpopular 是popular的最高级形式。
相关搭配： 在……受欢迎 因……受欢迎 受……欢迎
2. oneof...意为“其中之一”。
①作主语时主语为one，谓语动词用单数。
Eg:OneofbestfriendsisSean.肖恩是我最好的朋友之一。
② oneof+the+形容词的最高级+复数名词，表示“最...之一”
Eg:WangYiBoisoneofthemostexcellentactorinChina.
王一博是中国最优秀的男演员之一。
③ oneof+复数名词
Eg:oneofmyclassmatesteachesmeKorean.我的一个同学教我韩语。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Sheis inourclass.
A.oneofthetallestgirlsB.oneofthetallestgirl C.oneoftallestgirls D.oneofthetallergirls
( )2.Thisis Ihaveeverread.
A.oneofthemostinterestingbooks B.oneofthemostinterestingbook
C.oneoftheinterestingbooks D.oneofinterestingbooks
( )3.oneofthebiggestbuildings setuplastyear.
A. is B.are C.was D.were
4.Thisis (最美丽的城市之一)intheworld.
【考点2.】Actuallyweeatbambooshootstoo.They'rereallydelicious.事实上，我们也吃竹笋。它们真的是太
美味了。
【用法详解】actually作副词，意为“.实际上;居然”强调事实或纠正误解，可置于句中或句首。
Eg:Helooksyoung,butactuallyheis33.他看起来很年轻，但实际33岁了。
Eg:Actually,Idisagreewithyou.实际上，我不同意你。
相关拓展：infact事实上
96新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.IthoughtshewasFrench,but_____she'sfromCanada.
A.Actually B.popular C.appear
【考点3.】Amongallanimals,Ilovepandasthebest.在所有的动物中，我最喜欢熊猫。
【用法详解】among意为“在...之间”，用于三者或以上群体之间。
Eg:Shesatamongherfriends.她坐在朋友中间。
相关拓展：between意为“在...之间”，用于两者之间。
在...和....之间
Eg:Momstandsbetweenthetwokids.妈妈站在两个孩子中间。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Thesecretwasshared______thethreeofus.
A. Between B.among C.through
2.Thereisabuilding theschoolandthehospital。
3.Butterfliesareflying theflowers。
4.Thereisariver thetwocities.
【考点4.】pleasefeelfreetoaskmeanyquestionsyouhave.请尽情地问我你们想问的问题。
【用法详解】feelfreetodosth.意为“随意做某事”，feelfree是英语口语中一个常用表达。表示无须拘束，只
管按照自己的意愿去做某事。
Eg:CanIuseyourbathroom?我可以用一下你的卫生间吗?
一Yes,feelfree.可以，请随意。
Eg:Feelfreetoaskquestionsifyoudon'tunderstand.你要是不懂，可以随便提问。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Imadealotofsweets,sofeelfree whateveryoulike.
A.eat B.ate C.eating D.toeat
( )2.Ifeellike myhomeworktomorrow.
A.do B.doing C.todo D.does
【考点5.】①Ginkgotreesfirstappearedover200millionyearsold.银杏树第一次出现是在两千万年前。
②Thousandsoftouristscometoseeiteachyear,especiallyinmid-October,asitisthebesttimetoseeit.每年都
有成千上万的游客来看它，尤其是十月中旬，是最好的观赏时间。
97新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【用法详解】million作概数词，意为“百万”。thousand作概数词，意为“千”。除此之外还有hundred 意为“百”，
“billion”意为“十亿”。
①.表达确切的数量
Hundred,thousand,million,billion等前有具体的数字修饰时，表示确指的数量，这些
词不能用复数形式，即 。
Eg:Thenumberofstudentsinourschoolissixhundred.我们学校的学生人数是600。
②.表达不确切的数量
hundred, thousand,million,billion 等可构成短语，表示泛指的数量。此时这些词
用 ，其前不能有具体的数字修饰,但可被 many，afew 等词修饰。
Eg:Hundredsofpeoplearevisitingthisoldtown.成百上千的游客正在游览这个古城。
牛
刀小试
（ ） 1.Thenumberofthefansgoingtothisconcertisaboutthree_ .And_ ofthemaregirls.
A.thousand;twothird B.thousands;twothird
C.thousand;twothirds D.thousands;twothirds
（ ） 2.Peopleplant_ _treesonTreePlantingDayeveryyear.
A.hundred B.hundredsof C.hundreds
（ ） 3.Nowadays, _peoplelikeHUAWEIphonesbetter,andabout_ _ofthemareadults.
A.thenumberof;fourfifthsB.anumberof;fourfifthsC.anumberof;fourfifth
五、单元重点语法讲练
形容词和副词的最高级
1、语法概述
形容词、副词的最高级用于三个或三个以上的人或事物之间的
比较；常用 of/in 来说明比较的范围；形容词和副词前要加定冠词
the ，副词最高级前的the有时可省略。
二、最高级的构成
98新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
1.规则变化
单音节和部分 一般在词尾加-est tall→ high→
双音节词 以字母e结尾的词加-st fine→ nice→
重读闭音节词词尾只有一个辅音
字母时（辅元辅），先双写该辅音 口诀：“大 红 胖 瘦 适合 湿 热”
字母，再加-est （biggest,reddest,fattest,thinnest,fittest,wettest,hottest）
以“辅音字母+y”结尾的双音节词， easy→ funny→
变y为i再加-est
多音节和部分 在词前加most comfortable→
双音节词 carefully→
【特别提醒】由“动词+ed”或“动词+ing”构成的形容词变最高级时，通常在该形容词前加most
Eg.interesting→mostinteresting relaxed→mostrelaxed boring→mostboring
2.不规则变化
good/well（好的）→ （最好的） bad/badly/ill（糟糕的）→_ （最糟糕的）
many/much（多的）→ （最多的） little（少的）→ （最少的）
old（老的）→ _/ （最老的） far（远的）→ / （最远的）
牛
刀小试
写出下列单词的最高级形式
2. big→ 2.small→ 3.heavy→
4. fine→ 5.cheap→ 6.happy→
8. close→ 8.fresh→_ 9.popular→
2. creative→ 11.bad→ 12.carefully→
13. good/well→ 14.many/much→ 15.fat→
三、最高级的常考句型
1. 主语+be+the+形容词最高级+in/of短语……是……中最……的
Eg.YiBoisthetallestoneinmyclass. 一博是我们班最高的同学。
主语+实义动词（+the）+副词最高级+in/of短语……在……中最……
Eg.Heworks(the)hardestinClass23. 在23班他学习最努力。
2.主语+be+oneofthe+形容词最高级+可数名词复数+in/of短语 ...是...中最...的...之一
99新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg.TheHighSpeedRailisoneofthenewestinventionsinChina. 高铁是中国最新的发明之一。
3.“疑问词+be+the+形容词最高级，A、BorC?”，用于三个或三个以上的人或事物之间的比较
“疑问词+助动词+主语+动词原形（+the）+副词最高级，A、BorC?”
Eg.Whoisthetallest,Tom,KateorBill? 汤姆、凯特和比尔，谁最高？
Eg.Whichcitydoyoulikebest,Beijing,ShanghaiorGuangzhou?你最喜欢哪个城市，北京、上海还是广州？
4.主语+be+the+序数词+形容词最高级+可数名词单数+in/of短语……在……中是第几……的……
Eg.TheYellowRiveristhesecondlongestriverinChina.黄河是中国第二长河。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Fishingisoneof______activitiesamongthemiddle—agedmenlikemyuncles.
A.popular B.morepopular C.mostpopular D.themostpopular
（ ）2.Amyhasreadmanyhistorybooks,soshelearnshistory______ofallthesubjects.
A.well B.bad C.best D.worst
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1.Ofthethreepens,theboychose_______one.
A.lessexpensive B.themostexpensive C.thelessexpensive D.moreexpensive
( )2.—IthinkMoonTheaterhas______seatsinmytown.
—Iagreewithyou.Iusuallygotherewithmyfriends.
A.morecomfortable B.worse C.themostcomfortable D.theworst
( )3.Stayingwithfamilyandfriendsisoneof_____thingsintheworld.
A.thehappiest B.happier C.thehappy D.happiest
( )4.—DidCindywinthefirstprizeinthelongjump?
—Yes.Shejumped______ofalltheplayers.
A.far B.farther C.thefarther D.thefarthest
( )5.Whichis________waytotravel,byplane,bytrainorbybus?
A.lessexpensive B.morecheaper C.theleastexpensive D.cheaper
( )6.YangtzeRiveris_______longestriverintheworld.ItrunsacrossChinafromthewesttotheeast.
100新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.thethird B.third C.thethree D.three
( )7.IliketheBigScreenComplexbecauseithas________screen.
A.bigger B.theworst C.thebiggest D.worst
( )8.Whichdoyouthinkis________,Mary,JimorWangLin?
A.moretalented B.talenteder C.themosttalented D.talentedest
( )9.Xi’anisoneof_____capital________inChina.
A.older;city B.theolder;city C.oldest;cities D.theoldest;cities
( )10.—Ofthetwoshirts,whichonedidMombuy?
—Sheboughtthe____onebecauseshecouldsavesomemoneyforacap.
A. cheapest B.cheaper C.moreexpensive D.mostexpensive
( )11．—Whydoesyourgrandparentsliketoliveinthecountryside?
—Becausetheylikethe________air.
A．boring B．exciting C．fresh D．terrible
( )12．—Whatdoyouthinkofplayinggames?
—Ithink________.Weshouldspendmoretimeonschoolwork.
A．itislessimportantthanschoolwork B．itismoreimportantthanschoolwork
C．itisasimportantasschoolwork D．itisthesameimportantasschoolwork
( )13．LiuChangdidquite________inmath,butZhangShengdideven________.
A．badly;worse B．worse;worse C．badly;badly D．worse;badly
( )14．Shanghaiismuchlargerthan_________inFranceanditisoneofthe_________citiesinChina.
A．anycity,biggest B．anyothercity,bigger C．anyothercity,biggest D．anycity,bigger
( )15．—Howarethedishesinthenewrestaurant?
—Terrible!Nothingtastes_______.
A．best B．betterC．worstD．worse
( )16．________thefivestudents,Lucyplaysvolleyball________.
A．Of;better B．Of;best C．Among;better D．In;best
( )17．—Theradiosaysit’llbemuch________tomorrow.
—Yes.It’ssaidthattherewillbemuch________tomorrow.
A．rain,rain B．rain,rainier C．rainier,rain D．rainy,rain
( )18．Bequick!Thegamewillbegin________.
101新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A．soon B．recently C．carefully D．luckily
( )19．—Doyoulikehisanswer? —Notatall.Itcouldn’thavebeen________.
A．betterB．worse C．more D．less
( )20．Wecannotadd “un-” to________togiveittheopposite(相反的)meaning.
A．certain B．important C．comfortable D．active
二、用所给单词的正确形式填空
1．Takeexerciseonehouraday,you’llbecome (healthy)thanbefore.
2．Mysisteris (good)atMathsthanI.Sheoftenhelpsmewithit.
3．Fridayismy (busy)dayinaweek.
4．Ofallthesubjects,IlikeEnglish (good).
5．Iknowsomethingaboutthefilm.Canyoutellme (much)?
三、完成句子
6．我比其他孩子更安静和稳重。
I’m and thanotherkids.
7．我现在的感觉比昨天更糟。
NowI’mfeeling yesterday.
8．我没有买到演唱会的入场券。
Ihaven’tgot theconcert.
9．到目前为止，中国在消除贫困方面卓有成就。
,Chinaissuccessfulineradicationofpoverty(消除贫困）
10．他的老师总是建议他要认真听讲。
Histeacheralways himtolistentotheteacher .
四、多句选词填空
excite,disappoint,live,it,African，usual,learn,go,important,store
11．Theyoungbirdcanfeed now.
12．Theoldmanloveslivinginthe countryside.
13．Three arevisitingourschoolnow.
14．Youmustknowthe ofsavewater.
15．Iwanttogotothe .Canyoushowmetheway?
102新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
16．Bob'sfatherhas toBeijingandhewillgetbackintwoweeks.
17．It'sthe moviethatI'veeverwatched.Ilikeitverymuch.
18．Maryisworried,becauseshedoesn'tknowhow__ Englishwell.
19．It's thatsuchawonderfulplacecan’tbevisited.
20．Myteacheralwaysworksoutmathproblemsinan way.
五、完型填空
Welcometomyhometown.It'sanew 1 nearariver. 2 itissmallerthantheothercities.It
isveryquiet, 3 andnice.So 4 peoplethinkitisagoodplace. 5 youcometomyhometown,
Iwillshowyou 6 abigandbeautifulpark.Itisinthecenter 7 thecity.Itismyfavoriteplace.I
8 gototheparkonSundayswithmyfamilyorfriends.Manypeople 9 initeveryday.Kidscanplay
sportsorplayallkindsof 10 likeflyingkitesinit,too.There 11 payphones,asupermarket,a
marketandrestaurantsinit.Thelibraryis 12 from8：00amto9：00pmeveryday.Peoplecanreadbooks,
13 videosandlearnnewthingsinit.Peoplecanbuythingsinthe 14 andmarket.Ifpeoplearehungry,
theycangototherestaurantsfora 15 .Doyoulikemyhometown?
（ ）1．A．village B．city C．town D．island
（ ）2．A．but B．Though C．So D．Because
（ ）3．A．crowded B．noisy C．clean D．dirty
（ ）4．A．most B．least C．fewest D．biggest
（ ）5．A．Where B．Why C．Which D．When
（ ）6．A．at B．by C．around D．after
（ ）7．A．of B．at C．after D．in
（ ）8．A．never B．hardly C．usually D．ever
（ ）9．A．exercise B．toexercise C．exercising D．exercised
（ ）10．A．cards B．games C．books D．tricks
（ ）11．A．have B．are C．had D．were
（ ）12．A．opened B．close C．closed D．open
（ ）13．A．take B．play C．learn D．watch
（ ）14．A．office B．library C．supermarket D．park
（ ）15．A．meal B．party C．drink D．gift
六、阅读单选
103新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A
Oneday,Johnreadanadvertisementinanewspaper．Itsaid,"Wanted．Thebestsalesmanintheworld．"
Johnthoughthewasagreatsalesmanandwenttoaskforthejob．""I'mthebestsalesmanintheworld,"hesaidtothe
manager．"Givemethejob．"
"Youmustproveyou'rethebest,"themanagersaid．
"OKIwill,"Johnsaid．
"Good．"Themanagertookseveralboxesofsweetsoutofhisdesk．"LastweekIboughtathousandboxesof
sweets．Ifyoncansellthemallbeforetheendoftheweek,youcanhavethejob,"saidthemanager．
"That'seasy,"Johnsaid．Hetooktheboxesofsweetsandlefttheoffice．
Everydayandalldayhewentfromshoptoshop,tryingtosellthesweets．Buthecouldn'tsellone．Thesweets
weretoobadforhimtosell．Attheendoftheweekhewentbacktothemanager．"I'msorry,sir,"hesaid,"Iwas
wrongaboutmyself．I'mnotthebestsalesmanintheworld,butIknowwhois．"
"Oh"saidthemanager．"Who?"
"Thepersonwhosoldyouathousandboxesofthesweets．"
（ ）1．ThemanagertoldJohn .
A．hecouldstartworkatonce B．hewasthebestsalesmanintheworld
C．hewasn'tagoodsalesman D．hemustshowhewasthebestsalesmanintheworld
（ ）2．Johncouldgetthejobif .
A．hesoldathousandboxesofsweets B．hegaveawayathousandboxesofsweets
C．hesentthemanagerathousandboxesofsweets D．heboughtathousandboxesofsweetsfromthemanager
（ ）3．Therightorder(顺序） ofthestoryis .
①Johnwenttoaskforthejob. ②Johntoldthemanagerwhothebestsalesmanreallywas.
③Johnreadanadvertisementinanewspaper. ④ Johnwenttosellthesweets.
A．①②③④ ,B．④③②① C．③①④②, D．③④①②
（ ）4．Fromthisstorywecanknowthat ．
A．Johndidn'tgetthejob B．Johnwasagoodseller
C．themanagerwasagoodseller D．theadvertisementwasagoodone
（ ）5．Johncouldn'tsellthesweetsbecause ．
A．hewasnotagoodsalesman B．thesweetsweretoobad
C．hewantedtosendthemtohisfriends D．nobodylikedsweets
104新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
B
Tom,Jean,JackandLucyaretalkingaboutthemovietheatersinthecity.
Myname’sTom.IgotoMoviePalacetwiceamonth.It’sabouttwokilometersfrommyhome.The
serviceisgood.Butthepriceofaticketisalittleexpensive.InevergotoMoonCinema.It’sabout10
kilometersfrommyhome.
I’mJean.IgotoMoonCinemamoreoften.Thereareoftennewmoviesonshowandthescreensare
big.Mostimportantly,thepriceischeap.It’salwayshalfthepriceforstudents,about30yuan.Igothere
onceaweek.
I’mJack.Iliveabout5kilometersfromMoonCinemaand8kilometersfromMoviePalace.Ithink
theseatsinMoonCinemaarehardandthemusicistooloud.SoIprefertogotoMoviePalace.Igoto
MoviePalaceonceamonth.
I’mLucy.IprefertogotoMoviePalace.It’sinthecenterofthecityandisverymodern.Ilike
shoppingandtherearesomeshoppingcentersaround.Igothereonceamonth.
（ ）51．Whogoestoacinemaonceamonth?
A．TomandJean. B．JeanandJack. C．JackandLucy. D．LucyandTom.
（ ）52．Howmuchisafull-priceticketinMoonCinema?
A．About50yuan.B．About100yuan.C．About30yuan. D．About60yuan.
（ ）53．WhydoseTomnevergotoMoonCinema?
A．Theticketisexpensive. B．Theseatsarehard.
C．Thescreensaren’tbig. D．It’sfarfromhishome.
（ ）54．Jack’shomeis___________kilometersfartherfromMoviePalacethanTom’s.
A．3 B．5 C．6 D．10
（ ）55．WhichofthefollowingisNOTtrue?
A．TomthinkstheserviceinMoviePalaceisgood.
B．JeanandJackpreferMoviePalacetoMoonCinema.
C．LucylikesMoviePalacebecauseshecangoshopping.
D．MoviePalaceisinthemiddleofthecity.
105新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
七、阅读回答问题
Stayingwithafriendorfamilymemberisagreatwaytosavesomemoneywhenyoutravel.Buthowcan
youbeagreatguest(客人）?
Beclearaboutwhoisgoingwithyou.
Don'tsay,"I'dliketocomeforavisit"ifyoumean,you'dbettersay,"I'dliketovisitwithmyhusbandandtwokids."
Keepaneyeonyourthings.
Don'tmakeyourfriend'shomelikestayinginahotel.Whenyou'renotinyourroom,youshouldmakeitcleanand
tidyasusual.
Watchyouchildren.
Beforetraveling,talktoyourkidsabouttheirmanners(礼仪）.Letthemknowwhattheyshoulddoandshouldnotdo.
Don'twishyourhostess(女主人）todoallthework.
Shemaynotwantyoutobuythingsorgivesomehelpatdinnertime,butit'simportanttohelpherdosome
housework,likewashingafewdishesorcleaningthetableafterdinner.
Bringorsendathank-yougiftandfollowupwithanote.
Thegiftneedn'ttobeexpensive.Ifyoudon'thavetimetoshop,takethefamilytodinnertoshowthanks.Whenyou
gethome,sendaquicknotetoletthemknowhowmuchyouenjoyyourstay.
56．What'sthegreatwaytosavesomemoneywhenyoutravel?
.
57．Whendoyouneedtotalktoyourkidsabouttheirmanners?
.
58．Whathouseworkyou'dbetterdoafterdinner?
.
59．Howcanyoushowthankstoyouhostfamilyifyoudon'thavetimetoshop?
.
60．Howmanypiecesofadvicearegiventobeagreatguest?
.
Unit4AmazingPlantsandAnimals
SectionBHowareplantsandanimalsconnectedwithus?
一．重点词汇梳理
106新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
1. /kə'nekt/v.关联;连接 2. /kə'nektɪd/adj.连接的; 相关的
3. /wɪ'ðaʊt/prep.没有;缺乏 4. /ɪ'mædʒɪn/v.想象;猜想
5. /hʌni/n.蜂蜜;(爱称)亲爱的 6. /,dɪsə'pɔɪntɪd/adj.失望的;沮丧的
7. /kə'nekʃn/n.联系;连接 8. /.pɒlə'neɪʃn/n.授粉
9. /pɒlən/n.花粉 10. /ækʃn/n.行动;行为
11. /pə(r)'sent/(=percent)n.百分 12. /'pi:əni/n.牡丹;芍药
13. /plænɪt/n.行星 14. /stɔ:(r)/v.贮存;存储;n.百货商店；商店
15. /hʌnɪkəʊm/n.蜂巢 16. /kə'mju:nɪkert/v.交流;沟通
17. /'i:kəusistəm/n.生态系统 18. /prə'tekt/v. 保护；防护
19. /ɪm'pɔ:tns/n. 重要性 20. /'taɪtl/n. 标题；题目；名称
21. /'hju:mən/n.人 adj.人的；人类的 22. /ænt/n. 蚂蚁
23. /'hæpinəs/n.幸福；快乐 24. /disə'pɔint/v. 使失望；使破灭
25. /'mʌʃru:m/n.蘑菇 26. /'tʌn/n. 吨
27. /rəul/n. 作用；职能；角色 28. /'taɪni/adj. 极小的；微小的
29. /pi:/n. 豌豆 30. /'klaɪmət/n. 气候
31 /'laɪvli/adj.精力充沛的；生机勃勃的 32. /'əuʃn/n. 大海；海洋
二．重点词汇变形
1.connect(v.)关联；链接→ (adj.)连接的→ (n.)联系
2.imagine(v.)想象→ (n.)想象力→ (adj.) 想象中的
3.disappointed(adj.)失望的，修饰人→ (adj.)令人失望的，修饰物→ (v.)使失望
3.pollination(n.)授粉→ (v.)授粉 → (n.)花粉
4.action(n.)行为→act(v.)行动→ (adj.)活跃的；积极的→ (n.)活动
107新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
5.communicate(v.)交流；沟通→ (n.) 交流
6.protect(v.)保护→ (n.)保护→ (adj.) 防护的；保护的
7.importance(n.)重要性→ (adj.) 重要的
8.happiness(n.)开心；幸福→ (adj.)幸福的；快乐的→ (adj.)不快乐的
9.live(v.)居住；存在；生活(adj.)活的；现场直播的→ (adj.)活泼的，生机勃勃的→ (adj.)活着的；
10.beautiful(adj.)漂亮的→ (adv)漂亮地→ (n.)美丽
11.heavy(adj.)重的→ (adv.)很大程度上；沉重地；大量地
12.painting(n.)画→ (n.)画家 → (v.)画画；漆
13.culture(n.)文化→ (adj.)文化的
14.nature(n.)自然→ (adj.)自然的
三．重点短语通关
1. 两百多万年前 2. 希望和长寿的象
征
3. 成千上万的游客 4. 在 10 月中旬
5. 散步 6. 给他们带来欢乐
7. 去超市 8. 最好的例子之一
9. 事实上；实际上 10. 出于这个原因
11. 最有趣的动物 12. 例如
13. .为了做某事 14. 储存蜂蜜
15. 在..中扮演重要角色；在….中发挥重要作用
16. 考虑；思考 17. 是…的家乡
18. 竹篮子 19. 因为
20. 气候变化 21. 蓝鲸
22. 地球上最大最重的动物
108新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
23. 北冰洋 24. 达到；符合
25. 持续超过一年
26. 创造一个充满活力和健康的生态系统
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionB课文重现
WeCan'tLiveWithoutBees
Imagine you go to the supermarket in your area, but there are almost no fruits, vegetables, honey, milk, eggs, or
chocolate. How would you feel? Disappointed?Angry? Sad?At this moment you realize people, plants, and animals
areallconnected.Weneedeachothertolive,andbeesareoneofthebestexamplesofthisconnection.
Beesarevery hard-workinganimals,andtheirgreatestworkispollination.Ononetrip,theyoftenvisit50to100
flowers. As they fly from one flower to another, they take pollen with them. This
action helps plants grow, in fact, without their work, about 80 per cent of the plants
in the world cannot grow, For this reason, many scientists believe that bees are the
mostimportantanimalsonthisplanet.
Beesarealsooneofthemostinterestinganimalsintheworld.Forexample,they
workhardtogether tomake theirhomes,Inordertostorehoney,theycreatehoneycombs.
Another interesting thing about bees is how they communicate. When a bee finds new
food,itusesadancetotelltheotherswhereandhowfarawaythefoodis.
Bees play an important part in the ecosystem of our planet.However, the number of
beesis dropping, and scientists are worried,They needour help,and there is a lot we can
do.Thinkaboutwhatyoucandotoprotectoneofthemostamazinganimalsonearth.
【考点1.】Imagineyougotothesupermarketinyourarea,buttherearealmostnofruits,vegetables,honey,milk,
eggs,orchocolate.想象一下，你去你所在地区的超市，但几乎没有水果、 蔬菜、蜂蜜、牛奶、鸡蛋和巧力。
【用法详解】imagine作动词，意为“想象”，其名词形式为imagination，意为“想象；想象力；创造力”，
是可数名词，其复数形式为 。
相关搭配：① imagine后面跟名词、代词。
Eg:Icanimaginethesceneclearlyinmymind.我仍然能很清晰地想象此番情景。
② 意为
“
想象某人/某事
……”
。
Eg:Theboyimaginedhimself(tobe)apilot.那个男孩想象自己是一个飞行员。
109新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
③ 意为
“
想象某人/某事
……”
。
Eg:Shealwaysimaginesitasaneasything.她总是设想这事轻而易举。
④ 意为
“
想象(某人)做某事。
”
Eg:Ican'timaginesinginginfrontofthatmanypeople.我不能想象自己在那么多人面前唱歌。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Ican’timagineher suchaperson.
A. marry B.tomarry C.marrying D.married
2. . 想象一下没有火的生活。(翻译)
3. 你能想象在一座荒岛上的生活吗?
【考点2.】Howwouldyoufeel?Disappointed?Angry?Sad?你会感觉如何？失望？生气？还是难过？
【用法详解】disappointed 作形容词，意为“感到失望的；沮丧的”主语通常是人。修饰事物时通常用
disappointing意为“令人失望的”。
相关搭配：① 对某人感到失望。
Eg:Hewasdisappointedinhisfriends.他对他朋友感到失望。
② 对某事失望
Eg:Shewasdisappointedat/abouttheresult.她对这个结果很失望。
③ 做某事失望
Eg:I'mdisappointedtohearthenews.听到消息我很失望。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Theteacherwasdisappointed__ __thestudents’performance.
A. with B.to C.in D.about
（ ）2.·Iwasdisappointedtofindthattheyhadleftalready.
A. disappointing B.excited C.disappointed D.exciting
（ ）3.Hedisappointed hisbrotherwillleavehimalonefor3days.
A. realize B.realizing C.torealize D.realized
【考点3.】Atthismomentyourealizepeople,plants,andanimalsareallconnected.在这个时刻，你就会意识到，
人类，植物，动物都是联系在一起的。
110新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【用法详解】（1）realize作动词，意为“理解;领会;认识到；意识到”。
Eg:Theydidn'trealizethedangertheywerein.他们没有意识到自己身处危险之中。
Eg:ThemomentIsawher,Irealizedsomethingwaswrong.我一看到她，就觉得不太对劲。
相关拓展realize还有“实现，将……变为现实”的意思，常与 dream 连用，表示“实现梦想”。
Eg:Finallyherealizedhisdreamofbecominganactor.最后他实现了当演员的愿望。
（2）connect作动词，意为“连接、联系”。
相关搭配：① 表示“与……连接；与……联系”。
Eg:Thetwotownsareconnectedwitharailway.这两个城镇由铁路连接起来。
② 表示“连接到；与……相连”。
Eg:ConnecttheWi-Fitothecomputer.把无线网连接到电脑上。
③ 表示“与……有关；与……有联系”。
Eg:Heisconnectedwiththisaccident.他与这起事故有关。
④ 表示“（使）连接，联结”。
Eg:Theyconnectthemodeltotheground.他们把模型连接到地面。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Theroad_____thevillagetothetown.
A.connects B.disconnects C.collects D.content
( )2.Studentsshouldconnectwhattheylearned whattheyseearoundthem.
A.to B.for C.with D.in
( )3.WillyouconnecttheWi-Fi myphone?
A.to B.for C.with D.in
4. 这座大桥连接着香港和澳门。（翻译）
5.The ofpeopleandnatureisendlessness.（connect）
【考点4.】Infact,withouttheirwork,about80percentoftheplantsintheworldcannotgrow.事实上，没有它
们的辛劳，这个世界上百分之八十的植物都不能生长。
【用法详解】without作介词，意为“没有;缺乏。后接名词/ 代词/v-ing，表示“没有做某事;缺乏某物”。
没有做某事。
Eg:Shecan'tfinishtheworkwithoutyourhelp.没有你的帮助，她无法完成工作。
相关搭配: 毫无疑问 无数；数不清
111新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Hewalkedintotheroomwithout .
A. knocking Bknocks C.toknock D.knock
（ ）2.Youcan'tmakesuchagreatprogress__ __yourteacher’shelp.
A.with B.without C.from D.in
（ ）3._____water,alllivingthingswoulddie.
A.Without B.With C.Under D.from
【考点5.】Inordertostorehoney,theycreatehoneycombs. 为了储存蜂蜜，它们建造了蜂巢。
【用法详解】inorderto是固定搭配，意为“目的是;为了”，强调目的，后接动词原形构成不定式结构在句子
中作目的状语，否定形式是在to前面加not，即inordernotto。
Eg:Wehavetostudyhardinordertopasstheexam.为了通过这次考试，我们必须努力学习。
Eg:Inordertoletthestudentshearhim,hespokeloudly.为了让学生们听到他的话，他大声讲。
相关拓展：在表示目的时，inorderto短语通常可以转换为inorderthat 引导的目的状语从句。
Eg:Weranquicklyinordertocatchthefirstbus.=Weranquicklyinorderthatwecouldcatchthefirstbus.
为了能赶上首班公交车，我们飞快地跑。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Shestudieshard shecangetgoodgrades.
A.sothat B.because C.becauseof D.inorderto
（ ）2.Hestayedhome ___finishhishomework.
A.sothat B.because C.becauseof D.inorderto
（ ）3.Theyleftearly__ _theywouldn'tmissthetrain.
A.inorderthat B.although C.becauseof D.inorderto
【考点6.】Anotherinterestingthingaboutbeesishowtheycommunicate,另一件有趣的事是关于蜜蜂和彼此
之间的交流。
【用法详解】communicate作动词，意为“交流;沟通;传达”。其名词形式为communication，常用复数形式表
示“通讯;交流”。
相关搭配:① 与……交流
Eg:Parentsshouldcommunicatewiththeirchildren.父母应该与他们的孩子沟通。
② .把某事传达给某人
112新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:Hecommunicatedhisplanstotheteam.他向团队传达了计划。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Iliketocommunicate myfriends WeChat.
A.with;in B.with;on C.to;on D./;in
2.Youneedtohavea withyourteammembers.(communicate)
3.Weshouldlearnhowtobetter (与·…..交流)peoplefromdifferentcultures.
【考点6.】Bees play animportant part inthe ecosystemof ourplanet.蜜蜂在地球的生态系统中起到重要作
用。
【用法详解】playapartin动词短语，表示“参与某活动或对某事有影响；起重要作用”。
相关搭配： = 在做某事中扮演重要角色
Eg:Everyonecanplayapartinprotectingtheenvironment.每个人都能参与环保。
( )1.Teachersplayanimportantpart students'growth.
A.in B.to C.on D.with
( )2.HowcanIplayarolein thisproblem?
A.Tosolve B.solving C.solving D. solves
( )3.Socialmedia_____abigpartinourdailylives.
A.takes B.plays C.does D.does
【考点7.】However,thenumberofbeesisdropping,andscientistsareworried.然而，蜜蜂的数量正在减少，科
学家们都很担忧。
【用法详解】① 意为“.....的数量”后面接可数名词复数，作主语时谓语动词用第三人称单数形
式。
Eg:The number of the little kids in this picture is 18.图片里小朋友的数量是
18。
② 意为“一些......许多”，后面接可数名词复数，作
主语时谓语动词用复数形式。
Eg:Weneedtosolveanumberofproblems.我们需要解决很多问题。
牛
刀小试
( )1.--Anumberofpeople learningEnglishnowadays.
--Yes.ThenumberofpeoplewhoarelearningEnglish increasing.
113新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.is;is B.are;are C.are;is D.is;are
( )2.Thenumberofthestudentsinourschool 600,butanumberofstudents living in the
school.
A.is,like B.is,likes C.are,like D.are,likes
( )3.--Arethere___ studentsinyourschool? --Yes, thestudentsisabout2000.
A.anumberof;anumberof B.thenumberof;thenumber
C.anumberof;thenumberof D.thenumberof;anumberof
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1.Xi’anisoneof______capital______inChina.
A.older;city B.theolder;city C.oldest;cities D.theoldest;cities
( )2.Oneofthemostpopular______of_____intheworldisChinesefood.
A.kind;food B.kinds;food C.kind;foods D.kinds;foods
( )3.Godownthisstreetuntilyou______thethirdtrafficlights.
A.willreach B.get C.arrive D.reach
( )4.Jimisfunnierthan______inhisclass.
A.anyotherboy B.anyboy C.anyotherboys D.alltheboys
( )5.Winteristhe______seasonoftheyearinChina.
A.warmest B.longest C.coldest D.heaviest
( )6.Whendidyou_____Beijing?
A.getto B.come C.go D.reachto
( )7.Theboxis______ofall.
A.heaviest B.thebigest C.theheavier D.thebiggest
( )8.IthinkWangYiBoisoneofthe______moviestarsinChina.
A.popular B.popularest C.morepopular D.mostpopular
( )9.---Wecan'tlive______airorwater.---Ithinkso.
A.without B.with C.to D.out
( )10.Math______oneofthe_____subjectsinmiddleschools.
114新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.are;important B.is;mostimportant
C.is;moreimportant D.are;muchimportant
( )11.Shelooks______youngerthansheis.
A.even B.very C.abitof D.alotof
( )12.Ifyoudothat,you’llfeel______soon.
A.morehealthy B.morehealthier C.muchhealthy D.muchhealthier
( )13.Youaregettingfatterandfatter.Youshouldeat______foodandtake______exercise.
A.less;less B.more;more C.more;less D.less;more
( )14.Johnis______ofthetwins.
A.taller B.thetaller C.thetallest D.high
( )15.Theskygrew_______.
A.darkanddark B.darkeranddark C.darkanddarker D.darkeranddarker
( )16.---Couldyouhelpme,please?---______.
A.Yes,Ican B.Certainly C.No,Ican't D.Yes,Ican't
( )17.We’lltrytodo______workwith______timethanbefore.
A.much;much B.little;little C.less;more D.more;less
( )18.Chinahasthe______population（人口数）intheworld.
A.largest B.bigger C.most D.fewest
( )19.Ofallthestudents,LiMingis_______toMr.Wang.
A.close B.closer C.theclosest D.themostclosest
( )20.Thisisthe______largestcityinJapan.
A.three B.third C.thirds D.thirdest
二、完型填空
My parents took me to Japan when I was little .I lived there for five years. 21 I came back, my Japanese was
verygood.“CanIdosomethingusefulwithmyJapanese?”Iaskedmyself.
Then,onedaylastspring,Igotagoodopportunity(机会).
EveryonewasafraidofSARS,soIstayedathomewith 22 todo.
My fatherbroughtmeaJapanesebook. “Whydon’tyoutranslate(翻译)itinto Chinese?Itwillbebetter than 23
computergamesallday.”
Ipromised(许诺)todo2000wordseachday.But 24 Ifounditwashardtokeepthepromise.
115新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
OnedayinMay,theweatherwasbeautiful.ButIcouldn’tgoout.Those2000wordswerestill 25 me.
Aftertranslatingonlythreepages,Ialreadylostinterestinthebook.
Ilooked atitfor along time. ButI couldn’tmake myself turn thepages. How I 26 I couldjustgo outsideand
playfootballwithmyfriends!
Icountedthewordsagainandagain.Ijustwantedtogiveup.
Ifeltas if two peoplewere fighting 27 my mind.One said,“Don’tgive up!Keepworking hard,andyou’lldo
well!”Butthentheotheronesaid,“Goandplay!Itwillbemore 28 thantranslating.Doyourworktomorrow.”
Istoodupandwould 29 thecomputer.
ButthenIremembered 30 myparentshadtoldme:“Whateveryoudo,don’tstophalfway.”SoIsatdownand
wentonwithit.
( )21.A.Because B.Until C.Since D.When
( )22.A.nothing B.something C.everything D.anything
( )23.A.beplayed B.playing C.played D.plays
( )24.A.justthen B.rightnow C.soon D.suddenly
( )25.A.talkingto B.lookingat C.smilingat D.waitingfor
( )26.A.thought B.felt C.wished D.decided
( )27.A.in B.with C.about D.for
( )28.A.fun B.important C.useful D.dangerous
( )29.A.turnon B.turnoff C.open D.close
( )30.A.how B.where C.which D.what
三、阅读理解（每小题2分，共30分）
A
Haveyoueverbeenill?Whenyouareill,youmustbeunhappybecauseyourbodybecomeshot,andtherearepains
alloveryourbody.Youdon’twanttowork,youstayinbed,feelingverysad.
Whatmakesusill?Itisgerms(细菌).Germsareeverywhere.Theyareverysmallandyoucan’tfindthemwithyour
eyes, but you can see them with a microscope. They are very small and there could be hundreds of them on a very
smallthing.
Germs are always found in dirty water. Water under the microscope, we look at dirty water under the microscope,
weshallseetheminit.Soyourfatherandmotherwillnotletyoudrinkdirtywater.
Germsaren’tfoundonlyinwater.Theyarefoundinairanddust.Ifyoucutyourfinger,ifsomeofthedustfromthe
116新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
floorgoesintothecut(割开处),someofthegermswouldgointoyourfinger.Yourfinger wouldbecomebigandred,
and you will have much pain in it .Sometimes the germs would go into all of your body, and you would have pain
everywhere.
( )31.Whichofthefollowingistrue?
A.Ifthingsareverysmall,theyaregerms. B.Ifthingscan’tbeseen,theymustbegerms.
C.Germsareonlyindirtywater. D.Germsareeverywherearoundus.
( )32.Whatisamicroscopeusedfor?
A.Makingverysmallthingslookmuchbigger.
B.Makingverybigthingslookmuchsmaller.
C.Helpingyoureadsomenewspapers.
D.Helpingyouifyoucan’tseethingsclearly.
( )33.Whydon’tyourparentsletyoudrinkdirtywater?
A.Youhaven’tlookedatitcarefully. B.Watercan’tbedrunkinthisway.
C.Theremustbelotsofgermsinit. D.Waterwillmakeyouill.
( )34.Whichofthefollowingisnottrue?
A.Germscanbefoundbothinwaterandintheair.
B.Germscangointoyourfingerifitiscut.
C.IfyourtemperatureisnotOK,theremustbegermsinyourbody.
D.Ifyourfingerisn’tcut,therearen’tanygermsonit.
( )35.What’sthemainideaofthepassage?
A.Germsmaymakeusill. B.Germsareindirtywater.
C.Don’tdrinkdirtywater. D.Takecareofyourfingers
B
Mr.Readworks inahospital. He's agooddoctorbutheoftenforgetsthing. Peopleknowhim wellanddon'tmind
it.
One morning he looked over an old woman and found something was wrong with her eyes. He began to do an
operation. It took him three hours to finish it.The old woman could see again and thanked him very much.After that
hehadalookathiswatchandfounditwashalfpasttwelve.Hefelthungryandwantedtobuysomefoodforhimself.
When he reached the lift, he remembered he didn't wash his hands. He had to return to his office. He took off his
coatandputitonthebackofthe chair.After thatheleft. However in the restaurant,herealizedhewasn't wearinghis
117新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
coat.All his money was in one of his pockets. He got up and went back to the hospital. The lift was just on the first
floor.He ran to itbutitwas going to close. He puthis headinto it, andthedoors opened.Aman in the lift calledout,
“Oh,dear,sir!Whydidn'tyouholdthedoorsopenwithyourhands?It'stoodangeroustodosowithyourhead!”
“Ithinkmyhandsaremoreimportantthanmyhead,Ihavetodooperationnotwithmyhead,butwithmyhands!”
( )36.Peopleknow______,sotheydon'tmindit.
A.Mr.Readisadoctor B.Mr.Readisn'tcareful
C.Mr.Readworksinthehospital D.Mr.Readoftendoesoperations
( )37.Theoperationbeganat______thatmorning.
A.halfpasteight B.nine C.halfpastnine D.ten
( )38.Mr.Readreturnedtohisofficebecause_______.
A.heforgottowashhishands B.itwascoldandhehadtoputonhiscoat
C.hewastootiredtoreachtherestaurant D.hehadtoborrowsomemoney
( )39.Mr.Readlefttherestaurantbecause______.
A.heatemuchthere B.hecouldn'tfindhisfriend
C.hehadnomoneywithhim D.itwasclosed
( )40.Mr.Readputhisheadintotheliftbecause_______.
A.hewantedtoknowwhowasinit B.hewantedtostopitrising
C.hisheadwasmuchharderthanhishands D.hewasafraiditcouldhurthishands
C
InEngland,“BankHolidays”areEasterMonday,MayDay,theSpringBankHoliday(thelastMondayinMay),the
Summer Bank Holiday (the last Monday in August). Christmas Day, Boxing Day and New Year’s Day. During the
BankHoliday,allthebanksareclosed.
The August Bank Holiday is perhaps the most popular one of the year, partly because it comes at a time when
children are not at school. Very many people try to make this a long weekend, and go away to the seaside of the
country.Theresultisthatanyonewhocanmanagetotakeaholidayatanotherdaywouldbewelladvisedtodoso,for
theroadsgetcrowdedwithtraffic.
In recent years, there has been much talk of creating another Bank Holiday,mid-way betweenAugust and Christmas,
but nothing has yet been done. October would be a good month because the weather is often pleasant then. Many
people would welcome an extra(额外的) bank Holiday or two because England has fewer than most European
countries.
118新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
根据短文内容选择正确答案：
( )41.DuringBankHoliday,peopleinEngland________.
A.usuallystayathomeandspendtheholidayswiththeirfamily
B.don’thavetogotoworkandusuallyspendtheholidaysinthecountry
C.usuallygoshoppingwiththeirfamilymembers
D.trytodomoreofficeworkinthedaytime
( )42.TheAugustBankHoliday_________
A.isalsocalledBoxingDay. B.isaholidayonlyforchildren
C.fallsonthelastMondayinAugust D.isonthelastdayofAugust
( )43.PeopleliketheAugustBankHolidaybecause__________
A.itisalongholiday B.itisinsummer
C.thechildrendon’tgotoschool D.theweatheristhebest
( )44.ThevesttimetohaveanotherBankHolidayis______
A.atthebeginningoftheyear B.attheendoftheyear
C.inthemiddleoftheyear D.betweenAugustandChristmas
( )45.FormthepassageweknowthatEnglishpeoplehopeto______
A.havemoreBankHolidays B.seethebanksopeneveryday
C.spendtheirholidaysinEurope D.findjobsinbanks
四、任务型阅读
"Whichmealdoweallneedmost,breakfast,lunchordinner?"MissBaker asks.Boysandgirls wavetheirhandsin
the air. They know the answer. "What do you think, Jim?" Miss Baker asks. "Dinner, " Jim answers. "Dinner is the
biggest meal of the day," says Miss Baker."But I don't think we need it most."Tom puts up his hands. " Do we need
lunch most?" "No," says Miss Baker. "We need breakfast most." "Why is this so?" "From night to morning is a long
time to go without food," says Ann. "That's right," says Miss Baker. "We need food every morning. What may
happentousif wehave nobreakfast?"Thestudents have manyanswers togive. “Wemayfeelhungry.""Wemay not
feel like working." "We may feel sick." "Yes, you are right," says Miss Baker. "Now let's talk about what makes a
goodbreakfast.Givemeyouranswers.Iwillwritethemontheblackboard.
根据短文回答问题：
46.Whichmealdoweallneedmost,breakfast,lunchordinner?
119新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
47.Whatmayhappentousifwehavenobreakfast?
__
48. 翻译划线句子。
49.Howmanypeopleareinthefamily?（ ）
A.6 B.5 C.3 D.4
50.Whyaretheytalkingaboutthemeals?（ ）
A.Theywanttobuysomefood. B.Theyhavenofoodtoeat.
C.Theywanttoeatbreakfastwell. D.Wedon’tknow
五、短文填空。
Mymothertoldmeagoodfriendislikeamirror.I’m1 (quiet)andmoreseriousthanmostkids.That’swhyI
like reading books and I study harder 2 class. My best friendYuan Li is quiet too, 3 we enjoy studying
together.I’mshysoit’snoteasyforme4 (make)friends.ButIthinkfriendsarelikebooks—youdon’tneed
alotof 5 (they)aslongasthey’regood.
Idon’t 6 (real)careifmyfriendsarethesame asmeordifferent.Myfavorite7 (say)is, ＂Atruefriend
reaches for your hand and touches your heart.＂ My best friend Carol is kind and very funny.We 8 (know)
eachothersincewewereverylittle.Infact,she’sfunnierthananyoneIknow.I9 (break)myarmlastyearand
she made me laugh and feel better. We can talk about and share everything. I know she 10 (care) about me
becauseshe’salwaystheretolisten.
六、书面表达。
题目:某中学生英文杂志社正在举办征文比赛，征文主题是介绍你家乡最令你向往或心旷神怡的一处地方。请
你根据以下内容提示写一篇短文向该杂志社投稿。内容提示:
1.点明该地方的名称;
2.说明你为什么喜欢该地方;
3.具体介绍该地方。
120新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
121新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit5WhataDeliciousMeal!
SectionAHowdowemakefood?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /'pepə(r)/n. 粉；辣椒
2. /miks/v. 混合；融合；调配 n. 混合；混 放；混合料
3. /beɪk/v. 烘培 4. /'ʌvn/n. 烤箱；烤炉
5. /'flauə(r)/n. 面粉 6. /boil/v. 煮沸； 烧开 n. 沸腾；沸点
7. /'bʌtə(r)/n.黄油 8. /tfi:z/n.奶酪；干酪
9. /'teɪblspu:n/n. 一 汤匙(的量);餐 匙；汤匙
10. /mæʃ/v. 捣烂；捣碎 11. /bəul/n. 碗；钵；盆
12. /hi:t/v. 加热；变热 n 热；温度；炎热 天气
13. /ɔɪl/n.食用油；石油；燃油 14. /pæn/n.平底锅；烤盘
15. /'sɪmpl/adj.简单的；朴素的 16. /in'gri:diənt/n.材料；食材
17. /in'strʌkfn/n.(pl.) 用法说明；操作指 南
18. /mes/n.脏乱；凌乱
19. /'priti/adj. 漂亮的；美观的adv. 相当； 十分；非常
20. /'krisməs/n.圣诞节 21. /'pænkeɪk/n. 烙饼；薄饼
22. /dri:m/n. 梦想；梦 v.(dreamt/dremt/dreamed)做梦；梦见；梦想
23. /ju:ni'v3:səti/n.(综合性)大学；高等 学府
二．重点词汇变形
1.mix(n.&v.)混合；混合料→ (n.)混合物
2.bake(v.)烘焙→ (n.)烘焙师→ (n.)面包店
3.heat(n.&v.)加热；温度→ (n.) 加热器
4.oil(n.)食用油；石油→ (adj.) 含油的；油污的
122新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
5.pan (n.)平底锅→ (n.) 煎饼
6.simple(adj.)简单的→ (adv.) 仅仅；不过，只是
7.instruction (n.)说明书；操作指南→ (v.) 指导
8.steamed(adj.)蒸汽的→ (v.)蒸 (n.)蒸汽
9.mess(n.)脏乱；凌乱→ (adj.) 混乱的
10.dream(n.&v.)梦想；梦→ (n.) 梦想家→ (n.) 白日梦
三．重点短语通关
1. 把辣椒加进汤里 2. 把土豆切碎
3. 混合蔬菜 4. 在烤箱里烤蛋糕
5. 把牛奶倒进面粉里 6. 把土豆煮沸
7. 把土豆切块 8. 一茶匙黄油
9. 半杯牛奶 10. 把土豆捣烂
11. 制作香蕉奶昔 12. 给香蕉剥皮
13. 中国菜 14. 番茄炒鸡蛋
15. 处理 16. 在碗里混合鸡蛋
17. 清蒸鱼 18. 黑胡椒牛肉
19. 酸辣汤 20. 去划船
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionA课文重现
Peter:HeyTengFei,canyouteachmehowtocookapopularChinesedish?
TengFei:Sure.Howaboutstir-friedeggsandtomatoes?
Peter:Greatidea.Howdowemakeit?
TengFei:Weneedeggs,tomatoes,salt,andsugar.
Peter:OK.Howmanytomatoesandeggsdoweneed?
123新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
TengFei:Fourtomatoesandthreeeggs.
Peter:OK.Whatshouldwedowiththetomatoesandeggs?
Teng Fei: First, cut the tomatoes into small pieces. Next, mix the
eggsinabowl.
Pter:Likethis?
TengFei:Perfect.Then,heatsomeoilinapanandaddtheeggstoit.Stir-fryforoneminute.Thentaketheeggsoutof
thepan.
Peter:Gotit.
TengFei:Next,cookthetomatoesinthepanuntilthey'resoft.Then,addsomesaltandsugar.
Peter:Whatanamazingsmell!What'snext?
TengFei:Finally,puttheeggsbackintothepanandmixthemwiththetomatoes.
Peter:Wow,itlookssogood!Howsimple!
【考点1.】Whatshouldwedowiththetomatoesandeggs?我们应该如何处理番茄和鸡蛋？
【用法详解】dowith表示“处理、处置”，常与what连用，侧重于处理事情的对象。
Eg:Idon’tknowwhattheydowiththeproblem.我不知道他们如何处理这个问题。
相关拓展： 表示“处理、处置” ，常与how 连用，侧重于处
理事情的方式、方法。
Eg:Idon’tknowhowtodealwith thismathproblem.我不知道他们如何解决这个数
学题。dealwith 还意为"应付，涉及，论及"。
Eg:He’sgoodatdealingwithpressure. 他善于应付压力。
Eg:Hissongsoftendealwiththesubjectofyouth.他的歌经常涉及青春这一主题。
牛
刀小试
（ ）2.Mymotherissobusythatshehasalotofproblemsto
A.dealwith B.comeupwith C.catchupwith D.agreewith
（ ）3.Thescientistsaretryingtothinkofabetterwayto--- airpollution.
A.turnon B.carefor C.dealwith
（ ）4.-Howshouldthestudents theirproblems?-Byregardingproblemsaschallenges.
A.dowith B.dealwith C.todealwith
（ ）5.-What’swrongwithyou?-Idon'tknow______stressfromworkandfamily.
A.howtodowith B.howtodealwithC.whattodealwith D.whattodo
124新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【考点2.】First,cutthetomatoesintosmallpiece.
【用法详解】①cutinto 是“动词+副词”短语。意为“把...切成...”注意宾语是代词时，代词应放在cut和into
中间。
cutsthin/intosth将......切成......
Eg:Pleasecutthewatermelonintoslices.请把西瓜切块。
相关搭配： 插嘴；超车；插入 切碎；抨击
切断，中断，隔绝，使死亡，剥夺继承权
削减；砍倒；杀死；删节；胜过
切断；删去；停止；关掉
②First意为“首先；第一”表示事情的顺序。表示顺序的词语可以和祈使
句一起用来表达做某件事的先后顺序或过程，使叙述更加有条理。表示顺序的词语有 首先、 接
下来、 然后、 在那之后、 第一、 第二、 第三、 最后等。
Eg;First,openthefridge. 首先，打开冰箱。
Next,puttheelephantintoit. 接下来，把大象放进去。
Then,closethefridge. 然后，关上冰箱门。
Finally,youwillknowthestepsofputtheelephantintothefridge.最后，你就知道把大象放进冰箱的步骤了。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Thestorm theelectricity.
A.cutdown B.cutoff C.cutin D.cutout
（ ）2.Weshould onjunkfood.
A.cutdown B.cutoff C.cutin D.cutout
（ ）3.Don't whenothersaretalking!
A.cutdown B.cutoff C.cutin D.cutout
（ ）4.She thebadnewsfromthenewspaper.
A.cutdown B.cutoff C.cutin D.cutout
【考点3.】Next，mixtheeggsinabowl.接下来在一个碗里搅匀鸡蛋。
【用法详解】mix动词，意为“(使)混合:融合”，注意宾语是代词时，代词必须放在词组中间。
相关搭配： 把......混合在一起、搅拌、搅匀。
125新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:Putthemilkandteainacupandmixthemuptogether,youwillgetacupofmilktea.把牛
奶和茶放进杯子里搅匀，你就会得到一杯奶茶。
使......混淆
Eg:Iamalwaysmixingherupwithhertwinsister.我总是分辨不出她和她的双胞胎姐姐。
把......混合进....里，指把两种不同类的事物混合在一起
Eg:Mixaneggintobatter.在面糊中加进一个鸡蛋。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Puttheeggsinthebowland_____,please.
A.mixthemup B.mixitup C.mixupthem D.mixupit
（ ）2.She____theflourandeggstomakedough.
A.cut B.mixed C.touched D.washed
【考点4.】Thentaketheeggsoutofthepan.然后把鸡蛋从锅里倒出来。
【用法详解】takeout是“动词+副词”短语,意为“取出；拿出；发泄；击败”注意宾语是代词时，代词应放在中
间。
Eg:Ileftmycoatinyourbedroom,pleasetakeitoutforme.我的外套忘在你房间了，请帮我带出来。
相关搭配： 充分理解，吸收；欣赏；收留
开始雇用；开始具有或呈现（某种品质、面貌等）；承担责任
拿起；开始；从事；吸收；接纳；占去；继续做
接收，接管，接任
拆除；取下；记下 起飞；脱下；迅速走红
(从…)拿走 长得像
采取行动
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.-Manywildanimalsareingreatdanger.-Let's_ __tosavethem.
A.takeoff B.takedown C.takeaction D.takeafter
（ ） 2.Therewillbeabrandnewroadthroughthesmallvillage,soweneedto___thoseoldbuildings.
A.takeup B.takeafter C.takedown D.takein
（ ） 3.Please___yourEnglishdictionarytolookupthisword.
A.takeoff B.takeout C.takein D.taketo
126新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）4.Take__ _yourcoat.It'stime_ gotobed.
A. off;to B,off;for C.on;to D.on;for
（ ）5.Ifyoufeelhot,youcan_____yourcoat.
A. takeout B.takeoff C.puton D.putoff
【考点5.】Suegotintoherdreamuniversity!sue进入了她梦想中的大学!
【用法详解】①dream可作名词，意为“梦想；梦”,是可数名词。
Eg:Hisdreamistobeansinger.他的梦想是成为一个歌手。
②dream还可以作动词，意为“做梦；梦见；梦想”。
Eg:Manypeopledreamofbecomingfamous.很多人梦想成名。
相关搭配：① 梦到某人/某物 ② 梦想做某事
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Lastnight,I______aboutflyinginthesky.
A.dream B.dreamt C.dreams D.dreaming
（ ）2.Shedreams______becomingascientistsomeday.
A.of B.with C.at D.on
（ ）3.Hisgreatest______istotravelaroundtheworld.
A.Mixture B.hope C.heat D.dream
五．单元重点语法讲练
感叹句
一、概念:用来表示喜悦、惊讶、愤怒、欣赏等强烈情绪或情感的句子.
一般由what 和how引导感叹句。
（1）"What"感叹句
① (主语+谓语)!
Eg:Whatabeautifulgirlsheis!多么漂亮的女孩呀！
Whatanhonestboy! 多么诚实的男孩呀！
② (主语+谓语)!
Eg:Whatbravestudents!同学们好勇敢啊！
Whatfriendlyvillagerstheyare!村民们多么友好啊！
③ (主语+谓语)!
127新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:Whatcoolweatheritis! 天气好冷哦！
Whatgoodadvice!多好的建议呀！
（2）"How"感叹句--
① 主语+谓语!
Eg:Howtalltheboyis!那个男孩好高呀！
HowhardYiBoworks!一博工作多么努力啊！
② (主语+谓语)!
Eg:Howlovelyagirlsheis!她是一个多么可爱的女孩啊！
③ 主语+谓语!
Eg:Howtimeflies!光阴荏苒，时光飞逝！
感叹句用"what"还是"how'
小妙招：
①看题目定位横线后第二个单词
②判断其是否为名词，是名词选 what(复数，不可数)
whata（单数，形容词辅音）
whatan（单数，形容词元音）
不是名词选 how
不会判断是不是名词？
记住除以下这些之外的都是名词--（-the,that,this,these,those,a,an,人称代词物主代词表格，人名，地名）
不会判断可不可数？
记住这些常见不可数名词: news新闻 /advice建议 /meat肉/air空气/information信息/weather天气/homework
作业/housework家务/progress进步/fun乐趣
牛
刀小试
( )1.-AllofmyclassmateshavepassedthePEtest.-_ excitingthenewsis!
A.How B.What C.Whatan D.Howan
( )2. importanttheInternetisinourlife!
A.Whatan B.How C.What D.Whata
( )3.___greatfunitistogatherwithclosefriends,chattingandlaughing!
A.Howa B.Whata C.How D.What
128新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
( )4. beautifullylittleSimondancesinfrontofthecamera!
A.What B.Whata C.How D.Howa
( )5. specialclasswehadtoday!Welearnedaboutkungfu.
A.How B.What C.Howa D.Whata
( )6.-_ hotweatheritis!Whynothaveacolddrink?-Soundsgood!Let'sgo.
A.What B.Whata C.How D.Howa
( )7. importantinformation!
A.What B.Whata C.How D.Howa
( )9.Wow,_ _amazingvase!Theartistmusthavespentalotoftimeonit.
A.what B.whata C.whatan D.how
( )10.Theself-divingplaneprovestobeusefulinmanyways._ _smartinventionitis!
A.What B.Whata C.Whatan D.How
( )11.-Doyouknowthatourteamwonthefirstprizeinthebasketballgames?-Really? goodnews!
A.What B.Whata C.How D.Howa
( )12.-Wewillhavea2.5-dayweekendsoon._ excitingnews!WecanhangoutonFridayafternoons.
A.How B.What C.Howan D.Whatan
( )13. wonderfulthemusicis!What'sitsname?-Victory.
A.How B.HowaC.What D.Whata
( )14._ _smartthedriverlesscaris!Ireallywanttohaveone.
A.What B.Whata C.Whatan D.How
( )15.__ __excitingspeechourheadmastergavejustnow!一Yeah,itwasreallyaninspirationtousall.
A.How B.What C.Howan D.Whatan
( )16." usefuladviceyou'veofferedus!Thankyousomuch!"Tinasaidtomeexcitedly.
A.What B.Whata C.Whatan D.How
( )17. amazingitistoseesomanyvariousRabbitlanternsduringthefestival!
A.How B.What C.Whata D.Whatan
( )18.-Thepoliceadviseusnottotransfermoneytoastrangerwithouttellingourfamily.
-- importantadvicetheygaveus!
A.How B.Whatan C.Howa D.What
( )19.____wehadmakingpreparationsforthepartylastnight!
129新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.Whatagreatfun B.Whatgreatfun C.Howagreatfun D.Howgreatfun
( )20.____honestboyTomis!Hefoundabagfullofcashandimmediatelyreturnedit.
A.What B.Whata C.Whatan D.How
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1．—Remember________theclassroomafterschool. —OK.I________.
A．cleaning;do B．toclean;do C．cleaning;will D．toclean;will
( )2．—WhatdoyouthinkofthemovieFangHua?
—Itismovingandit________mygrandma________thelifeinthecountryside.
A．reminds; of B．lets; down C．turns; on D．wakes;up
( )3．—Hi,John.Youlookunhappy.Whathappened?
—Imadealotofcareless_______intheEnglishtest.I’msoworriednow.
A．machines B．activities C．pollution D．mistakes
( )4．Pleaseaddatomato______thesandwich.
A．on B．in C．to D．at
( )5．─_________milkdoweneed？─Onebottle.
A．Howmany B．Howmuch C．Howoften D．Howlong
( )6．-Mom,Iwanttomakefruitsalad._____________honeydoIneed?-Threespoons.
A．Howmuch B．Howmanyspoonof C．Howmuchof D．Howmany
( )7．-Thelightison.Whenyouleave,please_____________. -OK,Iwon'tforget_____________it.
A．turnitoff;todo B．turnoffit;doing C．turnonit;todo D．turniton;doing
( )8．-Let'smakefruitsalad. -_____________.
A．No,I'mnot B．Thankyou C．That'sallright D．That'sagoodidea
( )9．-Wedon'thaveclassesthisafternoon.Let'sgoswimming. -_____________.Bybikeorbybus?
A．Well,don'tworry B．OK,goodidea C．Yes,that'strue D．Sorry,Ican't
( )10．Thisphotooftenmakesme______ofmyteachersintheprimaryschool.
A．think B．tothink C．thinks D．thinking
( )11．________awayfromthelake,boys.Itisdeep.
A．Stays B．Stay C．Staying D．Tostay
130新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
( )12．—Whatgiftdidyougiveyourmumonherbirthday?
—Acard.Ididn'tbuyit.______Imadeitbymyself.
A．Suddenly B．Exactly C．Instead D．Finally
( )13．Please________theCDplayerand________theCDs.
A．turnoff,putup B．turnon,putin C．switchon,plugin D．switchoff,putaway
( )14．—I'dliketoknowifTed________backinaweek.—I'llcallyouwhenhe________back.
A．willcome;willcome B．willcome;comes C．comes;willcome D．comes;comes
( )15．—Well,________? —Yes.There'snothingmorewecando.Wecangohomenow.
A．howdoyoulikeitsofar B．whataboutyou C．that'sit D．areyoujoking
( )16．Don’t________sugartoMrs.Green’steabecauseshedislikesanythingsweet.
A．dig B．pull C．add D．mix
( )17．—Willtherebelesspollutionontheearth?—________.
A．Yes,thereis B．No,thereisn't C．Ihopeso D．Metoo
( )18．Helikeseating________,sohehasasweettooth.
A．sugar B．salt C．pizza D．pie
( )19．It’s________inChinatoeatzongziduringtheDragonBoatFestival.
A．traditional B．impossible C．peaceful D．serious
( )20．________tosmileatyourlifewhenyouareintrouble.
A．Try B．Totry C．Trying D．Tried
二、 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空
1.Readthese (instruct)carefullybeforeyouusethemachine.
2.LastSaturday,wewent (boat)ontheriverandhadafantastictime.
3.Many (university)haveclubsforstudentstojoinandmakenewfriends.
4.Mymomlikespotatoesfor potatoes.(mash)
5.Whenweare thesoup,wecanfeelthe fromthepot.(heat)
三 、从方框中选择合适的单词并用其适当形式填空
boil pretty steam simple bake
1.Thisisthe wayofalltosolvetheproblem.
2.Mymother adeliciouscakeforthepartythismorning.
131新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
3.Wouldyouliketohave fishorfriedfishforlunch?
4.Mymotherismuch thananyotherwomaninmyheart,andIlovehersomuch.
5.Waitamoment,please.Iam water,andthenyoucandrinksome water.
四 、根据语境，用适当的虚词盲填
1.Didyourbrotherget hisdreamuniversity?
2.Shecarefullypouredthehottea thecup.
3.First,puttwotablespoons oilintoabigbowl.
4.Jim,don'tmixanycream thesalad.Idon'tlikethat.
5.Lookatyourroom!Paperiseverywhere,andclothesareonthefloor.What mess!
五、 根据汉语意思补全句子
1. 你能告诉我如何处理这台旧机器吗?
Canyoutellmewhat thisoldmachine?
2. 他们把一些香蕉、苹果和草莓切碎了做水果沙拉。
They somebananas,apples,andstrawberriestomakeafruitsalad.
3. 读完这本书后，我把它放回书架上。
Afterreadingthisbook,I ontheshelf.
4. 老师把西瓜切成块和学生们分享。
Theteachers thewatermelon tosharewiththestudents.
5. 当我还是个孩子时，我梦想成为一名科学家。
I ascientistwhenIwasachild.
六、按要求完成下列句子
1.Theflowersinthegardenareverypretty.(改为感叹句)
theflowersinthegardenare!
2.Howdeliciousthepancakesare!(改为同义句)
delicious theyare!
3.Thesmellofthebakedbreadisquiteamazing.(改为感叹句)
thesmellofthebakedbreadis!
4.Whatasweetpoem!(改为同义句)
thepoemis!
5.TheyhadawonderfultimeintheparklastSunday.(改为感叹句)
132新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
wonderfultimetheyhadintheparklastSunday.!
七、完型填空
Doyouknowhowtomakespaghettiwithcreamymushroomsauceandcookricewithamachine?Nowlet's
learnhowtomake 1 .
※Howtomakespaghettiwithcreamymushroomsauce?
Boilapotofwaterandcookthespaghettiinit 2 20minutesand 3 theonion.Heat 4
oil(油)inapanandcooktheonionandgarlicforthreeminutes. 5 themushroomsandcookforoneminute.
Addthewine,creamandvegetablesoup.Cookthemfor10minutes. 6 anegg,andaddalittlewaterand
pourit 7 intothepan, 8 forhalfaminute.
Addthebeansandtomatoesandstirfortwominutesonalowheat,putthespaghettiontheplatesand 9
thesauceoverthetop.
※Howtocookricewithamachine?
First， 10 thelidandputwater,salt,andriceinthepot.Thenputthecoveronthepotandclosethelid.
11 ,pressthebuttonfor“white”or“brown”,andthenpressthe“start”button.Cookthericeforabout30minutes.
Youwill 12 abeepingsoundwhenit'sfinished,butyoushouldwaitaboutfiveminutesbefore
13 .Finally， 14 thepot.Bringittothetableandenjoyyour 15 .
（ ）1．A．it B．them C．some D．all
（ ）2．A．During B．in C．for D．on
（ ）3．A．cutdown B．cutoff C．cutup D．cutto
（ ）4．A．afew B．alittle C．few D．little
（ ）5．A．Add B．Put C．cut D．Take
（ ）6．A．Peel B．Pour C．shake D．Beat(敲打)
（ ）7．A．slow B．slowly C．slower D．moreslowly
（ ）8．A．mixto B．mixof C．mixup D．mixedup
（ ）9．A．put B．pour C．peel D．pot
（ ）10．A．close B．put C．open D．give
（ ）11．A．First B．Atfirst C．Next D．Attheend
（ ）12．A．listen B．see C．hear D．watch
（ ）13．A．toeat B．eats C．ate D．eating
（ ）14．A．findout B．takeout C．turnon D．lookat
133新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）15．A．supper B．noodles C．meal D．salad
八、阅读单选
A
ThemostfamousfoodintheRepublicofKoreaiskimchi(泡菜).Itisthefoodtheyeateveryday.Also，thereare
about190kindsofkimchi.Therearedifferentkindsofkimchifordifferentseasonsoftheyear.Forexample，in
spring，waterykimchi，whichiscalledmoolikimchi，andChinesecabbagearepopular.Insummer，youngradish(萝
卜)kimchiwhichiscalledchonggakkimchiandcucumber(黄瓜)kimchiarecommon.
TheRepublicofKoreaisasmallcountry.Therearenotenoughfieldstogrowvegetables.Inwinter，itoften
snowsanditisverycold.Intheolddays，peopletherefoundpepperwasverygoodforthem.Theyalsofoundsalty
watercouldhelpthemkeepcabbagelonger，sotheymixedpepper，saltandcabbagetogether.Theynameditkimchi.
Today，lotsofthingsareaddedtokimchi，suchasfish，lettuce，pears，applesandotheringredients.Some
scientistssaykimchiisverygoodforhealth，butothersdon'tagree.Whatdoyouthinkofit？
（ ）1．WhatdopeopleintheRepublicofKoreamakeinspring？
A．Moolikimchi. B．Chonggakkimchi.
C．Cucumberkimchi. D．Fruitkimchi.
（ ）2．WhydidpeopleintheRepublicofKoreamakekimchiintheolddays？
A．Becausepeopletheredidn'tgrowvegetables.B．Becausetherewastoomuchpepper.
C．Becausetherewerenotenoughvegetables. D．Becauseeatingkimchimadethemwarm.
（ ）3．What'sthesecondparagraph(段)mainlyabout？
A．Kimchi'singredients. B．Differentkindsofkimchi.
C．PeopleintheRepublicofKoreaandkimchi. D．Thehistoryofkimchi.
（ ）4．_________isnotmentioned(被提到)abouttheingredientsofmakingkimchi.
A．Cabbage B．Yogurt C．Fish D．Lettuce
（ ）5．WhichofthefollowingisNOTtrue？
A．PeopleintheRepublicofKoreaeatkimchieveryday.
B．Chonggakkimchiismadeofradishes.
C．Scientistshavethesameideasaboutkimchi.
D．Therearedifferentkindsofkimchiindifferentseasonsoftheyear.
B
DearMeimei,
134新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
I'mreallygladtoreceiveyoure-mal.Yousaidyouwerelearningtocook.
Isitinteresting?Ithinkifyouwanttokeephealthy,foodisveryimportant.You'llbebetterifyoutryallkindsoffool,
especiallyvegetablesandfruit.Ieattheneveryday.
Youaskedmehowtomakeamilkshake.Therearedifferentkindsofmilkshakes.Suchasapplemilkshakes,banana
milkshakes,carrotmilkshakes,andwatermelonmilkshakes.Applemillshakesaremyfavorite,becauseapplesand
milkarebothgoodforourhealth.Beforestarting,weneedanapple,acupofmilk.someice-creamandtwospoonsof
honey.Ofcourse,youneedablender.
Now,let'sstart.First,peelatappleandcutitup.Next,puttheapple,themilk,someice-creamandtwospoonsof
honeyintotheblender.Thenturnontheblender.Keepitgoingforonlyoneminute.Finally,Pourtheapplemilkshake
intoaglassanddrinkit.It'sdelicious!
IWanttolearnhowtomakesomeChinesefood,suchasdumplings,noodlesandzongri.Couldyouteachme?
Pleasewritebacktomesoon!
Yours,
Maria
（ ）6．What'thelettermainlyabout?
A．Goodeatinghabits. B．Agoodlifestyle.
C．Howtolookafteryourself. D．Howtomakeanapplemilkshake.
（ ）7．Inthise-mail,Mariamentioned(提到)___kindsofmilkshakes.
A．three B．four C．fine D．six
（ ）8．Ofallthemilkshakes,Marialikes____best.
A．bananamilkshakes B．watermelonmilkshakes
C．carrotmilkshakes D．applemilkshakes
（ ）9．WhichofthefollowingisTRUE?
A．MeimeiisshowingMariahomtomakedumplings.
B．MeimeiwantsMariatolearmtomakenoodlesfromher.
C．MariacancookChinesefood.
D．Mariaeatsmanydifferentkindsoffood,especiallyvegetablesandfruiteveryday.
（ ）10．WhichofthefollowingisNOTmentionedinthee-mail?
A．Ablenderandaglass. B．Noodlesanddumplings.
C．Sugarandcoffee. D．Awatermelonandanapple.
135新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
九、阅读填表
It’seasytojustgetfastfoodwhenyou’rehungry,butitcanalsobeunhealthyandexpensive.SoIdecidedto
testmyselfandnothavefastfoodforfivedays.Imademyownfoodathomeusinghealthycookingway.
Day1:Hardestday
Forbreakfastatschool,Iatecorn,andforlunchIgotmyselfasalad.Ilookedoutthewindowonmybusride
homeandMcDonald’swascallingtome.ThenIrememberedmyplan.Icookedfishfordinner.
Day2:Tryingnewthings
Itriedsomecabbagenoodles.Cabbageisn’tmyall-timefavorite,butIwassurprisedbyhowgoodthistasted.
Day3:Breakfast
TwomoredaysuntilmyhealthydietwasoverandIfeltreallygoodaboutmyself.Forbreakfast,Ihadabanana
sandwich.Don’tlettheterm“sandwich”foolyou.Thebananaactuallyworksasthe“bread”.
Day4:At-homepancake(煎饼)
Ifoundaneasywaytocookpancake.Ineededcarrot,oinion,tomatoes,lettuceandsomeothervegetables.What
greatfood!
Day5:Goingallout
Imadeit!Ievenbakedhoneymushroom(蘑菇)chickenformyfamily!Iwilleathealthymoreoften.
Five-day66． CookingWay
Day1 Breakfast:corn. Lunch:salad. Dinner:fish.
Day2 Cabbagenoodles.Tomy67． ,theytastedreallynice.
Day3 Banana68． as“bread”inmysandwich.
Day4 Imixedcarrot,onion,tomatoes,lettuceandsomeothervegetables69． rtomakepancakes.
Honeymushroomchicken.Theauthorcookedit70． herfamily.Shethoughtshewouldeat
Day5
healthymoreoften.
Unit5WhataDeliciousMeal!
SectionBwhatdoescookinggiveus?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /'meməri/n.回忆；记忆 2. /'vizəbl/adj.看得见的；可见的
136新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
2. /'pʌmpkɪn/n. 南瓜 4. /pai/n.果馅饼；肉馅饼
5. /'sinəmən/n. 肉桂皮；桂皮香料 6. /'swi:tnəs/n.甜；芬芳；愉悦
6. /'kɒlidʒ/n.学院；大学 8. /həust/n. 主人；东道主v. 主办；主持(活动 )
9. /'həustəs/n.女主人；女房东 10. /'resəpi/n.食谱；烹饪法
11. /kri:m/n. 奶油；护肤霜；奶油色 12. /krʌst/n. 糕饼酥皮；面包皮
13. /'mikstʃə(r)/n. 混合物 14. /li:st/adj.最少的；最小的 pron. 最少；最 小
15. /'si:krət/n.诀窍；秘密adj.秘密的；隐秘的
16. /wen'evə(r)/adv.&conj.每当；在任何……的时候
17. /'aɪtəm/n.项目 18. /spə'getɪ/n.意大利细面条
19. /spu:n/n.勺；匙 n.(=spoonful) 一个的勺量
20. /slais/n. 薄片；片v. 把……切成薄片；切；割
21. /'kʌpl/n. 夫妻；情侣；两人 22. /'aɪlənd/n.岛
23. /waɪf/n.(pl.wives /waivz)妻子
24. /'seprət/adj. 单 独 的 ； 分 开 的 v./'separert/ (使)分开； (使)分离
25. /bɔ:n/v. 出生；出世adj. 天生(有某方面 才能)的
26. /θæŋks'gɪvɪŋ/ 感恩节
二．重点词汇变形
13.memory(n.)回忆；记忆→复数形式： → (adj.)难忘的；值得纪念的
14.visible(adj.)能看见的；可见的→ (n.) 视野；视力
15.sweetness(n.)甜；芬芳；愉快→ (adj.) 甜的；甜蜜的
16.host(n.) 主人；东道主→ (n.) 女主人
17.least（adv&pron）最小；最少→ 比较级 → 原形
137新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
18.secret(n.) 秘 密 → (n.)秘书
19.wife(n.)妻子→复数形式： 妻 子
20.separate(adj.&v.)单独的；分开的→ (adv.)分别地；单独地 → (n.) 分开；隔离
21.potato(n.)土豆 → 复数形式
22.tomato(n.)西红柿 → 复数形式
23.sugar(n.) 糖 → (adj.)甜的→ (n.)甘蔗
24.salt(n.)盐 → (adj.) 咸的
25.blender(n.) 搅拌器 → (v.)搅拌
26.dish(n.)菜肴 → 复数形式
27.luck(n.) 运气 → (adj.) 幸运的→反 → (adv.)幸运地→反：
28.kind(adj.) 善良的→ (n.)善良
三．重点短语通关
1. 有美好的回忆 2. 归功于；由于
3. 和他人分享我的爱 4. .除……以外；与……同样地
5. 南瓜派 6. 使活跃起来；热身；预热
7. 享受季节变换的味道 8. 使充满
9. 记得，想起 10. 告诉某人关于某事
11. 寄宿家庭 12. 至 少
13. 交朋友 14. 全世界
15. 烹饪的秘籍 16. .做某事的好方法
17. 一瓶牛奶 18. 一碗米饭
19. 一杯茶 20. 一块蛋糕
138新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
21. 一杯葡萄汁 22. 一盘意大利面
23. 一袋面粉 24. 一勺糖
25. 一片面包 26. 将.…加到...
27. 将….倒入.. 28. 将…切成…
29. 将…和….混合 30. 过桥米线
31. 很久以前 32. 煲鸡汤
33. 逐一地
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionB课文重现
FoodforThought
" Cooking is love made visible. " That is what my grandmother
always told me. Thanks to her, I love cooking. It's a great way
formetosharemylove withothers.EverytimeIsitatthetable,
after cooking for my family, we create memories. The smells
and the food's taste, along with our conversations, connect us to
each other. What wonderful memories I have! One of my favourite memories is my grandmother's pumpkin pie. She
always made it in autumn, when the weather got colder. Her friendly kitchen was the perfect place to warm up and
enjoy a taste of the changing seasons. I still remember the days when the smell of
cinnamonfilledtheroomwithsweetness.Now,everytimeIsmellcinnamon,Ithinkofmy
grandmother'spumpkinpie.
My grandmother told me about her first pumpkin pie. When she was a college student in
the US, she stayed with a host family. One year around Thanksgiving, the hostess taught
herhowtomakeapumpkinpie.Manyyearslater,shetaughtmehowtomakeittoo.
My grandmother loved learning how to make food from other cultures. " It's my way of making friends from around
the world, she said, Grandmother taught me the secret to cooking: Cook with love.Thanks to my grandmother, I love
totrynewfoodandnewrecipesfromothercountriesandcultures.
【考点1.】Thankstoher,Ilovecooking.多亏了她，我爱上烹饪。
【用法详解】thanksto 意为“多亏了….;由于...的帮助”，相当于 .或 ，强调感
139新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
谢的对象。在此短语中，to是一个介词，后接名词或代词。
Eg:Thankstothedoctor,Iamwellagain.多亏这位医生，我身体又好了。
Eg:Thankstoourteachers'help,weallpassedtheexam.多亏了我们老师的帮助，
我们都通过了考试。
相关拓展： 意为"为...表示感谢”，强调感谢的原因。
for后面可跟名词、代词或动词-ing形式。
Eg:Thanksforlendingmeyourumbrella.谢谢你借给我雨伞。
Eg:Thankyouforyourdictionary.谢谢你借给我词典。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Thanksfor theflowersforme.
A.watering B.water C.watered D.towater
（ ）2.-Susan,youlooksohappytoday.
-- theteacher,IpassedtheEnglishexam!
A.Thankfor B.Thanksto C.Thanksfor D.Thankto
【考点2.】It’sagreatwayformetosharemylovewithothers.对于我来说这是我跟其他人分享爱最好的方式。
【用法详解】lt+be+adj+(forsb/ofsb)+todosth 意为“(对某人来说)做某事是……的"it 为形式主语，真正的主
语是后面的动词不定式短语。
Eg:It'snecessarytostudyhard.努力学习是有必要的。
Eg:It'sdangerousforustoswiminsuchdeeppool.对我们来说，在如此深的水池里游
泳是危险的。
相关拓展：forsb 与 ofsb 的区别及具体用法
①forsb的句型中，sb 为动词不定式的逻辑主语，该句型中的形容词为描述事物特征的词，常用形容词有
difficult/important/easy/hard/necessary/impossible/dangerous等.
②ofsb的句型中，sb为动词不定式的逻辑主语，该句型中的形容词为描述人品质及性格特征的词。常搭配的
形容词有clever/foolish/good/nice/polite/kind等。
Eg:It'sniceofyoutohelpme.你能帮我真是太好了。
Eg:It'spoliteofpeopletoknockthedoorbeforeentering.人们在进门前先敲门是礼貌的。
牛
刀小试
1. 和好朋友离别总是很难的。（翻译）
140新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
2. .我认为你把很多时间花在电脑游戏上是不对
的。
3. .当你紧张的时候更容易犯粗心的错误。
4. .你真友好利用空余时间帮我补习英语。
（ ）5.Ladiesandgentlemen,it'smypleasure myspeechhere.
A. topresent B. present C.presenting D.presents
【考点3】It’sagreatwayformetosharemylovewithothers.对于我来说这是我跟其他人分享爱最好的方式。
【用法详解】 others 意为“另外的人或事物”，用于已知的一些人或事物中，除去某些后，剩余的部分。
others=other+名词复数。常用搭配: .一些...另一些...
Eg:Somestudentswereplayingbasketballwhileotherswerereadingbooksinthelibrary.
一些学生在打篮球，另一些学生在图书馆看书。
相关拓展：①.otheradj. 其余的，另外的，后接名词复数。
Eg:Ihaveotherbookstoread.我还有其他书要读。
②.theother:指“两者中的另一个”，表示特指。常用搭配: 一个... 另一个
Eg:Ihavetwocakes,oneisformeandtheotherisformybrother.我有两蛋糕，一个给我，
另一个给我哥。
③.another 三者或三者以上的)另一个
Eg:Idon'tlikethisone,pleaseshowmeanother.我不喜欢这个，请给我看另一个。
⑤.theothers 特指“其余所有的(人或物)
Eg:Idon'tlikethisone,andshowmetheothers.我不喜欢这个，把剩余的都拿来给我看看。
注意:some...others...some...theothers有些区别(使用“some...theothers...”时，意味着这两部分覆盖了所有可
能的情况，没有遗漏。而"some...others...”则不强调这一点，可能还有其他未提及的部分。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Idon'tcareaboutwhat peoplethinkofmeorsayaboutme.
A. another B.other C.others D.theothers
（ ）2.somepeoplegotocoffeeshoptomeetfriends, justbuyacupofcoffee.
A.others B.other C.theothers D.theother
( )6.Hetookhermoneyinonehandand withhandhegraspedhermitten.
A.other B.theother C.theothers D.another
141新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【考点4.】 WhatwonderfulmemoriesIhave!我有多么美妙的回忆啊!
【用法详解】memory 在此处作可数名词，意为“回忆；记忆”。
Eg:Ihaveabadmemoryfornumbers. 我不善于记数字。
相关拓展 ①memory 意为“记忆力；记性”时是不可 数名词。 意
为“失去记忆”。
Eg:David often forgets things.His memory is poor. 戴维经常忘记事情,他的记忆力
差。
②memorizev. 记忆；记住
Eg:It'shardtomemorizethesewords. 记住这些单词很难。
牛
刀小试
1.Didyourememberthe (memory)wehavespenttogetherinourchildhood?
2.Hegotthewinnerofthecompetitionoftalentshowbecausehisfantastic (memory)
3.It’simportantforus ourIDcardnumber.(memory)
4.Hewillneverforgetthe ofthefirstdaytheymet.(memory)
【考点5.】Thanksgiving,thehostesstaughtherhowtomakeapumpkinpie.在感恩节的时候，女主人教他做南
瓜派。
【用法详解】howtodosth意为“如何做某事”，是疑问词+动词不定式(短语)的句式结构。在此结构中的疑问
词包括疑问代词 和疑问副词 等。这些疑问词和动词不定式一起在句中
作宾语、表语等 。
Eg:Idon'tknowhowtospelltheword.我不知道怎样拼写这个单词。
Eg:Themainproblemiswheretogocamping.theworkontime.主要的问题是去哪里露营。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Shetaughtme______thecomputer.
A.howtouse B.whattouse C.whentouse D.howusing
( )2.Idon’tknow tellherthisnewsabouther.
A.howto B.whatto C.whento D.how
【考点6.】It’smywayofmakingfriendsfromaroundtheworld.这是我与世界各地的人交朋友的方法。
【用法详解】①way 表示“方式；方法”时，后面常接后置定语。
= 意为做某事的方法。
142新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:TellmethewayofyoulearningEnglish.告诉我你学英语的方法。
Eg:Awaytomakefriendsishonesty.真诚是交朋友的一种方式。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Canyouteachmethewayof themathproblem.
A.workingout B.workout C.toworkout D.worksout
( )2.Theway theconfidenceissmile.
A.build B.building Ctobuild D. builds
【考点7.】Grandmothertaughtmethesecrettocooking:Cookwithlove.奶奶叫我烹饪的秘诀是：为爱烹饪。
【用法详解】secret作名词时，意为“秘密;诀窍”，常与动词keep保守、tell透露、discover发现等搭配。
Eg:Canyoukeepasecret?你能保守秘密吗?
相关搭配: (对某人)保密 ....的诀窍/秘诀
牛
刀小试
( )1.The tolosingweightisexerciseandahealthydiet.
A.secret B.reason C.result D.gaol
( )2.Don'ttellanyone--it'sa__
A.problem B.secret C.question D.difficulty
( )3.Hepromisedto_____thesecretforme.
A.Break B.forget C.keep D.speak
【考点8.】Andshekepttheingredientsseparate且她让两种食材分开了。
【用法详解】①.separate作形容词，意为“单独的;分开的”。常与 from搭配。
表示“与....…分开的”。
Eg:Thetworoomsareseparatefromeachother.这两个房间是分开的。
②separate作动词，意为“(使)分开:(使)分离 ”。 表示“将A与B分开”。
Eg:Canyouseparatetheeggsfromthemilk?你能把鸡蛋和牛奶分开吗?
牛
刀小试
( )1.It'sdifficulttoseparatethegoodapples thebadones.
A.to B. from C.with D.about
( )2.You'dbetterseparatetheoldclothes thenewones.
A.to B. in C.with D.from
143新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【考点8.】TheGuoqiaoRiceNoodleswasborn! 过桥米线诞生了!
【用法详解】born可作动词，意为“出生；出世”,还可作形容词，意为“天生(有某方面才能)的”。
相关搭配： ①bebornin+年份/月份/地点(大范围)
Eg;Hewasbornin1997.他出生于1997年。
②bebornon+具体日期/星期
Eg;HewasbornonOctober5th.他出生于10月5日。
③bebornat+小地点(如医院、家庭)
Eg;Thebabywasbornathome.这个婴儿是在家中出生的。
④bebornwith....天生具有...
Eg;Hewasbornwithatalentformusic.他天生具有音乐天赋。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Shewasborn__ _asmallvillagein1998.
A. at B.in C.on D.to
( )2.Thechildwasborn____atalentfordrawing..
A.in B.on C.with D.to
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1．Mybrotherwas________withhappinesswhenhewastoldthathehadbeenacceptedintoakeyhigh
school.
A．filled B．full C．provided D．joined
( )2.Please theingredient_________thecheeseontheplateandthencutitintopiecesfirst,andtheneat
it.
A．pour； into B．put； on C．fill； to D．cover； with
( )3．—Mom,mayIaddsomemoresugartothesoup?—Noway.Toomuch________foodisbadforyourteeth.
A．delicious B．healthy C．traditional D．sweet
( )4．Didyouputalotof________and________intoyoursandwich?
A．butter;vegetable B．butters;vegetables C．butter;vegetables
144新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
( )5．YoucanimproveyourEnglish_________practicingmore.
A．by B．with C．of D．in
( )6．—Howmany________doweneed? —One.
A．yogurt B．pancakes C．sugar D．honey
( )7．— butterdoweneedforasandwich?—Twotablespoonsshouldbeenough.
A．Howmany B．Howmuch C．Howlong D．Howfar
( )8．—There_______someGuoQiaoRiceNoodlesinthelowl.Youcaneatitforbreakfast.—OK,Iwill.
A．are B．is C．was D．were
( )9．—Let’smakethesteamedfish.— .
A．Soundsgood B．You’rewelcome C．That’sright D．Don’tworry
( )10．Paulmadeanicecage_______thelittlesickbirdtillitcouldfly．
A．keep B．kept C．keeping D．tokeep
二、用括号内所给词的适当形式填空
1.My monitor was (bear)withthevoiceofa singer.
2.Howpoorthesehusbandsare!Theyhavetostayheretolookaftertheir (wife)bags.
3.One of the most unforgettable (memory)of my childhood is thesummer vacation Ispentwith
myfamilyin thecountryside.
4.Imadeaspecialdrinkby fruitjuice and milk together;it was a delicious .(mix)
三、从方框中选择合适的单词或短语并用其适当形式填空
secret sweet atleast visible couple
1.Thestarsare intheclearnightsky.
2.I told my friend my and I asked her to keep them to herself.
3.The flowers in the garden filled the air with the fresh and pleasant .
4.Theold arelivinga quietlifein avillage faraway fromthecity.
5.Asa teenager,I think weshouldhelpour parentstodochores twiceaweek.
四、完形填空
145新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
I live in a happy family. 1 ofmy parents love me very much and they never let me do any chores. My
dad is an excellent 2 , so he does all the cooking in our family. My mom does all the other chores 3
cleaningthehouseandwashingclothes.
Lastweekend,myparentswentawayonvacation,andIhadtotakecareof 4 .Intheafternoon,Iwas
5 ,soI 6 tocookameal.I 7 didthisbefore,buthowhardwoulditbe？Myfatherisagoodcook,I
must 8 himinsomeways.Finally,Idecidedtocook 9 .Itookoutthechickenfromthefridgeandletit
soak(浸泡)inthewaterfor30minutes.Whenthepanofoilonthestovebecamevery 10 ,I 11 the
chickenintoit.Immediately(立即),thepanwentupinflames(火苗)．Istoodthereforafewsecondsnotknowinghow
it 12 beforeIthrewtheflamingpanintothesink(水槽)andturnedonthetap(水龙头).After 13 my
breath,Inoticedthewhitetablenexttothestoveandtheceiling(天花板)abovebecameblack.I 14 thenext
hourandahalftryingtocleanupthekitchen.
PerhapsmylifeisnotasperfectasIeverthought,andthereisalways 15 Ineedtolearntodo.
( )1．A．All B．Either C．Neither D．Both
( )2．A．cook B．worker C．teacher D．driver
( )3．A．for B．with C．like D．in
( )4．A．Himself B．themselves C．yourself D．myself
( )5．A．full B．dirty C．hungry D．busy
( )6．A．learned B．started C．decided D．began
( )7．A．often B．ever C．always D．never
( )8．A．takeafterB．lookafter C．findout D．getout
( )9．A．fish B．chicken C．beef D．mutton
( )10．A．hot B．cold C．wet D．dry
( )11．A．throw B．threw C．throws D．thrown
( )12．A．happened B．stopped C．left D．lost
( )13．A．catchingB．stopping C．blowing D．throwing
( )14．A．took B．cost C．spent D．got
( )15．A．nothing B．anything C．something D．everything
五、阅读单选
A
Doyoulikeeatingchocolate?Companiesspendmillionsofdollarsontoolsandmachinestomakechocolate.
146新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Withalittleingredients(原料),however,youcanturnyourkitchenintoachocolatefactory.Todaywewillteachthe
CocoaPowder(可可粉)Method(方法),anditiseasierforbeginners.Tryitandmakeyourownhomemadechocolate.
Herearetheingredientsyouneed:cocoapowder―2cups(220g);butter―3/4cup(170g);sugar―3/4cup(100g);
milk―2/3cup(150ml);salt―alittlebit;water―1cup(235ml).
Now,pleasefollowthesesteps.First,mixthecocoapowderandbutterinabowluntilyouhaveasmooth
paste(酱).Then,addthecocoapowdermixture(混合物)tothehotwaterandstir(搅拌).Allowthetemperaturetorise
backup.Putthehotmixtureintoabowl.Addsugarandstir.Addmilk,stiruntilsmooth.Atlast,putthemixtureinto
differentcontainers(容器).Thechocolatewilltaketheshapeofthecontainer.Youcanputitinthefridgetoharden(使
变硬)it.
Wehopeyoucanenjoyyourhomemadechocolate.
（ ）1．WhatisNOTnecessary(必要的)whenwearemakingchocolate?
A．Cocoapowder. B．Salt. C．Water. D．Egg.
（ ）2．Whichistherightordertomakechocolate
①Putsugarandmilkintothemixture.
②Mixthecocoapowderandbutter
③Placethemixtureintocontainers,andputitinthefridge.
④Addhotwaterandstir.
A．②④①③ B．②①④③ C．②④③① D．④②①③
（ ）3．What’sthebesttitleofthispassage?
A．HowtoBuildaChocolateFactory B．TheWaystoEatChocolate
C．HowtoMakeChocolateatHome D．TheCocoaBeanMethod
（ ）4．Theinformationabovemaycomefroma________.
A．storybook B．Magazine C．historybook D．travelguide
B
Foronegroupofchildrenagedbetweentenandfifteen,Saturdaysarespentlearningtheartofserious
cooking.Theirweeklylessonsinsmallclassesaresopopularthatthereisawaitinglistof30childrenwhowanttodo
thecourse.Parentspay$280forthecoursewheretheirchildrencanhavefunandlearnhowtomakegoodfood.
ClassmemberBill,agedten,says,“Ilovemymum’scookingandnowIcandoitbetterthanher.Theteachers
makeuslaugh,especiallywhenwesitdownwiththemtosharethefoodwe’vemade.”
Floraistwelve,andshe’shavingproblemspreparingonions.“Ilovecooking.Ididamealfortenfriendswhich
147新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
theyreallyenjoyed.ThenmymumsuggestedItakeupahobby,insteadofdoingnothingatweekends.Iwashappy
stayingathome,soIwasn’ttooactiveatfirst.I’mreallygladIdecidedtocome,though.”
Theirteacher,Philippe,says,“It’sgreatfun.Childrenpayattentionandrememberthingsbetterthanadults,
althoughthekitchenisn’talwaystidywhenthey’recooking!Asadults,we’realwayslearningmoreaboutfood.If
parentsinteresttheirchildrenincookingwhiletheyareyoung,they’llhaveenoughskilltomakefoodforthemselves
whentheyleavehome.”
（ ）1．Inthisarticle,thewriteristryingto________.
A．warnparentsnottoexpecttoomuchfromtheirchildren
B．advertiseschoolstoteachchildrenhowtocook
C．describehowsomechildrenspendtheirsparetime
D．explainwhyparentswanttolearnmoreaboutcooking
（ ）2．WhydidFlorajointhecourse?
A．Herfriendsaskedhertoimprovecooking. B．Shewantedtolearntocookabigmeal.
C．Shefeltboredathomeatweekends. D．Hermotherwantedhertodevelopaninterest.
（ ）3．WhatdoesPhilippesayabouthisyoungstudents?
A．Theywillbeconfidentaboutcookinginthefuture.
B．Theyhaveagoodmemorybutdon’talwayslisten.
C．Theykeepthekitchencleanerthanadultsdo.
D．Theyteachtheirparentswhattheyhavelearntinclass.
（ ）4．WhatwouldoneofPhilippe’sstudentssaytoafriend?
A．Wemadeonionsoupyesterday.Thecourseisgreat,althoughthereare30peopleinmyclass.
B．IgoeverySaturday,andnowIcookaswellasmymum.I’mten,andI’mtheoldest.
C．It’sgreat.Noone’sover15andthefoodlooksdelicious.Ijustwishwecouldeatittogetherinsteadoftakingit
home.
D．Iwasonawaitinglistforages,butnowI’monthecourse.LastweekIcutupsomeonions-itwashard!
C
TheChineseNewYeariscalledtheSpringFestival,whichisthebiggestfestivalinChina.Itusuallycomes
inJanuaryorFebruary.
WherethereareChinese,thereistheSpringFestival.EachChineseyearhasaname.WemaycallittheYearof
theTiger,theYearofthePigortheYearoftheSnake.Andtheyearof2007iscalledtheYearofthePig.Theyearafter
148新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
itistheMouseYear.
Peoplealwaysspendamonthbeforethefestivalinpreparingforit.Peoplearebusyshoppingandcleaningtheir
houses.Ontheevethereisabigfamilydinner.AllthefamilystayuplatetowelcometheNewYear,watchingthe
CCTVprogramsorplayingcards.OnthefirstdayoftheChineseNewYear,peopleputontheirnewclothesandgoto
visittheirrelatives(亲戚)andfriends,saying“HappyNewYear”,“Goodluck”andsomeothergreetingstoeachother.
ItoftenlaststotheLanternFestival,whichisalsoanimportantChinesefestivalandpeopleusuallyhavesweet
dumplings(yuanxiao).Peoplealwayshaveaverygoodtime,especiallychildren.Childrencanusuallygetsomemoney
forthenewyearfromtheirparentsandtheelderrelatives.
( )1．WecalltheChineseNewYear__________.
A．thebiggestfestivalB．theLanternFestival C．theSpringFestival D．theYearofthePig
( )2．Theyearof2008istheYearofthe_________.
A．Mouse B．Pig C．Sheep D．Tiger
( )3．“AllthefamilystayuplatetowelcometheNewYear.”Here“stayup”means_________.
A．togotosleep B．nottogotobed C．tostandup D．tohaveagoodrest
( )4．Whatdoweknowfromparagraph(段落)3?
A．whatistheSpringFestival
B．howChinesepeoplecelebratetheSpringFestival
C．PeoplecelebratetheSpringFestivalallovertheworld.
D．PeoplewhocanspeakChinesecelebratetheSpringFestivalintheworld.
( )5．WhatdopeoplesaywhentheymeetontheChineseNewYear’sDay?
A．Theysay“MerryChristmas”and“HappyNewYear”.
B．Theysay“Goodluck”and“Goodnight”toeachother.
C．Theysay“Haveaniceday”and“Goodluck”onlytotheirfriendsandrelatives.
D．Theysaymanygreetings,suchas“Goodluck”toeachother.
六、多任务混合阅读
Sally’sparentswerenotathome,soshehadtocooklunchbyherself.Shethoughtaboutwhattodofora
longtime.Atlast,shedecidedtocookeggandtomatonoodles.
①______________,shecutuptwotomatoesandbeattwoeggs.②______________,sheturnedonthegas
cooker(天然气灶)andpouredtwoteaspoonsofoilintothepan.③______________,shepouredthebeaten(搅拌好
的)eggintothepanwhentheoilwasready.Andthensheputthetomatoesintothepanandmixedthetomatoesand
149新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
eggtogether.Andthensheaddedsomewaterintothepan.Whenthewaterboiled(沸腾),sheputthenoodlesintoit.
④______________,sheaddedsomesalttothenoodles.Aboutthreeminuteslater,thelunchwasready.
Althoughthenoodleswerenotverydelicious,Sallywasveryhappy.
根据短文内容，完成下列任务:
任务一：填词
1．在文中①②③④处填入适当的词，使上下文连贯。
任务二：翻译句子
2．把文中的画线句子翻译成汉语
任务三：根据短文内容，回答下列问题:
3．WhydidSallycooklunchbyherself?
4．HowlongdidSallyboilthenoodles?
5．HowdidSallyfeelwhenshefinishescookingherlunch?
四 、阅读还原(有一项多余)
Mashedpotatoisadeliciousdish.Manypeoplelikecookingitathome.However,there'sanimportant step where
many ofus go wrong1. Infact,using differentkinds ofpotatoes canmakemashedpotatotasteandlook
great.Hereareafewothermistakestoavoid(避免):
Cuttingthepotatoesintosmallpieces.
It's a good idea to cut large potatoes into big pieces.If you cut them smaller,they'll have too much water
inside.Afteryoucutthepotatoes,placethemintoapotwithcoldwater,sotheydon'tchange color.
2. Remembertouselowtemperaturetocookandcoverthepottocookthemmorequickly.
Boilingthepotatoesandleavingtheminthewaterforalongtime.
The biggest mistake is boiling the potatoes and then putting them into a pot full of water for hours before
cooking mashed potato.3. Instead,boil the potatoes until a small,sharp knife goes in easily.Then
removethe water from thepotatoes and keep the potatoes hot.
4.
When you've got hot potatoes,you're almost ready to mash.First,add butter and milk.Let them stay in the
potatoes for three to five minutes.5. You'dbetteruseahandtomixthem,whichcanletairgointothe
dish.Whateveryoudo,don'tuse a foodblender.
150新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.Mashingpotatoesinthewrongwaystomix.
B.Then,youcanbegintomashthem.
C.Thiswillmakemuchwaterinpotatoesandmakethemtastelessdelicious.
D.Peopleoftenbuythesamekindofpotatoesinthemarket.
E.Whenallthepotatoesareready,putthepotonthestoveandbegintocook.
F.Washsomepotatoesandpeelthem.
五、短文填空
The dumpling is one of the most traditional foods in China.The people in a family often get
together1. (make)dumplings during the New Year's Eve.Yesterday I2. (decide)to make
this delicious food for my family.Becausethat3. (be)myfirsttimetomakedumplings,rollingdumpling
wrappers and4. (make)thedumplingfilling(馅料 )weredifficult for me.
First,some meat,one cabbage and one carrot were necessary.Second,to prepare the dumplingfilling,my mum
taught me to cut5. themeatandvegetablessothatIcould 6. (easy)make the dumpling
filling with those pieces by 7. (add)some salt andpepper.Third,Iputthefinisheddumplingfillingina
bowl.Fourth,I was going to make the dough.Fifth,I cut the dough into small 8. (piece),and then made
them into round ones.Sixth,Iputthe filling in thecenter ofadumpling wrapper onebyone,andthen folded(对折)the
wrapper up.9. (final),Iputthe dumplings intothepotand cookedthem for a fewminutes.In thisway,I cooked
delicious dumplings.
Althoughitwas difficult forme to make dumplings for the first time,with the help ofmy mum,Ifoundthefun
ofcooking andthought itwas10. interestingexperience.
六、单元写作
假如你是李华，你校英文专栏正在寻找校园小美食家，请你根据表格内容及要求用英语写 一篇短
文，向该英文专栏进行投稿，介绍你最喜欢的一道菜及制作方法。
名称 炒土豆(stir-fried potatoes)
土豆冲洗干净备用
土豆切块
做法
锅烧热(heat),倒入油(oil)
放入土豆块翻炒(stir-fry),加适量盐
151新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
152新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit6PlanforYourself
SectionAWhendowemakeplans?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /jɔ:'self/pron.(pl.yourselves/jɔ:'selvz) 你自己；您自己
2. /,endʒi'n(r)/n. 工程师；技师 3. /'fæʃn/n.时装业；时尚
3. /di'zainə(r)/n. 设计师 5. /də'rektə(r),daɪ'rektə(r)/n. 导演；主任；董事
6. /mju'zɪʃn/n.音乐家；作曲家 7. /'farəmən/n.(pl.firemen/'faɪəmən/) 消 防队员
7. /,eɪ'aɪ/(=artificial/,a:ti'fiʃəl/intelligence /n'telədʒəns/)人工智能
8. /'esei/n. 小品文；文章 10. /'klæsɪk/n.经典作品；名著adj. 最优秀的；古典的
11. /'lɪtrətʃə(r)/n. 文学 12. /'æθli:t/n. 运动员
12. /fə'tɒgrəfə(r)/n. 摄影师；摄影者 14. /'peɪntə(r)/n. 画家；油漆匠
15. /'biznəsmæn/n.男商人；企业家 16. /'æktrəs/n. 女演员
17. /'bɔ:jə(r)/n. 律师 18. /Lɔ:/n.法律；法规
19. /ba:0/n. 洗澡；浴缸 20. /mis/v. 想念；错过
21. /'eɪbl/adj.能够；有才能的 22. /stɪk/v.(stuck/stʌk/) 粘贴；将……刺入 n. 枝条；棍
二．重点词汇变形
1.yourself(pron.)你自己→形物代： 你的；你们的 →名物代： 你的；你们的
2.engineer(n.)工程师；技师→ (n.) 工程学；工程
3.fashion(n.)时装业；时尚→ (adj.)时髦的；时尚的
4.designer(n.)设计师→ (n.) 设计；设计方案 (v.) 设计
5.director(n.)导演；主任→ (v.) 指导；指挥 (adj.) 直 接 的 → (n.)方 向
6.musician(n.)音乐家→ (n.)音乐 → (adj.)音乐的
7.classic(n.)名著；最优秀的→ (adj.)经典的；古典的
8.photography(n.)摄影；摄像→ (n.)摄影师
153新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
10.actress(n.)女演员→ (n.)男演员 → (v.)表演；行动
11.businessman(n.)商人；生意人→ (n.)女商人 → (n.)生意
12.lawyer(n.)律师→ (n.)法律
13.bath(n.)→ (v.) 洗澡；沐浴
三．重点短语通关
1. 信息技术工程师 2. 服装设计师
3. 电影导演 4. 计划；将要；打算
5. 长大 6. 实现某人的梦想
7. .擅长做某事 8. 阅读更多经典作品
9. 继续做某事；反复做某事 10. 确保；保证
11 尽某人做大努力做某事 12. 洗个热水澡
13. 在乡下居住 14. 上表演课
15. 不知道 16. 打羽毛球
17. 在星期六早上 18. 坚持
19. 决定做某事 20. 下决心
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionA课文重现
Adam:Whatareyoureading,FuXing?
FuXing:It'sabookofessaysbyafamousChinesewriter.
Adam:Wow,nowIknowwhyyou'resogoodatwriting.
FuXing:Thanks!Youknow,IwanttobeawriterwhenI'molder.
Adam:Really?Howdoyouplantodothat?
Fu Xing: I'm going to read more classics.And also, I'm going to keep on writing
storiesandessays.
Adam:Yourplansoundswonderful!Ithinkyou'regoingtobeagreatwriter.
FuXing:Ihopeso!Whataboutyou,Adam?Whatdoyouwanttobewhenyou'reolder?
Adam:Myparentswantmetobeadoctor,butI'mnotsureaboutthat.
Fu Xing: Well, don't worry. Not everyone knows what they want to be. Just make sure you try your best at school.
Thenyoucandoanythingyouwant! Adam:Yeah,you'reright.
154新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【考点1.】It'sabookofessaysbyafamousChinesewriter.这是一本由一位著名的中国作家编写的散文集。
【用法详解】①essay作名词，意为“短文、散文、论说文”。是可数名词，复数需加 -s。
abookofessays 表示“一本散文集”。book作为量词（abookof...）时，后接可数名词复数或不可数名词。
类似结构还有： 诗集 短篇小说集。
②byafamousChinesewriter表示“由...创作/所作”，是介词短语，修饰前面的名词 book，作后置定语，说明
书的作者。
Eg:IreadashortstorybyLuXun. 我读了鲁迅的一部短篇小说。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.YuanAiisapositivesong WangYiBo.
A.by B.from C.with D.to
2.Shepublishedabookof (essay)onmodernart.
【考点2.】nowIknowwhyyou’resogoodatwriting.现在我知道你为什么擅长于写作了。
【用法详解】①begoodatdoingsth 意为“擅长于做某事”
Eg:Tomisgoodatrunning.汤姆擅长奔跑。
相关拓展：② 对...有好处
Eg:Eggsaregoodforourhealth.鸡蛋对我们的健康有好处。
③ 和...相处的好
Eg:Sheisgoodwiththesechildren.她和这些孩子相处的好。
④ 对...友好
Eg:Theteacherisgoodtous.老师对我们很好。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Ithinkwashinghandseverydayisgood ourhealth.----Yes,Iagree_________you!
A.to;to B.with;to C.for;with D.at;with
（ ）2.Thepeopleinthistownaregood theoldandtheyoung.
A.for B.at C.with D.to
（ ）3.Eatingmorevegetables _good yourhealth.
A.is,for B.are,for C.is,to D.are,to
（ ）4.I'mgood. playingchess.
A.for B.at C.with D.to
155新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）5.MissSmithisgood._____music,andsheisgood herstudents.
A.at,with B.for,at C.at,in D.to,with
【考点3.】IwanttobeawriterwhenI’molder.等我长大我想成为一名作家。
【用法详解】want 作动词，意为“想要”。
①wanttobe+名词，表示主语想要成为某种职业或某种身份。
Eg:IwanttobeadesignerlikeSean.我想成为一个像肖恩那样的设计师。
② .想要某物。
Eg:Iwantanewsweater.我想要一个新的毛衣。
③ .= 想要做某事。
Eg:IwanttoplayTIMIgameswithmybrotherafterdinner.晚饭后我想和哥哥一起TIMI。
④ .想要某人做某事。
Eg:Mybrotherwantsmetocampwithhimthisweekend.我弟弟想让我这个周末和他去露营。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Theywant afootballmatch.
A.notwatch B.watch C.towatch D.watches
（ ）2.1want______dinnerathome.
A.tohave B.have C.has D.having
（ ）3.Iwouldlike____sickpeoplebetter.
A.making B.make C.tomake D.makes
（ ）4.Kittywants_____apilot.
A.is B.be C.being D.tobe
【考点4.】Howdoyouplantodothat?你计划如何做呢?
【用法详解】plan作动词,意为“计划”,也可用作可数名词,意为“计划;打算”。
相关搭配：① 计划做某事
Eg:Iplantodomyhomeworkthisevening.我打算今晚做作业。
② 制订计划(做某事)
Eg:TheymadeaplantolearnEnglishwelllastnight.昨晚他们制定计划要学好英语。
③ (制订)……的计划
Eg:Heismakingaplanforthewintervacation.他在制订寒假计划。
156新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
牛
刀小试
1.Theyplan theoldsonginschoolartfestival.（sing）
2.Hemadeaprefectplan Englishlastnight.(learn)
( )3.Heismakingaplan hismusicconcert.
A. for B. to C. with D.at
【考点5.】I'mgoingtoreadmoreclassics.我打算读更多的经典著作。
【用法详解】①classic 作名词，意为“经典作品;名著”。指长期被认可为优秀或典范的作品(书籍、电影、音乐
等)。也可作形容词，意为“最优秀的/典范的”，强调高质量或代表性。
Eg:Shelikesreadingclassicsattheageof18.她在18岁时喜欢读经典名著。
Eg:The museum displays the most classic literature.博物馆展出了最经典的文 献。
相关拓展：classic强调“经典、典范”或“典型”。
classical专指“古典的”，Eg: 古典音乐
②begoingto表示将要发生的动作，含有＂计划，打算＂的意思，后跟动词原形，其中be动词要与主语的人
称和数一致，常跟表将来的时间连用。
Eg:HeisgoingtovisitYunNannextweek. 他打算下周去云南游玩。
牛
刀小试
1.Hisspeechwasa (典范)caseofeffectivecommunication.
2. .比起现代小说，她更喜欢古典的。(翻译）
( )3.I_________________theshops.CanIgetyouanything?
A.goto B.wentto C.havegoneto D.amgoingto
【考点6.】andalso,I'mgoingtokeeponwriting.而且，我打算继续坚持写作。
【用法详解】keepondoingsth表示经过一段时间的间隙后＂继续做同一件事＂，后可接表动态的词，如walk、
write、talk 等。还暗指不顾困难、反对、警告而＂坚持＂做某事。
Eg:Theykeptonworkinginthefields,thoughitwasraining. 虽然天正在下雨，他们
还是继续在田里干活。
相关拓展：① 表示动作的反复
Eg:Thisoldmankeptoncomingtoofferushotwater.这位老人不断地给我们送热水。
② 表示动作或状态的持续
Eg:Hekeptstandingthereforanhourwithoutmoving. 他在那儿一动不动地站了一个小时。
157新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
相关搭配：① 让某人(物) 不断做某事
Eg:Thebosskepttheworkersworkingallday. 老板让工人们整天不断地工作。
② 表示 ＂阻止某人/物做某事＂。
Eg:Be careful! Keep the glass from dropping onto the floor. 当心！防止玻璃杯掉到地板上。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Itwasraining,butthefarmerskepton_____inthefields.
A.working B.towork C.work D.worked
( )2."Keep__ __,andyou'llimprove!"
A.practice B.practicing C.topractice D.practiced
( )3.Weshouldkeepon_________________Englisheveryday.
A.topracticetospeak B.topracticespeakingC.practicingtospeak D.practicingspeaking
【考点7.】①ButI’mnotsureaboutthat.但是我没有把握。
②Justmakesureyoutryyourbestatschool.只要确保你在学校尽力就好。
【用法详解】① 意为“确信,对……有把握”后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式，表示对客
观事物有肯定的认识和判断，主语必须是人。
Eg:Iamreallysureaboutit. 对于这件事我确实有把握。
相关拓展： 务必做某事；确信做某事。
Eg:I’msuretogoshoppingwithyou. 我确定和你一起去逛街。
② 意为“确保，查明”。
Eg:Makesure(that)youlockthedoorwhenyouleave. 当你离开时确保锁上门。
③ 尽最大努力做某事。
Eg:Shetriedherbesttofinishtheproject.她尽力完成项目。
牛
刀小试
1. hissafety,hisbrothersendshimtoschooleveryday.(确保)
（ ）2.Pleasecheckyourpaperto_________________therearenomistakes.
A.thinkof B.tryout C.findout D.makesure
( )1.Wemusttryourbest_______thewildanimals.
A.toprotect B.protecting C.protect D.protected
( )2.Pleasetry_______besttolearnEnglishwell.
158新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.you B.your C.yours D.yourself
四．单元重点语法讲练
含begoingto的一般将来时
一、语法概述
“begoingto+动词原形”结构可以表示将来，多用于口语中。begoingto是一般将来时态的一种表现形式，
表示将来某个时间将要发生的动作或存在的状态，意为 。be动词随主语的人称和数的变
化而变化。
二、begoingto的用法
1.begoingto主要用于以下两种情况：
（1）表示事先经过考虑、安排打算要做的事情， 。
Eg:I'mgoingtostudymedicineatauniversity. 我将在读大学的时候学习医学。
（2）表示 ，某事非常有可能发生。（常用于判断天气情况）
Eg:Lookatthoseclouds.It'sgoingtorain. 看那些云，马上要下雨了。
2.be going to 与表示将来的时间状语连用，如 this evening, tomorrow, the day after tomorrow（后天）, next
week/month/year,soon等，也可以与when,before,after,until 等引导的时间状语连用。
Eg:She’sgoingtowatchTVthisevening. 她打算今天晚上看电视。
Heisgoingtobeanengineerwhenhegrowsup. 他打算长大后当一名工程师。
三、begoingto的句式结构
肯定句 主语+begoingto+动词原形+其他. Iamgoingtoplaybasketball.我打算去打篮球。
否定句 主语+benotgoingto+动词原形+其他. Iamnotgoingtoplaybasketball.我不打算去打篮球。
一般疑问句 Be+主语+goingto+动词原形+其他？ —Areyougoingtoplaybasketball?
及其肯定、 肯定回答：Yes, 主语+be. 你打算去打篮球吗？
否定回答 否定回答：No, 主语+benot. —Yes,Iam.是的，我打算去。
No,I’mnot.不，我不打算去。
特殊疑问句 特殊疑问词+be+主语+going to+动词 Whereareyougoingtoplaybasketball?
原形+其他？ 你打算去哪儿打篮球？
【特别提醒】Therebegoingtobe...结构中，靠近there的be随主语变化，而后面的be是动词原形，不变化。
Eg:ThereisgoingtobeanEnglishfilmthisevening. 今晚将有一场英文电影。
牛
刀小试
159新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
根据所给提示，完成句子（每空一词，含缩略词）。
1.Theyaregoingtotakeguitarlessons.(改为否定句）
They totakeguitarlessons.
2.Aliceisgoingtomakeamodelplaneherself.(改为一般疑问句）
Alice tomakeamodelplaneherself?
3.Iamgoingtobuyacomputerthisweekend.(改为一般疑问句并作否定回答）
you tobuyacomputerthisweekend?
No, .
4.Alexisgoingtomovetohisnewhousenextmonth.(对划线部分提问）
Alexgoingtomovetohisnewhouse?
5.TheGreensaregoingtotraveltoAmerica.(对划线部分提问）
aretheGreensgoingto ?
（ ）6．一There__________abasketballgameagainstClassTwothisSunday.
—Isee.Iwillcomeandcheeryouon.
A．willhave B．isgoingtobe C．isgoingtohave
（ ）7． There________abasketballgamenextMonday.Ifit________,we’llhavetoputitoff.
A．isgoingtohave;willrain B．isgoingtohave;rains
C．isgoingtobe;rains D．isgoingtobe;willrain
（ ）8． —Thecoffee’sfinished!
—Oh,sorry!I________totheshoptogetsome.
A．amgoing B．wasgoing C．went D．havegone
（ ）9．、—Mum,thehandwashisfinished.—Oh,sorry!I________tothestoretogetsome.
A．amgoing B．havebeen C．went D．havegone
（ ）10.I anewhousenextyear.Ineedyourhelp.
A．bought B．buy C．wasbuying D．amgoingtobuy
（ ）11．They_________playbasketballnextweekend.
A．goto B．goesto C．isgoingto D．aregoingto
（ ）12.—Chinaisgettingstrongerandstrongerintheworld.
—Yes.Moreandmoreforeignstudents________ChineseinmanycollegesinChina.
A．haslearned B．islearned C．learned D．aregoingtolearn
160新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）13．—Lucyisillinhospital.—Yes,Iknow.I________her________threehours.
A．visit;for B．govisiting;for C．gotovisit;in D．amgoingtovisit;in
（ ）14．He_________herabeautifulhatonhernextbirthday.
A．gives B．gave C．willgiving D．isgoingtogive
（ ）15．—_________you_________freetomorrow?—No,I_________freethedayaftertomorrow.
A．Are;goingto;will B．Are;goingtobe;willbe
C．Are;goingto;willbe D．Are;goingtobe;will
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
（ ）1．—Doyouknowthenameofthecostume?—Sorry,I’mnotsure________it.
A．to B．about C．that D．at
（ ） 2．Wearegoingto_________afoodfestivalto_________moneyforthechildreninpoorareas.
A．hold;give B．have;give C．hod;raise D．make;raise
（ ）3．NotonlyyoubutalsoPeter_______goingtoclimbthehillnextSunday.
A．are B．is C．were D．was
（ ）4．There_______anEnglishpartyinourclassnextweek.
A．isgoingtohave B．isgoingtobe C．willhave D．have
（ ）5．LiMingissocarefulthathealwayslooksoverhisexercisesto________therearenomistakes.
A．makesure B．findout C．thinkof D．workout
（ ）6．It'snotgoodto________food.Let'stakethedumplingsaway.
A．cook B．waste C．finish D．provide
（ ） 7．I_________theshops.MayIgetyousomething?
A．goto B．wentto C．amgoingto D．havegoneto
（ ） 8．-__________isyourfather?-He'sanengineerinabigfactory.
A．Who B．What C．Which D．Where
（ ）9．HewasborninHongKongbut__________inAmerica.
A．pickedup B．gaveup C．grewup D．dressedup
（ ）10．Dannyusually_____________breakfastatseveno’clockinthemorning.Buttomorrowhe___________
breakfastathalfpastsix.
161新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A．has;isgoingtohave B．has;have C．ishaving;has D．have;ishaving
二、用括号里所给词的适当形式填空。
1.Canyouimaginethatmyclassmate,WangYiBo,hasbecomeatalented (direct)?
2.I'mgoodat things,somydreamistobeagreatofAIrobots.(design)
3.Neverthinktoomuchof (you)becauseonetreedoesn’tmakeaforest.
4.JohnandJackaremyuncle'sfriendsandthey'reboth (engineer).
5.Whenthelightturnedon,that (music)startedhisconcert.
6.—Whatdoyouwanttobe?—Iwanttobeanexcellent (law)likeMr.Smith.
7.Therearesomephotosoffamous (paint)onthewall.
8.Sheisapopular (act)inChina.
9.Howabout downourmistakesinournotebooks?(write)
10.Janekeepson (do)somereadingbeforegoingtobed.
11.Iamgoingto (visit)myEnglishteacherwithmyfriendtomorrow.
12.Hestick (play)baseballeverydaybecausehewantstobeabaseballplayer.
13.Iwanttomakeaplantoreadabookofessays(essay)inmyfreetime.
14.Heisgoingtomakea (resolute)toimprovehismath.
15. arethemostlovelypersonintheworld.(fireman)
三、用方框中所给单词或短语的适当形式填空
growup；makesure；tryone'sbest；begoodat；keepon； literature；business ；law ；fireman ；miss
1．Don'tworry.I'll tohelpyou.
2．IamgoingtobeadoctorwhenI .
3．—I'mleavingnow.— youturnoffthelightsandthecomputer.
4．“Please discussingthismathquestionafterclass，”Mr.Lisaid.
5．Jane EnglishandshedidwellintheEnglishexam.
6.WuCheng'enstucktohisdream,andhesucceededin .
7.Ican’tstop myoldfriendsinChina.Weusedtohavefuntogether.
8.Hewasasuccessful .Heoncedevelopedasmallshopintoabigstore.
9.Two losttheirlivesinthefightagainstthebigfireintheforest.
10.Mybrotherwantstogotolawschoolandbea likemyfather.
162新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
四、完型填空
Alotofstudentsarehavingallkindsofsportsonthesportsfield.Afootballgameisgoingonrightnow 1
Class3andClass4.Wedon’tknowwhichteamwill 2 .Lookatthosepeopleoverthere!Somestudentsof
Class1arepracticingthe 3 jump.Oneofthemisthebesthighjumperintheschool.Hepracticeshardevery
day.Manypeoplethinkhewill 4 theschoolrecord(记录)inthesportsmeetnextspring.Notfarawayfrom
them,somegirlsarepreparingforarace.They 5 havea600-meterraceintenminutes.Nowonthecornerof
thefield,youcanseeanothergroup(群)ofstudents.Theirteacheristellingthem 6 tothrowdiscus(铁饼).
Inschools, 7 studentslovesportsnow.Sportshelppeopletokeep 8 .Theyalsohelppeopletolive
happily.And 9 doingsportsonthesportsfield,manypeoplewill 10 goodfriends,too.Doyouthink
so?
（ ）1．A．in B．between C．from D．of
（ ）2．A．win B．winning C．fall D．falling
（ ）3．A．long B．far C．high D．tall
（ ）4．A．break B．turn C．leave D．name
（ ）5．A．were B．goingto C．weregoingto D．will
（ ）6．A．what B．how C．which D．that
（ ）7．A．muchandmuch B．mostandmost C．manyandmany D．moreandmore
（ ）8．A．health B．tired C．healthy D．happy
（ ）9．A．in B．before C．after D．over
（ ）10．A．Become B．change C．get D．bring
五、阅读单选
A
Letussuppose(假设)itisnowaboutA．D．2060.Peoplegotothemooneveryday.Itisaseasytotakea
holidayonthemoontodayasitwasforthepeoplein1960totakeaholidayinEurope.
Whatarepeopleeatingnow?Peoplearestilleatingfood.Butmanyfoodsnowcomeinpill(药丸)form.Farming,
ofcourse,isveryhighlydeveloped.Veryfewpeoplehavetoworkonthefarm.Peoplearenowlargelyvegetarians(素
食者)andwearehealthierbothinourbodiesandinourminds,andwedon'thaveanydiseases(疾病).Noonehasto
beillanymore.
（ ） 1．Thewriterthinksin2060peoplecangotothemoon_____.
A．everyday B．everyhour C．everyminute D．everysecond
163新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）2．Nowpeopleareeating_____.
A．grass B．flowers C．food D．books
（ ）3．Manyfoodsin2060comein_____form.
A．water B．pill C．air D．trees
（ ）4．In2060,_____havetoworkonthefarm.
A．nopeople B．nofarmers C．manypeople D．veryfewpeople
（ ）5．Noonehastobeillanymorebecause_____.
A．thereismuchmedicine B．therearefewpeople
C．therearenodiseases D．therearenodoctors
B
I'mLarry.I'mreallygoodatsellingthings.Ialsolovehelpingpeople.ButI'mnotsogoodatsolving
problems.IthinkI'dliketobeasalesmanoradetective.
I'mAnita.Ireallylikedoingthingswithmyhands.Ialsoenjoyworkingwithwood.Idon'tenjoyworkinginthe
sameplaceeveryday,andIhatebeinginnoisyplaces.IthinkI'dliketobeanartistoracarpenter.
I'mJill.I'mgoodatexplainingthingsandIreallylikechildren.Ican'tstandworkinglonghours.IthinkI'dliketo
beadoctororateacher.
I'mMaria.I'mreallyinterestedinmeetingpeople,andIenjoywearingdifferentclotheseveryday.I'mnotso
goodatorganizingmytimeandIcan'tstandcomputers,Iamgoingtobeamodel.
I'mJim.Ienjoyhelpingpeople,butIcan'tstandworkingnightsandweekends.Iwanttobeasocialworker.
（ ）6．Larrywantstobe____________.
A.aworkerorateacher B.anurseoradoctor
C.asalesmanoradetective D.amodeloracarpenter
（ ）7．Anitadoesn'tenjoyworkingin____________.
A．thesameplace B．differentplaces
C．noisyplaces D．AandC
（ ）8．____________wantstobeateacheroradoctor.
A．Anita B．Jill C．Maria D．Jim
（ ）9．Marialikes____________.
A．meetingpeople B．wearingdifferentclothes
C．workingnightsandweekends D．AandB
164新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）10．Whatdoestheunderlinedwords“can'tstand”meaninChinese?
A．不能忍受 B．不能站立 C．不能坚持 D．不能适应
六、短文汉语提示填空
I’msixteennowandI’mstudyinginahighschool.I41． (finish)highschoolintwoyears,andthenI’m
goingtoacollegeforfouryears.I42． (study)languagebecauseaftercollegeI’mgoingtoworkasa
languageteacher.Whileatcollege,I’malsogoingtotakeacomputerlessonbecauseI’mgoingtousecomputerinmy
work..Also,I’mgoingtoplaysports43． (keep)healthyatcollege.
Ireallyenjoy44． (travel),sobeforegoingtowork,I’mgoingtotravel.Tospendmoneytotravel,I’mgoingto
savemymoneyforsixmonths,andI’mgoingtovisitEgypt.I’mgoingtoseethePyramids(金字塔)andrideacamel
(骆驼).Ofcourse,I’mgoingtotakealotof45． (photo)onmytripsothatIcanrememberit.
七、根据短文内容，从短文后所给的选项中，选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
DoyoumakearesolutiononNewYear’sDay?Howtomakeagoodresolution?1.
Planfortheresolution.
Itisnotenoughtohaveagoal.Youneedtothinkoutsomerightstepsfortheresolution.Somakeyourplan.
2. Andit’llalsotellyouhowtomakethegoalcometrueatlast.Makeaplanisveryimportant.
3.
If you make your plan later, you may forget your resolution gradually（逐渐地）. It’s important that you start
makingyourplanrightnow.
4.
Youshouldwriteyourresolutionandplaninsomeplaces,suchasanotebookoryourdiary.
Think“yeararound”,notjust“NewYear’s”.
You can’t finish anything in one day.You make a resolution in one day. 5. It may need a hundred
small steps. NewYear’s resolution shouldbe astarting point.Youmust keep a habit for making your resolution come
truegradually.
A. Makeyourplanrightnow.
B. Makingaplanisveryimportant.
C. Maybethefollowingcanhelpyou.
D. Writedownyourresolutionandplan.
E. NewYear’sresolutionhelpspeoplealot.
F. Agoodplanwilltellyouwhattodonext.
G. Itdoesn’tmeanyoumustfinishitinoneday.
165新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit6PlanforYourself
SectionBHowcanwemakegoodplans?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /rezə'lu:ʃn/n. 决定；决议 2. /ə'tʃi:v/v.(凭长期努力)达到；完成
3. /'fizikl/adj. 身体的；物理的 4. /helθ/n. 健康
5. /'helθɪli/adv. 健康地 6. /fə'tɒgrəfi/n. 照相术；摄影
7. /'konfidənt/adj.自信的；肯定的
8. /'ɔ:gənaizd/ adj.有条理的 ；有组织的
9. /'waɪzli/adv. 聪明地；明智地 10. /'pɒsəbl/adj.可能的；合理的
11. /'pærəgra:f/n.段；段落 12. /Intrə'dju:s/v. 介绍；引见；引进
13. /'mi:nɪŋ/n. 意义；含义 14. /feɪl/v.未 能 ( 做 到 ) ; 失 败
15. /ə'hed/adv. 提前；在前面 16. /dɪ'zaɪn/v. 设计；计划 n. 设计；花纹
17. /brɪdʒ/n. 桥 18. /'faɪnl/adj. 最后的；最终的 n.决赛
19. /'konfɪdəns/n.信心；信任 20. /fɔ:m/v. (使)形成；组成 n. 类型；形式
21. /rɪ'leɪʃnʃip/n. 关系；联系 22. /enə'dʒetɪk/adj.精力充沛的；充满活力
二．重点词汇变形
1.achieve(v.)达到；完成→ (n.)完成；实现
2.physical(adj.)身体的；物质的→ (n.) 内科医生 → (n.) 物理学 → (n.)物理学家
3.healthily(adv.)健康地→ (adj.) 健康的 → (n.) 健 康
4.confident(adj.)自信的；肯定的→ (n.)自信；信心
5.organized(adj.)有条理的；有组织的→ (v.)组织 → (n.)组 织
6.wisely(adv.)聪明地；明智地→ adj.) 明智的 → (n.) 智 慧
7.introduce(v.)介绍；引见→ (n.) 介绍
8.meaning(n.)意义；含义→ (adj.) 有意义的；重要的
9.fail(v.)未能做到的；失败→ (n.) 失 败→反： (v.)成功 → (n.) 成 功
10.final(adj.)→ (adv.)最后，终于
11.energetic(adj.)精力充沛的→ (n.) 能量；热量
12stong(adj.)强壮的 → (adj.) 强烈地
13.write(v.)写→过去式： → (n.)作家
14.hope(v.)&(n.)希望→ (adj.)充满希望的→反： (adj.) 绝望的；无望的
15.novel(n.) 小说→ (n.) 小说家
166新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
16.improve(v.) 改善→ (n.) 提升；改善
17.decide(v.)决定→ (n.)决定
18.useful(adj.)有用的→反： (adj.)无用的→ (v.)(n.)使用
三．重点短语通关
1. 和...有关系 2. 小目标
3. 自我改进；自我提升 4. 有...共同之处
5. 几乎不 6. 太…而不能 …
7. 设定目标 8. 写下；记下
9. .提醒某人关于某事 10. 就…给出建议
11. 对…感到厌倦 12. 第一 次
13. 放 弃 14. 抽出时间做某事
15. .很高兴做某事 16. 在某人的帮助下
17. 期末考试 18. 养成还习惯
19. 希望做某事 20. 身体健康
21. .承诺做某事；答应做某事 22. 开始从事；开始认真
对待
23. 最后
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionB课文重现
MakingResolutions
Do you know what a resolution is? A resolution is a promise that you
make to yourself. It's like a personal contract you sign, People make
resolutions to improve their life. The most common kind is a
NewYear's resolution.D. After all, the start of the year is often a
perfecttimeformakingresolutions
Resolutions can be about anything. Some are about physical health.
For example, some people may promise to exercise more oreatmore healthily.A. Some resolutions have to do with
learningnewthings. People might decide they are going to take up a hobby, like painting or photography. And
some resolutions have to do with self-improvement, like becoming more confident or organized.B. For example, a
studentmaydecidetostartanewstudyplan.
167新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Although there are differences, most resolutions have one thing in common: people hardly ever keep them! But there
are good reasons for this. Sometimes the resolutions may be too difficult to keep. And sometimes people just forget
aboutthem.
To make your resolutions work, you need to plan them wisely.Always make sure
your resolution is possible to achieve. Don't set a goal that is too difficult or too
much for you.C. Try to set mini-goals to help you achieve your resolution.
Andifyou don'twantto forgetyourresolutions, write themdown. Also,talk
about them with your family and friends.Encourage them to remind you of your goals. So what resolutions are you
goingtomake?Howareyougoingtokeepthem?
【考点1.】were you able to stick to the plans ?你能够坚持你的计划吗？
【用法详解】1.beableto意为“能够”，相当于 can，常用来表示 can不能表达的将来时或完成时的情况，可
用于各种时态。
Eg:Hewillbeabletofinishreadingthebooknextweek. 他下周将能读完这本书。
相关拓展：can/beableto
①can＂能＂，表示过去或现在＂能力所及＂时，与beableto 通用。
②beableto的过去式还可表示一种＂经过努力做到了＂的意思。而can的过去式则没有这种意义。
③can通常只用于过去或现在两种时态，而beableto 则可用于各种时态。
④在表示猜测时，只能用can，而不能用beableto。
2.stick作动词，意为“粘贴；将……刺入”,其过去式和过去分词均为stuck。stick作名词，意为“枝条；棍”。
stickto 意为“坚持;维持”，后接名词/代词/v-ing，表示“坚持(计划、信念、原则等)”。
坚持做某事。
Eg:Sticktoyourdream,andyou'llsucceed.坚持你的梦想，你会成功的。
Eg:Hestickstodancing,andfinallysucceed.他坚持跳舞，最后他成功了。
相关拓展：stickwith继续做/支持
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Finishyourhomeworkfirst,thenyou’ll watchTVforanhour.
A.can B.beableto C.may D.could
（ ） 3.Idecidedtostickto learningFrenchdespitethedifficulties.
A.learning B.tolearning C.learn D.learned
【考点2.】Aresolutionisapromisethatyoumaketoyourself。决心，是你对自己许的一个承诺。
168新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【用法详解】promise作动词，意为“承诺;保证” 。作名词，意为“诺言”。是可数名词。
相关搭配：① 承诺(某人)做某事
Eg:Hepromisedtoteachmetoride.他承诺会教我骑车。
② 承诺(某人)....
Eg:HepromisedthatHewouldcometomywedding.他承诺他会来我的婚礼。
③ 遵守诺言 违背诺言 许诺
Eg:Healwayskeepshispromises.他总是信守诺言。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Hemadeapromise tohishometownduringtheholidays.
A.return B.toreturn C.returning D.returned
（ ）2.Theypromised youassoonaspossible.
A.contact B.tocontact C.contacting D.contacted
（ ）3.Weshouldalways_ ourpromises.
A.Keep B.make C.break D.promise
（ ）4.JohnpromisedMary_ _heragiftonherbirthday.
A.Give B.togive C.giving D.gave
【考点3】Afterall,thestartoftheyearisoftenaperfecttimeformakingresolutions.
【用法详解】①Start在此作名词，意为“开头，开端”。
在…的开始=
Eg:Atthestartofthisterm,Ifoundithardtolearnmath. 这学期初，我发
现学习数学很难。
Eg:Youcanfindthissentenceatthebeginningofthisarticle. 你会在文章
开头找到这个句子。
②start作动词，意为“开始”。
相关搭配： 开始做某事。强调开始做某事的动作（可能是一次性或具体的动作）。
Eg:Therainstartedtofallheavily.雨开始下得很大。
开始做某事。强调开始做某事的过程（或长期、习惯性的动作）。
Eg:Hestartedlearningstreetdanceattheageofthirteen.他十三岁开始学习街舞。
③ 意为“时间是是做某事的时候了”=It’stimetodosth.
169新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:Wheneveryouwanttostartisthebesttimeforstarting.任何时候你想开始都是最好的时间。
牛
刀小试
1.It’stime Chineseclass.(填to还是for)
2.It’stime playcomputergame.
( )3.Shestarted toclassicmusicwhenshewasyoung.
A.tolisten B.listening C.listens D.tolisten
【考点4.】someresolutionshavetodowithlearningnewthings.很多决心都与学习新的事物有关。
【用法详解】havetodowith意为“关于；与…有关系”。这个句型表示与某事、某人有牵连，有关系，有瓜
葛。Eg:Whatdoesthishavetodowithme? 这跟我有什么关系？
相关拓展： 与……没关系
Eg:Mybrotherhasnothingtodowiththefight. 我弟弟和打架没关系。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Manyprojectshavetodo_________theenvironment.
A.for B.in C.as D.with
【考点5.】peoplemightdecidetheyaregoingtotakeupahobby,likepaintingorphotography.人们可能会决定
他们将会开始一个像画画摄影这样的爱好。
【用法详解】①takeup意为“学着做；开始做；从事” 。
开始做某事
Eg:She wants to take up teaching English to little kids.
她想开始从事幼儿英语教学。
相关拓展：takeup还有“占据；占用时间或空间”之意。
Eg:LearningEnglishtakesupalotofmytime. 学英语占了我许多时间。
②decide作动词，意为“决定”
相关搭配： .决定做某事 作决定;下决心
Eg:Hedecidedtolearnmedicine.他决定学医。
Eg:Hemadeadecisiontogoaboard.他决定出国。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Sandyseldomgoesoutatweekendsbecausereading________mostofherfreetime.
A.takesup B.takeson C.takesoff D.takesout
170新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）2.Themeetingtookupmostoftheafternoon.
A.up B.on C.off D. out
（ ）3.She wants to take up English to improve herself.
A.learns B.learning C.tolearn D. learn
（ ）4.My brother decided when he was free.
A. cook B.cooking C.tocook D.cooks
5.wemadea togiveasurprisetoourteacher.(decide)
【考点6】Sometimestheresolutionsmaybetoodifficulttokeep.有的时候决心有可能太难而不能坚持。
【用法详解】 是＂太 …以致不能 …＂，to是不定式符号，后接动词原形，该句式虽
没有否定词not/no，但表达否定意义，若逻辑主语是动作的执行者，则需用 for 引出。
Eg:Englishistoodifficultformetoread. 对我来说英语太难了。
相关拓展：①too…to…可转化为复合句 句型，此时that
从句的谓语动词要用否定形式。
Eg:The problem is too difficult for me to work out.=The problem is so difficult
thatIcan’tworkitout.解决这个问题对我来说太难了。
②too…to…还可转化为＂ ＂，其中形容词/副词是句型too…to…中形容词/副词的反义
词。
Eg:Hissonistooyoungtogotoschool.=Hissonisnotoldenoughtogotoschool.他的儿子还不够年龄去上学。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Heis fat getintotheroom.
A.to;too B.too;to C.too;too D.to;to
( )2.Thehouseis bigforme _.
A.toomuch…live B.toomuch…tolive C.muchtoo…tolivein D.muchtoo…living
( )3.Hewas tired goonwalking.
A.too;to B.such;that C.so;that D.such;such
( )4.Igotup_ early_ Icaughtthefirstbus.
A.so;as B.so;that C.such;as D.such;that
( )5.Itis aheavystone Ican'tliftitup.
A.so;that B.such;but C.so;and D.such;that
171新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【考点7.】Encouragethemtoremindyouofyourgoals. 鼓励他们提醒你你的目标。
【用法详解】1.remind在此处用作及物动词，意为“提醒；使想起”,后跟名词或代词作宾语，常与介词 about
或 of 连用。
相关搭配：① 使某人想起某人/某物
Eg:Hissongremindsmeofmyolddays.他的歌让我想起了我的旧时光。
② 提醒某人做某事
Eg:Heremindsmetobringacupofcoffeetohim. 他提醒我给他带一杯咖啡。
2.encourage作动词，意为“鼓励；激励”。
相关搭配： 鼓励某人做某事。
Eg:Teachersencouragestudentstoaskquestions.老师们鼓励学生提出问题。
牛
刀小试
( )1.BeforeIleft,mymomremindedme______turnoffthelights.
A;to B. of C. for D. about
( )2.Thesmellofcoffeeremindedme______someonmywayhome.
A.buy B.tobuy C.buying D.bought
( )3.Mymotheralwaysencouragesme againwhenImakemistakes.
A.totry B. try C. trying D.tries
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1．—It’safineday.Let’s_________thecitypark—Goodidea.
A．cleanup B．takeup C．giveup D．putup
( )2．OurChineseteacheroftenasksusto________whatwereadwitheachotherinclass.
A．discuss B．match C．chat D．decide
( )3．—AreyougoingoutwithJadetonight?—That’smy________.Mindyourown!
A．offer B．business C．question D．chance
( )4．Thechildrenhadapicnicyesterday.Theyenjoyed________.
A．himself B．themselves C．himselves D．themself
( )5．—Ican'twearthemask,it'stoohot.—Foryourhealth,I'mafraidyou________.
172新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A．may B．haveto C．can D．need
( )6．—There________atalkaboutscienceinourschoolnextweek.—Soundscool.
A．be B．have C．isgoingtobe D．isgoingtohave
( )7．—Whatareyou________inthefuture?—Maybeadoctor.
A．willbe B．goingtodo C．goingbe D．goingtobe
( )8．Heleftschoolandbegantowork________twelve.
A．attheageof B．atthebeginningof C．atthetopof D．atthebottomof
( )9．—SomeChinesegovernmentofficershaveturnedintolivestreamers(网络主播).
—Yes.Theyaretryingtheirbesttohelplocalfarmersto________products(产品)sales(销售量).
A．compare B．improve C．afford D．provide
( )10．—What_______you_______thisafternoon?—Iplantoclimbthemountainwithmyfriends.
A．do；do B．have；done C．did；do D．are；goingtodo
二、完型填空
Mygrandpa's88thbirthdayiscoming.Wearegoingtohaveagreatbirthdaypartyfor 11 .Allofmy
familymembersaregoingtotheparty.ThepartyisinBridgeTown.Grandpawasbornand 12 there.Healways
wantstogobacktohavealook.Nowwehelphimmakehis 13 .cometrue.Grandpamustbevery 14 .
UncleBobisagreat 15 inarestaurant.Heisgoingtodoallthedishesattheparty.I'msurehewillgiveus
agreat 16 .Eachofthefamilymemberswill 17 Grandpaagift. 18 theyoungestgrandson,Ihavea
giftforGrandpatoo.I'mmakingamodelplane.Grandpawasa 19 .Hespentallhisyouthflyingplanes.He
mustlovethegift.Oh,Itellyoutoomuch.Youmust 20 youwon'ttellGrandpa.Theyaresecrets.
( )11．A．her B．him C．you D．them
( )12．A．madeupB．putup C．tookup D．grewup
( )13．A．problemB．team C．dream D．plan
( )14．A．rich B．excited C．serious D．simple
( )15．A．cook B．pianist C．artist D．actor
( )16．A．programB．show C．movie D．meal
( )17．A．paint B．improve C．send D．discuss
( )18．A．As B．With C．For D．To
( )19．A．teacher B．pilot C．scientist D．doctor
( )20．A．wonder B．mind C．expect D．promise
173新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
三、阅读单选
A
Goodstudyhabitsareimportantforallstudents.Whenyouhavegoodstudyhabits,youwilllearnfasterand
findyouhaveagoodmemory(记忆).
Doyouusuallystudyinthelivingroom?Thisisnotagoodplaceforstudybecauseitisusuallytoonoisy.You
needtostudyinaquietplace,suchasyourbedroom.Aquietplacewillhelpyoulearnbetter.
Beforeyoubegintostudy,donotforgettocleanyourdesk.Ithelpsyoustudywell,too.Light(光线)isimportant,
tooYouwillfeeltiredeasilyifthereisnotenoughlight.
Ofallthegoodstudyhabitsdevelopingaskingquestionsisthekey.Justask.Nooneknowseverything.butwe
canalwayslearnfromeachotherbyaskingquestions.
Onesimplebutimportanthabitistotellyourselfwhatyouarestudyingfor.Putyourdreamgrades(理想的分
数)onthewallnexttoyourbedorcomputer.Itmeans(意味着)youwillseeandthinkaboutiteveryday.
Whendoyouworkbest?Areyouanearlybirdoranightowl(猫头鹰),orsomethinginbetween?Findyourmost
productiveworktimeandthenplantostudyatthistime.
( )21．Whyisthelivingroomnotagoodplaceforstudy?
A．Becauseitistooquiet. B．Becauseitistoosmall. C．Becauseitistoonoisy.
( )22．Accordingtothepassage.Whatshouldyoudobeforeyoustudy?
A．Cleanthedesk. B．Putyourstorybooksaway. C．Turnonthe1ight.
( )23．Whyshouldweputyourdreamgradeonthewall?
A．Tomakeushappy. B．Todevelopagoodstudyhabit. C．Toremind(提醒)uswhatwearestudyingfor.
( )24．WhatistheChinesemeaningOftheunderlineword“productive”?
A．有效的 B．有趣的 C．精彩的
( )25．Whatisthebesttitleforimportant?
A．Studyinthebedroom B．Goodhabitsareveryimportant C．Howtostudy.
B
AlargegroupofpeoplecametogetheratTian’anmenSquareinBeijingonTuesdayevening,Oct.1stto
celebratethe70thanniversaryofthefoundingofthePeople’sRepublicofChina.
AgroupofteenagerssangtheclassicsongMeandMyMotherlandastheywalkedpasttheGoldenWaterBridge
atthefootoftheTian’anmenRostrum.
“Theteenagerssuddenlyappearedandstartedthegala(晚会).Peoplecameandsangalongwiththem.Asmore
174新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
peoplejoinedthecrowd,itwasverytouching,”ZhangYimou,thechiefdirectorofthegalatoldXinhuaNewsAgency.
“Thegatheringofpeoplehighlightedthelivelyatmosphereofthenewage.”
TheTuesdayeveninggalacreatedquitearockonsocialmedia.Thousandsofpeoplediscusseditonline.One
personwrote：“It’sagreatshowforthecountry’sbirthday.”Anotherpraisedthemusic：“ThesongMeandMy
Motherlandactuallyfillsmewithpride.”
ThesongMeandMyMotherlandwascreatedbyZhangLiandQingYongchengin1985andwasfirstperformed
byChinesesingerLiGuyi.IthasbeenpopularwithChineseaudiencesforgenerations.
“Ihaveadaptedthesongintofourdifferentversionsinthepastsixmonths,”saidHuangKairan,composer(作曲
家)oftheChinaNationalSymphonyOrchestra(交响乐团).Wesangittogethertoexpressourbestwishesforthe
country.”
Morethan1,000musiciansacrossthecountryandalargechoir(合唱团)includingmorethan1,400primaryand
middleschoolstudentsperformedtogether.
( )26．WhosangthesongMeandMyMotherlandandstartedthegala?
A．Agroupofsoldiers. B．Afamoussinger.
C．Ateacherandhisstudents. D．Agroupofteenagers.
( )27．ThesongMeandMyMotherlandwascreatedby________.
A．ZhangLi B．QingYongcheng C．LiGuyi D．ZhangLiandQingYongcheng
( )28．Whatdoestheunderlinedword“highlighted”probablymean?
A．broughtout B．tookout C．beganwith D．livedwith
( )29．IttookthecomposerHuangKairan________toadaptthesongintofourdifferentversions.
A．threemonths B．sixmonths C．oneyear D．twoyears
( )30．What’sthebesttitleofthepassage?
A．TheMostWonderfulSpringFestivalGala B．SingingtheSongtoBlessOurCountry
C．TheSongWeLikeBest D．TheGreatDirectorZhangYimou
Whenyourdreamistobecomeafootballer(足球运动员),nothingshouldgetinyourway—evenifyouhave
nofeet.
GabrielMuniz,an11-year-oldBrazilkid,wasbornwithoutfeet.Althoughhisfamilythoughthewouldhave
seriousdifficultieslivinganormallife,hestartedwalkingbeforehewasoneyearold.Hismotherwouldgoafter
him,expectinghimtokeepfalling,butheneverfell.Ittookhimawhiletomakethejumpfromwalkingtoplaying
football,buthedidmakeit.Andinfact,there'snothinghelovesmorethanplayingfootball.Inhisschool,theskillful
175新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
youngmanisnotonlythebestplayerinhisschoolteambutalsothecaptainofhisgymteam.
Heknowsthathisdisabilitymeanshe'llneverbeabletoplayforaprofessionalfootballteam.SoGabrielis
hopingthatfootballwillonedaybecomeaParalympic(残奥会的)sport.Heprovestoeveryonetherehecangoheadto
head(正面交手)withanyotherboy.Watchinghimplayisunbelievable.He'sfastandhe'sgotabigbagoftricks—he's
veryskilledandhedoeseverythinghecantocopyhisidolMessisomuchthatheisinvitedtogotoSpaintomeethis
idolMessiandshowhistalentintheBarcelonaFootballClub.
Hiscoachsaysheisprovingthedisabilityonlyexistsinsideourheadsandheischallenging(挑战)thesocial
norms．
( )31．What'swrongwithGabrielMuniz?
A．Hewasbornwithoutfeet. B．Hecan'tseeandhearanything.
C．Heoftenargueswithhispartners. D．Healwaysgivestroubletohisfamily.
( )32．AccordingtothepassagewecanknowthatGabrielMuniz________．
A．thinksotherslookdownuponhim B．isaprofessionalfootballplayer
C．prefersplayingforaclub D．isaskillfulfootballplayer
( )3．Inthepassagetheunderlinedword“norms”hasthesamemeaningof________．
A．advice B．habits C．rules D．progress
( )34．WhichofthefollowingisNOTtrueaccordingtothepassage?
A．Theboy'sfamilywassurprisedthathecouldwalkwell.
B．TheboywantstoplayfootballintheParalympics.
C．Theboyhastoomanydifficultieslivinganormallife.
D．Thesocietyhasnoticedtheboy'shardjobandtalent.
( )35．Whatisthebesttitleofthepassage?
A．ThePoweroftheDream B．TheMostPopularSports
C．ADisabledBoyandHisHero D．PracticeMakesPerfect
D
HobbiesandDreams
Name Hobby Dream Howtomakehis/herdreamcometrue
Practicesingingintheschoolmusiccluband
Ted Music Beapopularsinger
takepartinthecity’ssingingcompetitionnextyear
176新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Work as a dancer in
Katrina Dancing Gotothedancingclubtopracticedancing
London
Playing Be a runner in the
Isabel Joinasportsclubthisterm
sports nationalteam
Work as a doctor in
Hector Traveling GotoChinatostudyChinesemedicinenextyear
Beijing
Playing Be a great basketball
Bob Joinabasketballclubandexerciseeveryday
sports playerlikeLinShuhao
( )36．Katrinawantstoworkasa__________inEngland.
A．doctor B．runner C．singer D．dancer
( )37．BothIsabelandBoblike__________.
A．traveling B．playingsports C．music D．dancing
( )38．__________wantstoworkinChinawhenhegrowsup.
A．Hector B．Ted C．Bob D．Isabel
( )39．Thereisgoingtobea__________inTed’scitynextyear.
A．basketballgame B．singingcompetition
C．runningcompetition D．dancingcompetition
( )40．Fromtheaboveinformationweknowthat__________.
A．TedisgoingtostudyChinesemedicinenextyear
B．Isabellikestravelingverymuch
C．Bobwantstobeagreatbasketballplayer
四、阅读回答问题
JackandHobaregoingtohighschoolnow.Jackwantstobeanengineer.Heisgoingtobuildroads,bridges
andhouses.Hobisinterestedinmathandscience,butheisgoingtostudymedicine.Hewantstobeadoctor.
Kateisgoodatmusic.Shewantstobeamusician.Sheisgoingtowritemusicforpeople.Joanwantstobea
womanastronaut(宇航员).Shesays,"Iamgoingtoexplorespacesomeday.""Whatdoyouwanttobe,Alice?"Joan
asksme."Oh,Iwanttobeateacher.WhenIgrowup,I'mgoingtoteachinthemountainvillage."
Eachofusisdoingourbestatschool.Iamsurewewilldosomethinggoodforourcountry.
177新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
51．Howmanystudentsarementioned(被提到)inthearticle?
52．Whowantstobeamusician?
53．WhatisHobgoingtostudy?
54．WhatdoesJoanwanttobe?
55．WhereisAlicegoingtoteach?
六、补全对话7选5
A:Hi,Anna.Whatareyoudoing?
B:Oh,I'mreadingabook,LaoShe'sTeahouse.
A:56．
B:Yes,readinghelpsmealot.57．
A:Really？58．
B:Iamgoingtokeepreadingandwritingstories.Whatdoyouwanttobe?
A:59． Butmyparentswantmetobeapoliceman.
B:Don'tworry.60． Justfindyourinterestandtryyourbest.
A:Yes,youareright.
A．Iwanttobeawriter.
B．Noteveryoneknowswhattheywillbe.
C．Whyareyougoingtobeawriter?
D．Iwanttobeateacher.
E.Areyougoodatwriting?
F.Youreallylikereadingbooks!
G.Howareyougoingtomakeyourdreamcometrue?
七．. 用所给单词的适当形式填空
1. Tom,does your maths teacher often ask you to think by (you)and then discuss with group
members?
178新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
2.Hisgrandfatherhasagoodlifestyleandeats (healthy)everyday.
3.Hewantstobecomemore (organize)inthenewyear.
4.Beethovenisagreat (music).Hehasmanywonderfulworks.
5.Jackisvery (confidence)abouthisfuturebecausehestudieshardeveryday.
7.Theyoungladyisafamous (design).
8.Themanismyfavourite (direct).Ilikeallofhisfilms.
9.Those (fireman)triedtheirbesttoputoutthefireinthatoldbuilding.
9.It's (possible)formetofinishtheworkintwodays.Ineedanothertwodays.
八、书面表达
假设今天的英语课上大家都在讨论“DreamJob”。你对此有什么想法呢？请根据下面的提示，写一篇短文
谈论一下你理想的职业，与大家分享。
提示：1.What'syourdreamjob？
2.Whydoyouwanttodoit？
3.Howareyougoingtomakeyourdreamcometrue？
……
要求：1. 语句通顺、符合逻辑，可适当发挥；
2. 不少于65词。开头已给出，不计入总词数。
DreamJob
DoyouknowwhatIwanttobewhenIgrowup？
179新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit7WhenTomorrowComes
SectionAWhatareyourpredictionsaboutthefuture?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /prɪ'dɪkʃn/n. 预测；预言 2. /'autə(r)/adj. 外围的；外表的
3. /w3:s/adj.(bad的比较级)更差的；更坏的；更糟的adv.(badly的比较级)更糟；更坏
4. /'saɪfaɪ/n.(=sciencefiction)科幻小说(或影片等) 5. /'tɪkɪt/n. 票；券
6. /'pɒzətɪv/adj. 乐观的；积极的；良好的
7. /'træfɪk/n. 交通；运输 v.(非法)进行交 易；做买卖
8. /tek'nɒlədʒi/n.科技；工艺
9. /'vidiəu/n. 视频；录像系统v. 录视频； 给…….录像
10. n./'trænspɔ:t/ 交通运输系统；旅行方 式 v./træen'spɔ:t/ 运输；运送
11. /'sɪstəm/n. 系统 12. /ɪ'fiʃnt/adj. 高效的；有功效的
13. /,edʒu'keɪʃn/n. 教育 14. /leŋθ/n.时长；长度
15. /'topɪk/n. 话题；题目；标题 16. /'pa:tnə(r)/n.搭档；同伴
17. /ʃəl;ʃæl/modalv.(should/ʃud/) 将；将要 18. /pa:s/v. 及格；通过 n. 及格；通行证
19. /'wɪnə(r)/n. 优胜者；成功者 20. /kjuə(r)/n. 药物；疗法 v. 治愈；治好
21 /'kænsə(r)/n. 癌症 22. /'kɒnsət/n. 音乐会；演奏会
23. /kæʃ/n. 现金；金钱 v. 兑 现 24. /'wɒlit/n.钱包；皮夹
二．重点词汇变形
1.prediction(n.)预测；语言→ (v.)预测
2.worse（adj.）更糟的→ 最糟糕的（最高级）→ 原级 (adj.) 差的；坏的→ （adv.）
坏地；差地
3.positive(adj.)乐观的；积极的→ (adv.) 乐观地 → 反： (adj.) 消极的；负面的
4.efficient(adj.)效率高的；有功效的→ (adv.)高效率地 → (n.)效率
5.education(n.)教育 → (n.) 教育家 → (adj.) 有教育意义的 → (v.) 教育
180新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
6.length(n.)时长；长度→ (adj.)长的；很久的
7.winner(n.)优胜者；成功者→ (v.)赢得；获胜
三．重点短语通关
1. 对未来作出预测 2. 为未来做准备
3. 实现 4. 同意某人/某事
5. 在外太空 6. 接替；接管；接收
7. 出现；出版；发行 8. 邀请某人做某事
9. 气候变化 10. 在将来
11. 找到做某事的方法 12. 把地球变成更好的
13. 一部激动人心的科幻电影 14. 使保持我的眼睛睁开
15. 怎么了，什么事 16. 交通系统
17. 听起来不错 19. 交通意外
20. 对...持乐观态度
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionA课文重现
Helen:Hi,Jennifer.What'sup?
Jennifer:Oh,hi,Helen.I'mwatchingavideoaboutfuturepredictions.
Helen:So,whatwillthefuturebelike?
Jennifer:Well,therewillbemorepeopleincities,butthetransportsystemwillbe
moreefficient.Itmeansthattherewillbefewertrafficaccidents.
Helen:Soundsgreat!Anyotherpredictions?
Jennifer:Students probably won't go to a school in the future. They will study at
homeoranyplacetheywant.
Helen:Oh,butIreallylikegoingtoschool!Anythingelse?
Jennifer:Andpeoplewilllivelonger.
Helen:Really?Why?
Jennifer: Because we'll have better health care technology in our homes. Machines will
tellushowtosolvesmallhealthproblemsbeforetheybecomebigger.
Helen:That'llbegreat.Howlongwillmostpeoplelive?
181新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Jennifer;Well,morepeoplewilllivetobeover100yearsold.Somemayevenlivetobe150.
Helen:Wow,thatsoundswonderful!
【考点1.】Whichofthepredictionsdoyouthinkwillcometruein100years?你认为在100年以后以下哪一个
预期将会实现？
【用法详解】“in+时间段”表示“ ”;常用于一般将来时。对“in+时间段”的提问，使用 意
为“还要多久”。 三天后 两周后 100年后
Eg:Ithinktherewillbemorepollutionin50years.我认为50年后会有更多的污染。
Eg:Howsoonwillyoufinishyourhomework?你多久能完成作业?
---inanhour 一个小时以后
相关拓展：“for+时间段”表示“ ”。常用于现在完成时。对“for+时间段”的提问，使用 意
为“多久”。
Eg:Mybrotherdancedfor2hoursyesterday.我弟弟昨天练舞了两个小时。
Eg:HowlonghasSeanexercisedonSunday.肖恩周天锻炼了多久?
---fortwohours.两个小时。
牛
刀小试
( )1. willyougotoschool? ---inaweek.
A.Howlong B.Howsoon C.Howoften D.Howfar
( )2. willyoustayinBeijing? ---Foraboutaweek.
A.Howlong B.Howsoon C.Howoften D.Howmany
( )3. canweexpecttohearfromyouagain?---Inacoupleofdays.
A.Howlong B.Howsoon C.Howoften D.Howfast
( )4.-- _isitfromyourhometotheschool?---Abouttenminutes'walk.
A.Howlong B.Howsoon C.Howoften D.Howfar
( )5. doesthetrainleaveforShanghai?---Inhalfanhour.
A.Howlong B.Howsoon C.Howoften D.Howmanytimes
【考点2.】AIandrobotswilltakeoverboringwork.所有的机器人将接替无聊的工作。
【用法详解】takeover意为“接替；接管；接收”
Eg:MissLitookoverourclasswhenweenteredgrade3.三年级后李老师接管了我们班。
相关搭配: 接替某人
Eg:Hetookoverthebasketballmatchfromme.他接替我继续篮球比赛。
182新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Thenewworkerwill theprojectnextweek.
A.takeover B.takeoff C.takeup D.takeaway
（ ） 2.He____ _hisbrother'sdutiesduringthevacation.
A.tookdown B.tookafter C.tookover D.takeout
【考点3.】Anewsci-fifilmiscomingout.一部新的科幻电影正在热映。
【用法详解】①comeout意为“ ”。
Eg:Hisnewmoviewillcomeoutnextweek.他的新电影下周上映。
②comeout意为“ ”。
Eg:Thestarscameoutastheskydarkened.天空变暗后，星星出现 。
③comeout意为“ ”。
Eg:Thetruthcameoutinthenewsyesterday.昨天新闻曝光了事件的真相。
④comeout意为“ .”。
Eg:Everythingcameoutwellintheend.最终一切都很顺利。
⑤comeout意为“ ”
Eg:JasmineswillcomeoutinSummer.茉莉会在夏天盛开。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Springiscoming,theflowerswill
A. comeon B.comeout C.comeover D.comeup
( )2.ThefilmactedbyWangYiBowas lastyear.
B. cameon B.comeout C.comeom D.cameout
【考点4.】Sowhatwillthefuturebelike? 所以未来将会是什么样的？
【用法详解】①like作介词,译为“像,类似”。Belike问“内在”,用于描述内在特质(性格、行为等) 。
对性格,品质进行提问 某人是什么样的人?
Eg:Whatisshelike?她是什么样的人?
---Sheisquiet她很文静
②:looklike问“外在”仅指视觉可见的外貌特征。
对外貌进行提问 某人长什么样?
Eg:Whatdoeshelooklike?他长得什么样?
183新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
---Hehastwobigeyes.他有两个大眼睛.
③.作为动词,译为"喜欢"。询问某人喜欢什么? 某人喜欢什么?
Eg:Whatdoeshelike?他喜欢什么?-----Helikescampingwithallthings.他喜欢搬家露营.
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.-Whatdoesyourbrotherlooklike?------ .
A.Helikesfootball B.Heistallandthin C.Heiskind D.Heisathome
（ ）2.-Canyoutellme -----He’sactiveandenergetic.
A.Whatdoeshelike B.Whathelikes C.Whatheislike. D.Whatishelike
（ ）3.-Whatdoesyournewfriendlooklike?------ _.
A.HeisfromAustralia B.Heistallandofmediumbuild
C.Heisverynicetoothers D.Hehasapairofblueshoes
【考点5.】Itmeansthattherewillbefewertrafficaccidents. 这就意味着交通事故会更少。
【用法详解】fewer意为“更少的”。是few的比较级形式。修饰可数名词。
Eg:Therewillbefewermistakesifyoumorecareful.如果你更认真的话就会犯更少的错。
相关拓展：①less意为“更少的”。是little的比较级形式。修饰不可数名词。
Eg:Moreandmorepeoplego outbybiketomakelesspollution.越来越多多的人骑车出行来
减少污染。
②辨析 little,alittle,few,afew
afew意为“有一些;有几个"，表示肯定的意义。修饰可数名词。
few意为“没有，几乎没有"，表示否定的意义。修饰可数名词。
alittle意为“有一点，有一些”，表示肯定的意义。修饰不可数名词。
little意为“几乎没有”，表示否定的概念。修饰不可数名词。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Tomake mistakes,Ithinkyoushouldbe carefulwithyourhomework.
A.Less,muchmore B.fewer,muchmore C.less,manymuch D.fewer,manymore
( )2.Therewere _rainydaysthismonththanlastmonth.
A.Less B.fewer C.little D.few
( )3.Ittookme thananhourtocompletemyhomework.
A.Less B.fewer C.little D.few
184新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
( )4.Mylittlesisterhas__less moneyinherpiggybankthanIdo.
A.more B.fewer C.less D.few
( )5.Theswimmingpoolhas waterthanitdidlastweek.
A.Less B.fewer C.more D.few
【考点6.】Machineswilltellushowtosolvesmallhealthproblemsbeforetheybecomebigger。机器会在小的
健康问题变大之前告诉人们如何解决。
【用法详解】tell 作动词，意为“告诉；讲述”，
相关搭配： 告诉某人做(不做)某事
Eg:Myteachertoldusnottoeatinclass.我的老师告诉我们不要在课堂上吃东西。
告诉某人某事
Eg:Please,tellmethetruth.求你，把真相告诉我。
tellsb.+ 宾语从句告诉某人....
Eg:Shetellsme(that)ShewillbeournewEnglishteacher.她告诉我她将会是我们的新英语老师。
tellsb+特殊疑问词+todo告诉某人...
Eg:Hetoldmehowtogetthere.昨天他告诉我怎么去哪儿?
相关拓展： 讲故事 说实话 郑重声明 说谎;撒谎
牛
刀小试
( )1.Canyou_ methewaytothebakery?
A.say B.speak C.talk D.tell
( )2.Sugarlikesto jokeswhenshemeetsus.
A.speak B.say C.tell D.talk
( )3.Tinycan Englishverywell.
A.speak B.say C.tell D.talk
( )4.We should hello to our friends and teachers when
wemeetthem.
A.say B.speak C.talk D.tell
( )5.My brother told me playing basketball more can
keepfit.
A. practise B. topractiseC. practisingD.practise
185新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【考点7.】Howlongwillmostpeoplelive?人们将会活多久？
【用法详解】①howlong指多长时间，主要用来对一段时间(如threedays,fourweeks 等)提问,常用“for+时间
段”或“since+时间点”回答。
Eg:Howlonghaveyouknownhim?你认识他有多久了?
Forsixyears.六年了。
②howlong可以用来提问具体物体的长度。
Eg:Howlongistheboard?这条木板有多长?Aboutonemeter.大约一米。
相关拓展：howlong、howsoon、howoften、howfar
常用“for+一段时间”或“since+时间点”
howlong 多久;多长时间 常对时间段提问
“since+时间段+ago”来回答
对“in+时间段”提问，常用于
howsoon 多久以后 其答语常用“in+时间段”
一般将来时态的句子中
其答语常用“once(twice/….)+时间段”，
howoften 多久一次 对频率提问
always，often等频度副词
其答语是表距离的内容
howfar 多远 对距离提问 Fivekilometers五公里
Fiveminutes’walk 五分钟的路
牛
刀小试
( )1.- hashestudiedEnglish.HehasstudiedEnglishfortenyears.
A.howmuch B.howfar C.howmany D.howlong
( )2.-__ _isitfromheretoourschool?一Itisfivekilometersfromheretoourschool.
A.howmuch B.howfar C.howmany D.howlong
( )3.-____willthebusleaveNanjingforShanghai?-ThebuswillleaveNanjingforShanghaiinamoment.
A.howmuch B.howsoon C.howmany D.howlong
( )4.-Tom,yourteethlooksonice.____doyoubrushyourteeth?-Twiceormoreaday.
A.Howmanytimes B.Howlong C.Howoften D.Howsoon
( )5.-___hasHongKongbeenbacktoourmotherland?-For22years.Howtimeflies!
A.Howlong B.Howsoon C.Howoften D.Howmuch
186新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
四．单元重点语法讲练
一般将来时
一、语法概述
一般将来时表示将来某个时间要发生的动作，事情或存在的状态，也表示将来经常或反复发生的动作或事情。
及计划、打算或准备做某事。常常与表示将来的时间状语连用。如：tomorrow, next day(week, month,
year…),soon,thedayaftertomorrow(后天)等。
其基本结构主要有“begoingto+动词原形”和“will+动词原形”。
will本身没有人称和数的变化，常缩写为’ll，
其否定形式为willnot，常缩写为 won’t 。
二、一般将来时的基本结构
类型 结构 例句
肯定句 Peoplewillhaverobotsintheirhomesinthefuture.
. 将来人们家里会有机器人。
否定句 People won’t have robots in their homes in the
. future.将来人们家里不会有机器人。
一般疑问句 —Will people have robots in their homes in the
及其肯定、 future?将来人们家里会有机器人吗？
否定回答 肯定回答：Yes, 主语+will. —Yes,theywill.是的，他们会有。
否定回答：No, 主语+won’t. No,theywon’t.不，他们不会有。
特殊疑问句 Why will people have robots in their homes in the
？ future? 为什么将来人们家里会有机器人呢？
牛
刀小试
根据所给提示，完成句子（每空一词，含缩略词）。
1.Mybrotherwillgotothemoviesthisevening.(改为否定句)
Mybrother tothemoviesthisevening.
2.TheywillstudyathomeoncomputersthisSaturday.(改为一般疑问句）
they athomeoncomputersthisSaturday?
3Iwillfinishreadingthenovelintwoweeks.(对划线部分提问）
187新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
willyoufinishreadingthenovel?
三、一般将来时的用法
①“will+动词原形”常与表示将来的时间状语连用，如tomorrow,thedayaftertomorrow,nextyear,inthefuture
等。
②一般现在时有时也可表示将来，表示按照时间表将要发生的动作或事件，或者事先安排好的动作。有此用法
的动词主要有：be,arrive,begin,come,start,leave,go等
Eg.Thetrainleavesat9:00p.m.火车将于晚上九点出发。
③表示位置移动的动词，如go,leave,start,come,arrive,reach等，可用现在进行时表示按计划或安排将要发生
的动作。
Eg.Myfatheriscomingtoseeme. 我父亲就要来看我了。
相关拓展：therebe句型的一般将来时结构
therebe句型的一般将来时结构有两种，即：
句型 Therewillbe+ 主语 + 其他. Thereis/aregoingtobe+ 主语 + 其他
否定句 Therewon’tbe+ 主语 + 其他. Thereisn’t/aren’tgoingtobe+ 主语 + 其他
一般疑问句 Willtherebe+ 主语 + 其他? Is/Aretheregoingtobe+ 主语 + 其他?
肯定回答 Yes,therewill. Yes,thereis/are.
否定回答 No,therewon’t. No,thereisn’t/aren’t.
注意：therebe句型和have不可共存。
牛
刀小试
( B )1.There afootballmatchinourschooltomorrow.
A.willhave B.willbe C.is D.isgoingtohave
( A )4.There afoodfestivalinourschoolnextweekend.
A. isgoingtobe B. aregoingtobe C. isgoingtohave D.aregoingtohave
四、“begoingto+动词原形”与“will+动词原形”的区别
1.begoingto含有“计划；准备”的意思，而will则没有这个意思。
Eg.Heisgoingtoactasci-fi film.他打算演一部科幻电影。
2.在含有条件状语从句的复合句中，主句一般不用begoingto，而多用will。
Eg.Ifyouhaveproblems,I’llstaywithyouandhelpyou.如果你有困难，我会和你在一起并且帮助你。
3.“begoingto+动词原形”表示根据目前迹象推断将要发生的事情；“will+动词原形”表示客观上将来势必发
188新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
生的事情。
Eg.Lookatthedarkclouds!It’sgoingtorain! 看那些乌云！就要下雨了！
Hewillbetwenty-eightyearsoldnextyear. 明年他就28岁了。
牛
刀小试
( )1.—Thecoffee’sfinished!—Oh,sorry!I________totheshoptogetsome.
A.amgoing B.wasgoing C.went D.havegone
( )2.John________uswhenheisfree.
A.joins B.join C.willjoin D.joined
( )3.—Whatareyouexpectingtodowhentheflustopsspreading?
—I________theworldandenjoydifferentfood.
A.goaround B.havebeenonatourof C.willtravelaround
( )4.—I toHainanonvacationwithmyparentsthiscomingsummerholiday.—That'sgreat!
A.go B.went C.willgo D.havegone
( )5.—IsHelenhere?—Notyet,butshe______________inhalfhour.
A.arrives B.willarrive C.arrived D.hasarrived
( )6．—Iwonderifyou________usfortheEnglishpartytomorrow.—IfI________free,Iwillgowithyou.
A．willjoin,am B．willjoin,willbe C．join,am
( )7． There________aconcertinourschoolhallnextweek.
A．is B．was C．willbe D．willhave
( )8． —IsHelenhere?—No,sheisn’there,She________inhalfanhour.
A．arrives B．arrived C．willarrive D．hasarrived
( )9． —Hasyourfathercomebackyet?—No.He________comeback________thisSunday.
A．doesn’t;until B．won’t;after C．doesn’t;after D．won’t;until
( )10． Wehavenomorevegetablesinthefridge.I_____andbuysome.
A．go B．went C．willgo D．wasgoing
用所给单词的适当形式填空
1．Mymother (be)backintwodays.
2．There (be)heavysnowtomorrow.
3．He (take)thetraintoschoolyesterday.
189新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
4．Thebuilders manybuildings(build)inourcitylastyear.
5．Wecandotheworkwith (little)moneyand (few)peoplethantheycan.
6．They (nothave)anyclassesnextweek.
7．Betty (write)toherparentstomorrow.
8．Lookatthoseclouds.It (rain).
9．He (read)anEnglishbooknow.
10．Look!Manygirls (dance)overthere.
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1．—IsJackhere?—Notyet,buthe_________inhalfanhour.
A．arrives B．willarrive C．arrived D．hasarrived
( )2．—CanIseetheheadmasternow?
—I’m afraid you can’t. He ________a meeting. He ________ back in 10 minutes.Youcan wait for him in his
office.
A．willhave;willcome B．willhave;comes C．ishaving;willcomeD．ishaving;comes
( )3．Myfather________usaspeechinourschoolnextweek.
A．give B．gave C．wasgiving D．willgive
( ) 4．— Doyouthink________anartshownextweek?— Yes,Ithinkso.
A．therehave B．therewillhave C．therewillbe D．thereisgoingtohave
( )5．—IsJimstillangry________you?—No.Wemadepeace________eachotheryesterday.
A．at;with B．with;at C．with;with D．about;with
( )6．IwanttoknowifMary________tothepartytomorrow.
A．go B．went C．willgo D．goes
( ) 7．—Theairisveryfreshinourcity.Thereisless_______thanbefore.
—Yes.Thegovernmenthastakenactiontoprotecttheenvironment.
A．wood B．pollution C．noise D．water
( ) 8．—Who______folksongsattheconcert? —Sorry,butIamgoingtomorrow.Ilikefolkmusic.
A．sings B．sang C．willsing D．sings
( )9．---Whatwillthefuture________?---Citieswillbemore________.
190新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A．like;pollute B．belike;polluted C．like;pollution D．belike;pollution
( )10．Wewilltryourbesttodotheworkwith_________moneyand_______people.
A．few;little B．afew;alittle C．less;fewer D．fewer;less
二、用括号内所给词的适当形式填空
1.Thisbookisreally (education).Studentscanlearnalotfromit.
2..She (pass)allthetestsandbecamethe (win)ofthecompetition.
3.TheyoungprofessorGuiHaichaogotthechancetogointo (out)spacethroughhardtraining.
4.I spent one night's time making some (video)about the story to take part in the “Tell
China'sStories”competition.
5. (future)sayrobotswillbe a largepart oflife.
三、从方框中选择合适的单词并用其适当形式填空
traffic long positive technology shall
1.The ofthe report must be at least 5 minutes.
2.Training your mind to think isagoodwaytolivehappily.
3.Luckily,we're in the age of AI .Everythingcanbesmart.
4. webuysomecolourfulstarsandflowerstodecoratethehouse,Mum?
5.Thereissomuch ontheroadtodaythatIamlateforschool.
四、完型填空
Therearemanykindsofpollutionaroundus, 1 airpollution,soilpollution,noisepollutionandlight
pollution.Theyarebad 2 ourhealthinmanyways.
Burninggas,oilandcoalcreatesairpollution.Itcancausesoreeyesandbreathingproblems.
Inourlife,litter(废弃物)iseverywhere.It 3 ourenvironmentdirty.Peopleputlotsofrubbishintheland.
Pilotsusetoomanychemicalsinthefields.Theydoharmtothesoil.Sosoilpollutionisbecomingmoreandmore
4 .
Noisepollutioncanmakepeopledeaf.Forexample,peoplemaylosetheirhearingiftheyworkina 5
placeforalongtime. 6 noisecancausehighbloodpressure(血压)aswell.
191新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
7 foralongtimeinstronglightmaycausesomeotherproblems.Itmakespeoplefeel 8 andthe
eyes canbeveryuncomfortable.
With 9 pollution,ourplanetwillbecomegreenerandourhealth 10 better.Let'sbegreenerpeople.
（ ）1．A．suchas B．forexample C．aswellas D．becauseof
（ ） 2．A．to B．in C．for D．of
（ ） 3．A．makes B．helps C．gives D．lets
（ ） 4．A．serious B．important C．clear D．dangerous
（ ）5．A．Noise B．noisy C．quiet D．quietly
（ ）6．A．Muchtoo B．Manytoo C．Toomuch D．Toomany
（ ）7．A．Working B．Work C．Worked D．Works
（ ）8．A．comfortable B．possible C．terrible D．ugly
（ ）9．A．little B．less C．few D．fewer
（ ）10．A．willbe B．wouldbe C．was D．is
五、阅读单选
A
As time goes by, everything in our life improves. Do you want to know about what our homes will be like in the
future?Herearesomepredictions(预测)：
Wanttotakeashowerwhenyougethome?You’llbeabletoletyoursmart(智能)waterheater(热水器)start
heatingupwhenyou’reonyourwayhome.
DidIturnofftheoven?DidIclosethewindow?Everyonemayhaveamomentlikethat.Butinthefuture,your
homewillchecktheseforyou.
Inyourhomeofthefuture,allofyourdevices(设备)canworktogethertomakeyourlifemorecomfortable.
Whenyouturnonthelightsinthemorning,yourwindowswillopenatthesametime.Thelightswillslowlyturnoff
bythemselvesafterthesunappears.
Yourhomemayhavedangers.Thehackers(黑客)couldopenyourdoorandbringaloss(损失)atyourhome
throughyourphoneorotherdevices.Yourhomewilltellyouaboutit,butyoucan’tarriveintime.Sopeoplewillhave
tobecarefuloftheirpersonalinformation.
( )1．Whatcanwedoonourwayhomeinthefuture?
A．Takeashower. B．Keepworking.
C．Letthewaterheaterwork. D．Havealookatoursmarthomedevices.
192新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
( )2．Whatwillourlifebelikeinthefutureinsmarthomes?
A．Moreboring. B．Verybusy.
C．VerySafe. D．Morecomfortable.
( )3．Whowillletyouknowifsomeonebreaksintoyourhomeinthefuture?
A．Yourhome. B．Yourneighbor.
C．Yourphone. D．Yourfriend.
( )4．Howmanykindsofpredictionsarementioned(提到)inthepassage?
A．Two. B．Three. C．Four. D．Five.
( )5．What’sthebesttitleofthepassage?
A．SomeBeautifulHouses B．HomesoftheFuture
C．ABetterWorld D．SomeFamousPredictions
B
Doyouwanttoknowwhatourlifewillbelikeinthefuture?Let’shavealook.Youmaygetasurprise.
Youwillgotothekitchenwhenyouarehungry.Youwillgiveorderstothekitchenrobot.Therobotwillcookthe
foodforyouinafewminutes.Thenitwillbringittoyou.
Inthekitchenyouwillfindaspecialfoodmachine.Thefoodmachinewilltellyouwhatyourbodyneeds.Itwill
helpyoueathealthily.Thefoodmachinewillbeconnectedwith(连接)thekitchenrobot.Therobotcangetmessages
fromthefoodmachine.
Afterhavingameal,youcangotoyourhomeoffice.Youwillworkathomeandyoudon’tneedtogooutto
workanymore.
Youwillhaveaspecialinformationscreen.Youcangetanyinformationonthescreen.Whenyoureceivea
messagefromafriendinAmerica,yourinformationscreenwillbeturnedonautomatically(自动地).Yourfriend’sface
appearsonthescreen.Thenyoucantalktoyourfriendeasily.
( )51．Whatisthesecondparagraph(段)about?
A．It’sabouthealthyfood. B．It’saboutthekitchenrobot.
C．It’saboutanicekitchen. D．It’saboutarobotwhichcandohomework.
( )52．Accordingto(根据)thepassage,______willtellyouwhatyourbodyneeds.
A．thekitchenrobot B．thefoodmachine
C．theinformationscreen D．thecomputer
193新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
( )53．Whatdoestheunderlinedword“receive”meaninChinese?
A．丢失 B．复制 C．接收 D．保存
( )54．Youcanseeyourfriend’sface_______.
A．onthewall B．onthescreen
C．ontheInternet D．onTV
( )55．What’sthebesttitleforthepassage?
A．Ourlifeinthefuture B．Afoodmachine
C．Aspecialinformationscreen D．Akitchenrobot
四、阅读回答问题
Wewillseeanewkindoflittlecarcalled"E-car"inthestreetinthefuture.Thecarisassmallasabike,butit
cancarrytwopeopleinit.Everybodycandriveiteasily,justlikeridingabike.Evenchildrenandoldpeoplecandrive
ittoschoolorparks.
Ifeveryonedrivessuchacarinthefuture,theairwillbefresher.Therewillbemorespaceforallthecarsin
cities,andtherewillalsobemoreplacesforpeopletowalkinthestreet.
Thelittlecarcan'tgoveryfast(itcangoonly65kilometersanhour),sodrivingwillbesafer.Itwillbe
convenientforpeopletogoaroundthecity,andit'llbealsousefulforalongtrip.
Peoplewon'thavetospendmuchmoneyonE-cars.Theyaresocheapthatalmostallpeoplecanaffordtobuy.
Andthiskindofcarscansavelotsofgas.Theycango450kilometerswithonlyalittlegas.
41．IsanE-carasbigasabike?
42．Whatwilltheairbelikeifeveryonedrivessuchacarinthefuture?
43．WhyarepeoplesaferwhentheydrivetheE-car?
44．Howmanypeoplecanthelittlecarcarry?
45．What’sthetopicsentenceofthefourthparagraph?
194新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit7WhenTomorrowComes
SectionBHowcanweprepareforthefuture?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /gest/n.客人；宾客 2. /'ɔ:θə(r)/n.作者；作家
3. /,best 'selɪŋ/adj.畅销的 4. /'fju:ʃərɪst/n.未来学家
5. /'evriweə(r)/adv.&pron.&conj.到处；所有地方
6. /'s3:vɪs/n. 服务；公共服务 7. /di'za:stə(r)/n. 灾难；不幸
8. /i'm3:dʒənsɪ/n.突发事件；紧急情况 9. /,drsə'pɪə(r)/v. 消失；不见
10. /'tʃælɪndʒɪŋ/adj.挑战性的 11. /'paɪlət/n.飞行员；领航员
12. /'eksp3:t/n. 专家；行家 adj. 熟练的；内 行的
13. /rɪ'pleɪs/v.代替；取代 14. /,kri:eɪ'tivəti/n.创造力
15. /ɪ'məuʃənl/adj. 情感的；情绪的 16. /ɪn'telɪdʒəns/n. 智力；智慧
17. /'menʃn/v. 提到；写到 18. /rɪ'frɪdʒəreɪtə(r)/(=fridge/frdʒ/)n.冰箱
19. /ək'sept/v. 接受；相信 20. /'nfluəns/n. 影响；对……起作用 v. 影响；作用
21. /kri'eɪtiv/adj. 创造性的；创作的 22. /ɪm'pɒsəbl/adj. 不可能的
23. (=versus/ 'v3:səs/)prep. 对；对抗
24. /'kwɒləti/n. 素质；质量；品质 adj.优质的；高质量的
25. /dɪ'veləp/v. 增强；发展；开发 26. /'d3:mən/n. 德语；德国人 adj.德国的
27. /'væljuəbl/adj. 很有用的；宝贵的 28. /tʃælɪndʒ/n. 挑战；质疑 v. 向(某人)
29. /'pʌblɪk/adj. 公共的；公众的 30. /'medɪkl/adj.医学的；医疗的
31. /'ɪndəstri/n. 行业；工业 32. /fra:ns/ 法国
33. /ta:sk/n. 任务；工作 34. /dɪ'pend/v. 取决于；依靠
二．重点词汇变形
1.futurist(n.) 未来学家→ (n.)未来；将来
2.service(n.)服务→ (v.) 为….服务→ (n.)仆人
3.emergency(n.)突发事件；紧急情况→ 复数形式：
4.disappear(v.)消失；不见→ 反： (v.) 出 现
5.challenging(adj.)挑战性的→ (v.)(n.) 挑战
6.replace(v.)代替；取代→ (n.） 代替
7.creativity(n.)创造力→ (adj.) 有创造力的 → (v.) 创造
195新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
8.emotional(adj.) 情感的 → (n.) 情绪
9.intelligence(n.) 智力 → (adj.)有智慧的；机智的
10.impossible(adj.)→反： 可能的
11.develop(v.)→ (n.)发展→ (adj.)发达的→ (adj.)发展中的
12.German(n.)(adj.)→ 复数形式： 德国人 → (n.)德国
13.valuable(adj.)有用的；宝贵的→ (adj.)极其宝贵的；价值极高的→ (n.)价值 (v.)重视；珍视
14.public(adj.)公共的→ (adv.) 公共地
15.medical(adj.)医学的；医疗的→ (n.) 医药；药
16.industry(n.)行业；工业→ (adj.) 工业的
17.depend(v.) 取决于；依赖→ (adj.)依赖的 → 反：独立的(adj.)→ (n.) 独立
18change(v.)改变；变化→ (adj.)多变的
19.prepare(v.)为...准备 → (n.) 准备
20.invite(v.)邀 请 → (n.)邀请
21.believe(v.)相信 → (n.) 信仰；信念
22.scientist(n. 科学家 → (n.) 科学 → (adj.) 科学的
三．重点短语通关
1. 最畅销的书 2. 感谢某人做某事
3. 拯救生命 4. 去超市
5. 缺少 6. 将来的某一天
7. 采取措施做某事 8. 满足公众的需求
9. 逃避 10. 建造一个智能的公共交通系统
11. 离开；消失 12. 专注于；集中于
13. 亲近自然 16. 邀请去某人来某个地方
17. 只要
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionB课文重现
ReadyforTomorrow?
Host: Good evening, everyone! Our guest today is Dr Pete Roberts, author of the
best-sellingbookReadyforTomorrow.Sowelcometoourshow,DrRoberts.
Guest:Goodevening,Thankyou,it'sapleasuretobehere.
196新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Host:DrRoberts,thankyouforjoiningus.So,asafuturist,canyoutellushowlifewillbedifferentin50years?
Guest:Well,you'llseerobotsworkingeverywhere.
Host:Canyougiveussomeexamples?
Guest: Well, we’ ll have service robots. They will do almost all our housework. They
willalsohelpsaveliveswhendisastersandemergencieshappen.
Host:So,whatjobswillhumansstilldointhefuture?
Guest: Good question! Some jobs today will disappear in the coming years. However,
therewillbemorechallengingjobsinthefuture,suchasspacepilotsandAlexperts.
Host:Doyouthinkrobotswillreplacehumansoneday?
Guest: No, I don't, Our creativity and emotional intelligence are important for relationships. Al will not replace
humansforthesethings.
Host:YoumentionedAl.HowwillAlchangeourworld?
Guest: It will change the world in many ways, For example, we won't need to go to the supermarket, Smart
refrigeratorswillunderstandourneeds.Whenwearealmostoutofsomefood,theywillorderitforus.
Host:Wow,that'llsaveusalotoftime!Now,mylastquestion:Howcanweprepareforthefuture?
Guest:It'ssimple.Justacceptchange.Keeplearningandworkinghard.Today'schoiceswillinfluenceyourfuture.
Host:Thankyouforyourtime,DrRoberts.
【考点1.】Dr Roberts,thank you for joining us.罗伯特博士，谢谢你加入我们。
【用法详解】thankyoufor=thanksfor 意为“为...表示感谢”，强调 。for 后面可跟名
词、代词或动词-ing 形式。
相关搭配： = 感谢做某事。
Eg:Thankyouforgivingmegoodnightgreetingeverynight.谢谢你送我的晚安。
相关拓展：① 感激能够做某事。
Eg:Iwasthankfultogetthistickettotheconcertofmyidol.我非常感激能够得到我
担演唱会的门票。
②thanksto 意为“多亏了.…;由于...的帮助”，相当于becauseof...或withthehelp
of...，强调 。在此短语中，to是一个介词，后接名词或代词。
Eg:Thankstomybrother,Iamhappyagain.多亏我的弟弟，我心情又好了。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Thanksfor theflowersforme.
197新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.watering B.water C.watered D.towater
( )2.- theteacher,IpassedtheEnglishexam!
A.Thankfor B.Thanksto C.Thanksfor D.Thank to
【考点2.】So,asafuturist,canyoutellushowlifewillbedifferentin50years?所有，作为一名未来学家，你可
以告诉我们50年以后我们的生活会有什么不同吗？
【用法详解】1.futurist 作名词，意为“未来学家”。指研究未来趋势(如科技、社会发展)的专家。
相关拓展: 未来的 未来派的，超前的
2.as作介词，意为“作为，当做；以...的身份”，后常接名词。
Eg:Asastudent,weshouldpaymoreattentiontoourstudy.作为一个学生，我
们应该更聚力于我们的学习。
相关拓展：①work/serve/function/actassb/sth作为........; 担任...........
Eg:Mybrotherworksasateacherinamiddleschool. 我弟弟在一个中学当老师。
②view/treat/consider/regardrecognize/acknowledgeAasB 把A视为B;承认A是B
Eg:Ourheadteachertreatusashiskids.我们班主任对待我们就像自己的孩子。
③As作为连词，引导时间状语从句，表示:
Eg:Thethiefwascaughtas/whenhewasstealinginthesupermarket.小偷在超市行窃时被逮住了。
④As 作为连词，引导方式状语从句，表示:
Eg:Helaughedasakidwhenhemethisbrother.见到哥哥他笑得像个孩子。
⑥As 作为连词，引导原因状语从句，表示:
Eg:Asshewasill,shedidn'tcometotheparty.由于病了，她没来参加晚会。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Heclimbedtherock abluesheep(岩羊).
A.like B.seem C.as D.similar
( )2.Theteacherdidn’tcomethismorning____ __shewasill.
A.becauseof B.as C.so D.cause
3.Shewantstobea whenshegrowup. (future)
4.wewon’tworktogetherinabigoffices .(在将来)
5.随着时间的推移，天气变得越来越暖了。(翻译)
.
198新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【考点3】youwillseerobotsworkingeverywhere.你将到处都看到机器人在工作。
【用法详解】see是一个感官动词，感官动词 +doing 表示动作的连续性，进行性。
相关搭配： 看见某人正在做某事。
Eg:Isawhimworkinginthegardenyesterday.
昨天我看到他正在花园里干活。（强调"我见他正干活"这个动作）
相关拓展：感官动词 +do表示动作的完整性，真实性。
看见某人做某事。
Eg:Isawhimworkinthegardenyesterday.昨天我看见他在花园里干活了。(强调"我看见了"这个事实)
此类词还有：
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Theyknewherverywell.Theyhadseenher_ __upfromchildhood.
A.grow B.grew C.wasgrowing D.togrow
（ ）2.Themissingboywaslastseen___neartheriver.
A. play B.tobeplaying C.playing D.toplay
3.Theoldmanoftenseethestudents (play)basketballafterdinner.
4.Theoldmansawthestudents (play)basketballwhenhepassedby.
5.Theynoticedsomeone (talk)whentheypassedtheclassroom.
【考点4】they will also help save lives when disasters and emergencies happen.在灾难和紧急情况下，它
们也会帮助拯救生命。
【用法详解】①disaster作可数名词，意为“灾难、灾祸、灾害，指大破坏、痛苦或伤亡”。 语气较弱，强调
最终的结局。
Eg:Thatwasadisasterifevertherewasone! 那确实是场灾难。
②emergency作可数名词，意为“突发事件，紧急情况”。作形容词，意为“紧急的;应急的”。
Eg:Ican’tcometoworkduetoafamilyemergency.我家里有个紧急情况不能来上班了。
相关拓展：majoremergency重大事故 medicalemergency紧急医疗事件 minoremergency轻微事故
【考点5】Somejobstodaywilldisappearinthecomingyears.在未来的几年如今的一些工作都将消失。
【用法详解】①disappear 作动词，意为“消失;不见”。强调从视线中或某个地方消失，不再被看见或存在于
原来的位置，不一定意味着彻底消失或不存在。
Eg:I want to take a photo for you ,but The moon disappeared behind the
199新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
clouds.我想给你拍个月亮，但是它老不出来。
②词缀dis-常加在名词、动词或形容词前面,表示否定意义,或表示“分开”。
Eg:appear出现→ 消失 agree同意→ 不同意
Satisfied满意的→ 不满意的 like喜欢→ 不喜欢
牛
刀小试
1.Themagicianmadetherabbit （appear）
【考点6】ourcreativity and emotionalintelligenceareimportant forrelationships.Al willnot replacehumans
forthesethings.我们的创造力和情感智能对人际关系很重要，人工智能无法替代这些方面的人类。
【用法详解】①creativity作名词，意为“创造力,创新的能力”。其动词形式是 意为“创造;创作;
创建 ”形容词形式是 意为“创造性的；创新的”。 是另
一个名词形式，意为“创作；创造物”，是指通过创意和努力产生新的事物。
创作者；创造者。
Eg:ThescientistsofChinaisfullofcreativity.中国的科学家们创造力十足。
②emotional作形容词，意为“情感的；情绪的；情绪化的”。
描述与情绪或情感有关的事物，或形容某个人的感受、反应等。
Eg:Itryandhelppeopledealwithemotionalproblems.
我帮助人们应对情绪上的问题。
③intelligence作名词，意为“.智能，智力，情报”。其形容词形式为intelligent意为“聪明的”。
AI:artificialintelligence 人工智能
牛
刀小试
1.Ourschoolhelda creative (create)mathcompetitionlastweek.
2.Doyoufeellike creating (create)somenewicecream?
【考点7】youmentionedAI.你提到了AI.
【用法详解】mention 作动词，意为“提及、谈到”。
相关搭配 向某人提及某事。
Eg:Sheforgettomentionthemeetingtimetome.她忘记跟我提会议的时间了。
小事一桩，不足挂齿。表达“不客气”。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Thanksforyouhelpingwithmymath.
200新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
------
A.nothankyou B.itdoesn’tmatter C.Don’tmentionit D.takeiteasy
（ ）2.I’mverysorrytobreakyourcup?
------
A.notatall B.itdoesn’tmatter C.nosorry D.Don’tmentionit
【考点8】Howcanweprepareforthefuture?我们应该如何准备未来？
【用法详解】① 意为“为……做准备。
Eg:Wearepreparingforthefinalexam.我们正在为期末考试做准备。
② 意为“准备做某事’。
Eg:Sheispreparingtosingasong.她正准备唱一首歌。
③ 意为“为某人准备某物”
Eg:wearepreparinghimaBirthdayparty=wearepreparingaBirthdaypartyforhim.我们正在为他准备生日聚会。
相关拓展： 为某事做准备 准备好做某事
牛
刀小试
( )1.Iampreparing youatanytime.
A.tohelp B.help C.helping D.helped
( )2.Theyaredoingalotofexercisetoprepare thesportsmeeting.
A.to B.for C.in D.of
【考点9】Today'schoiceswillinfluenceyourfuture.今天的选择会影响你的未来。
【用法详解】1.influence作动词，意为“影响；对……起作用”。作名词，意为“影响；作用”。指对行动、思
想、性格等产生的不易觉察到的、潜移默化的影响。
Eg:Idolshaveapowerfulinfluenceonteenagersnowadays. 如今，偶像对青少年有很大的影响。
相关搭配：① 影响某人做某事
② .受……影响
③ 对某人/某物有影响
2.choice作名词，意为“选择”，是可数名词。
Eg:Therearemanychoicesinourlife.Butifyouchoose,youmustfaceit.在我们的生活
中有很多选择，但如果你选了，就必须去面对它。
相关拓展：①choose作动词，意为“选择；挑选”。
为某人挑选某物=
201新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:Hechoosesmeagoodbookasabirthdaygift.=Hechoosesagoodbookformeasabirthdaygift.他选择了一本
书作为我的生日礼物。
② 选择做某事 选择不做某事
Eg:Theychoosetowalktothelibrarybecauseitisnexttotheirhouse.他们选择走路去图书馆，因为就在旁边。
Eg:Ichoosenottogotothezoowiththembecauseldon'tfinishmywork.我选择不和他们去动物园，因为工作没
完。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Shechose abroadforhergraduateprogram.
A. study B. tostudy C. studying D. studies
2.Youmustbemakeagood tointoabetterschool.(choose)
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1．________aschoolsportsmeetinourschoolnextmonth.
A．Therewillhave B．Therewillbe C．Thereis D．Thereare
( )2．—Canyouguessifthey________toplaycomputergameswithus?
—Ithinktheywillcomeifthey________free.
A．willcome;willbe B．willcome;are C．come;willbe D．come;are
( )3．Accordingtosomescientists,people________tobe200yearsoldinthefuture.
A．live B．lived C．willlive D．wereliving
( )4．There________abasketballgameinourcitynextSaturday.
A．willhave B．willbe C．isgoingtohave D．aregoingtobe
( )5．We________alotofmoneyforthechildreninhospitalnextweek.
A．raise B．raised C．areraising D．willraise
( )6．—Nancy,youlookworried.What'shappening?
—I'mlooking________mykeys.Idon'tknowwheretheyare.
A．at B．for C．into D．after
( )7．Hewill________themeetingnextweek.
A．join B．joinsin C．attend D．takespartin
202新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
( )8．Letme________someinformationaboutitontheInternetforyou.
A．lookedfor B．tolookfor C．findout D．tofindout
( )9．ThechildrenfromBeijingwill________withthechildrenfromShanghaiintomorrow’ssoccermatch.
A．disagree B．compete C．discuss D．complain
( )10． hedidn’thelpmefindmylostwallet,Ithankedhimallthesame.
A．Even B．Eventhough C．Because D．Since
二 、用括号内所给词的适当形式填空
1. (future)sayrobotswillbealargepartoflife.
2.Snowwill (appear)ifthetemperaturekeepsabove0℃.
3. animalsisinteresting,andmany showanimalshaveamazingabilities.(research)
4.Theteam (accept)himbecausehispositive (quality)likehonestyand
teamworkmadehimagreatmember.
5.Sheisavery artist,andher alwayssurpriseseveryone.(create)
三、从方框中选择合适的单词并用其适当形式填空
serve value develop medicine public
1.Tosaveenergy,weshouldtake transport,suchasbuses.
2.Withthe ofthetechnology,ourliveshavechangedalotsofar.
3. teamsfromdifferentcountriesweresenttheretohelpthesickpeople.
4.Thecustomersarecomplaining(抱怨)aboutthepoor oftherestaurant.
5.Learningasecondlanguageis forunderstandingdifferentcultures.
四、根据汉语意思补全句子或翻译句子
1. 我们不可能按时完成这个任务了，因为我们的材料快用完了。
forustofinishthe ontimebecausewe'rerunninglowonmaterials.
2.人工智能正深刻影响着我们的生活，未来它可能会取代各个行业中的许多传统工作。
AIishavingadeep ourlife,anditmight manytraditionaljobsinvarious
industry.
3.生活充满了挑战，只要我们有勇气挑战自己，我们就能学到很多新东西。
Lifeis , wehavethecourageto wecanlearnalotofnewthings.
4.我表妹来我家吃晚饭，我提到了下周的学校旅行。
Mycousin tomyhomefordinner,andI theschooltripnextweek.
203新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
五、阅读单选
A
Andylivesintheyear2500.Heis13yearsoldandhelivesonMarswithherparents.Therearefourrobots
intheirfamily.Let’sgettoknowthem.
Name:No.1
Icansinganddance.IcansinglotsofsongsinChinese,Englishand
French.Andylovesmusic.Ioftenteachhimtosing.Hesingswellnow.
Name:No.2
I’msmallbutI’mverysmart.IcanhelpAndywithhishomework.Andy
alwaysasksmequestions,andIcananswerallhisquestions.Wearegood
friends.
Name:No.3
I’mafamilydoctor.IhelpAndyandhisparentskeepfit.Iftheyareill,I
willgivethemsomespecialcandies.Aftereatingthecandies,theywillfeel
better.
Name:No.4
I’mverybigandstrong.Icanhelpwiththehousework.Icansweepthe
floor,washtheclothesandcookmealsforAndy’sfamily.I’mgoodatcooking.
（ ）1．No.1can_________.
A．cookmeals B．makecandies C．singanddance D．cleanthehouse
（ ）2．WhocanhelpAndywithhishomework?
A．No.1. B．No.2. C．No.3. D．No.4.
（ ）3．WhatdoesNo.4looklike?
A．Ithasoneeye. B．It’ssmallandfat.
C．It’sbigandstrong. D．Itdoesn’thavearms.
B
Doyouwanttoknowwhatourlifewillbelikeinthefuture?Let’shavealook.Youmaygetasurprise.You
willgotothekitchenwhenyouarehungry.Youwillgiveorderstothekitchenrobot.Therobotwillcookthefoodfor
204新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
youinafewminutes.Thenitwillbringittoyou.
Inthekitchenyouwillfindaspecialfoodmachine.Thefoodmachinewilltellyouwhatyourbodyneeds.Itwill
helpyoueathealthily.Thefoodmachinewillbeconnectedwith(连接)thekitchenrobot.Therobotcangetmessages
fromthefoodmachine.Afterhavingameal,youcangotoyourhomeoffice.Youwillworkathomeandyoudon’t
needtogoouttoworkanymore.
Youwillhaveaspecialinformationscreen.Youcangetanyinformationonthescreen.Whenyoureceivea
messagefromafriendinAmerica,yourinformationscreenwillbeturnedonautomatically(自动地).Yourfriend’s
faceappearsonthescreen.Thenyoucantalktoyourfriendeasily.
（ ）4．Whatisthesecondparagraphabout?
A．It’sabouthealthyfood. B．It’saboutthekitchenrobot.
C．It’saboutanicekitchen. D．It’saboutarobotwhichcandohomework.
（ ）5．Accordingtothepassage,________willtellyouwhatyourbodyneeds.
A．thekitchenrobot B．thefoodmachine
C．theinformationscreen D．thecomputer
（ ）6．Whatdoestheunderlinedword“receive”meaninChinese?
A．丢失 B．复制 C．接收 D．保存
（ ）7．Youcanseeyourfriend’sface________.
A．onthewall B．onthescreen
C．ontheInternet D．onTV
（ ）8．What’sthebesttitleforthepassage?
A．Ourlifeinthefuture B．Afoodmachine
C．Aspecialinformationscreen D．Akitchenrobot
C
Anewreportshowswhatlifemightbelikein100yearsnow.Itdescribesskyscrapersthataremuchtaller
thantoday'sbuildings,underwater"bubble"citiesandholidaysinspace.Thereportisfromacompany.Itasked
experts(专家)onspaceandarchitectureaswellascityplannerstogivetheirideasonthelifein2116.Theysaidthe
wayweliveandworkandplaywillbetotallydifferenttohowwedothesethings.TheexpertsusedtheInternetasan
example.Theysaidthat25yearsagopeoplecouldnotimaginehowtheInternetandsmartphoneswouldchangeour
lives.TheInternethascompletelychangedthewaywecommunicateanddodailythings.Theexpertssaidthechanges
inthenextcenturywouldbeevenmoreunbelievable.
205新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Researchersquestioned3000adultsabouttheprediction(预言)theythoughtweremostlikely(很可能的)to
happeninthefuture.Theypredictedthatinthefuturefewpeoplewillgotoanofficebutwillworkfromhomeand
haveworkmeetingsonline.Peoplewillhavehighlydeveloped3-Dprintersthatwillletyoudownload(下载)adesign
forfurnitureorafoodrecipeandthen"print"thesofa,tableorpizzaathome.Therewillalsobelessneedforvisitsto
thedoctor.Wewillallhaveahomehealthinstrumentthatwilltelluswhattheproblemisandgiveustreatment.We
willalsobegoingintospaceforholidaysandtogetresourcesthatwehaveusedonEarth.Apredictionthatismissing
iswhetherpeoplewillstillneedtostudyEnglish.
（ ）1．ThewriterusestheexampleoftheInternetinParagraph1toshow________.
A．theInternetwasoftenused B．theInternethasdevelopedfast
C．peoplewillnotbelievethechanges D．technologywillchangepeopleslives
（ ）2．Withthehelpofhighlydeveloped3-Dprintersawaytogetasofain2116isto________.
A．buyoneinashop B．asksomebodytomakeone
C．downloadadesignand"print"one D．designandmakeonebyoneself
（ ）3．Accordingtothepassagethemissingpredictionis________.
A．howpeoplewillwork B．wherepeoplewillgetresources
C．whatpeoplewillhaveathometotreatillness D．whetherpeoplewillstillneedtolearnEnglish
（ ）4．Thepassageismainlyabout________.
A．thelifein2116 B．holidaysinspace C．thehistoryoftheInternet D．medicaltreatment
（ ）5．Thepassageismostprobablyfrom________.
A．anadvertisement B．anewspaper C．adetectivestory D．ahealthreport
六、六选五
根据短文内容，从方框内所给的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，使其意思通顺。
Whatwillourlifebelikein100years?Althoughwedon'tknowtheanswer,webelievethatitwillbedifferentfromlife
today.1. Herearehisideas.
First,peoplewillhavelessworktodo.2. Sopeoplewillbecomestrongerandhealthier,andthey'lllive
longeraswell.
Second,computerswillcontrol(控制)thecarsandpeoplewon'tneedtodrive.Sotherewillbefewertrafficaccidentson
theroad.3.
Third,peoplewillbeabletoliveinthesea,onthemoonoronotherplanets.4. Sotherewillbemuch
spaceforpeopletoplanttrees.Therewillbelesspollution,andtheairwillbecomemuchfresher.
206新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
5. Ifwedon'tsavewaternow,peoplewillstartwarsforwaterin100years.Allinall,technology
willplayanimportantroleinourlife.Andourlifewillbehappierandeasierin100years.
A.MybrotherDavidmakessomepredictions.
B.Theearthwon'tbecrowdedornoisyanymore.
C.Finally,water shortage(短缺)willbecomeoneofthemostseriousproblems.
D.Theywillspendmostoftheirtimeplayingsportsandtravelling.
E.Planeswillbeverypopular,andmostpeoplewouldliketotakeaplanefortheirtrips.
六、短文填空
从方框中选择适当的单词，并用其正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺(每词限用一次)。
with,machine,to,dangerous,much,car,expert,human,because,clever
Whatwillourworldbelikein2050?Weaskedagroupof36. tomaketheirpredictionsaboutour
future.
By2050,wewillhave“clever”cars.Wewon'thavesomanyaccidents,37. theywillbeable
to“talk”with eachother.Carswillslowdownbythemselvesorstopin38. situations.Also,our39.
willrunonelectricity.
By2050,ourhomeswillbe40. eco-friendly.Wewillusesolarenergy(太阳能)andwewill
recycle(回收利用)water.Ourhouseswillbeundergroundandwewillhaverobotshelpus41.
cleaning,cookingand
shopping.
Thecomputersinthefuturewon'tlooklike42. .They'lllooklike43. Scientistsplan
tomakethembetterand44. .
By2050,therewillbetoomanypeopleonearthandover100millionpeoplewillbelivingonthemoonandother
planets.WewillbeabletotraveltoMarsandbebackinjustthreedays.Areyoulookingforward45.
that?
七. 语法填空
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词，或填人括号中所给单词的正确形式。
I'mJack.Ioftenimaginewhatlife1. (be)likeinthefuture.HereI'dliketotellyoumypredictions
aboutthefuture.
First,therewillbelesspollutionbecausepeoplewilldotheirbest2. (make)ourearthagreener
207新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
planet.Idon'tthinkpeoplewillbuypaperbooksanymoreinthefuture,3. theywillreadonline.By
doingso,theywillhelpsavemoretrees.Andtheenvironmentwillbe4. (good).Ifeveryone
playsa partin5. (protect)ourhome,Ibelievethefuturewillbehopeful.
Besides,peoplewillworkfewerhours6. theydonow,becausemanyrobots willhelpthemdothe
heavyandboringjobs.Theywillhavemorefreetimetogoonholidaysandvisitdifferent7
(place).Theywillevengotospacetohavefun.Itwillbereally8. (excite)!
Wheredoyouthinkpeoplewillliveinthefuture?Ithinkmoreandmorepeopleinthecountrysidewilllivein
apartmentsin9. (city).Theywilllive10. betterandhappierlife.
八、单元话题作文
我们无法改变过去，却能用勤奋和智慧创造美好的未来。亲爱的同学，你对未来的生活有怎样的期待呢？
请以“My futurelife”为题写一篇英文短文，畅想自己未来的生活。
1.提示.
(1)想象你未来从事什么职业；
(2)想象你未来的生活会是什么样子；
(3)为了过上想要的生活，你现在该怎么做？
2.要求.
(1)内容必须包括提示信息，可适当发挥；
(2)语句通顺，意思连贯，书写工整；
(3)词数70左右
208新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Unit8Let’sCommunicate!
SectionAHowdowecommunicate?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /kəmju:nɪ'keɪʃn/n.表达；交流 2. /saɪn/n.手势;迹象；标志 v. 签 ( 名 ); 签字
3. /'spi:kə(r)n.说话者；发言者 4. /rɪ'hɜːsl/v. 排练；排演
5. /'ləukl/adj. 当地的；地方的 n. 当地人；本地人 6. /prə'fesə(r)/n. 教授
7. /spi:tʃ/n.演说；发言 8. /'a:gju:/v. 争论；争吵
9. /prɪ'fɜː(r)/v. 较喜欢 10. /kla:m/adj.镇静的；沉着的 v. 使平静； 使镇静
11. /ik'spreʃn/n. 表达方式；表达 12. /tʃa:ns/n. 机会；可能性 adj.意外的；偶然的
13. /'mi:tɪŋ/n. 会面；会议 14. /'dɪfɪkəlti/n. 困难；难处
15. /laɪn/n. 字行；便条；线 16. /'di:teɪl/n.细节；详情
17. /,ri:'ju:nɪən/n. 团聚；重逢；聚会 18. /'sɪəriəsli/adv. 严肃地；认真地
19. /'trenɪŋ/n. 训练；培训
二．重点词汇变形
1.communication(n.)表达；交流→ (v.) 交流；沟通
2.sign(n.&v.)手势；标志；签字→ (n.)信号；指示灯(v.) 显示；表明
3.speaker(n.)说话者；发言者→ (v.) 说 → (adj.)口语的
4.rehearsal(n.)排练；演练→ (v.)排练
5.speech(n.)演说；演讲→ (adj.)(气得)说不出话的
6.argue(v.)争论；争吵→ (n.) 争论；争吵
7.prefer(v.)较喜欢→ (n.)喜好；偏好
8.expression(n.)表达方式；表达→ (v.) 表达
9.meeting(n.)会面；会议→ (v.) 遇见
209新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
10.difficulty(n.)困难；难题→ (adj.) 困难的
11.reunion(n.)团聚；重聚；聚会→ (n.) 联盟
12.seriously(adv.)严肃地；认真地→ (adj.) 严肃的；严重的；认真的→ (n.)严重；认真；严肃
13.training(n.)训练；培训→ (v.) 培训；训练(n.) 火车
三．重点短语通关
1. 找到做某事的方法 2. 面对面交谈
3. 发送短信 4. 打视频电话
5. 发送电子邮件 6. 使用手语
7. 打电话 8. 按时，准时
9. 接某人 10. 带某人参观
11. 尝试所有美味的当地食物 12. 和某人玩游戏
13. 把某人吵醒 14. 寻求某物
15. 休息 16. 为……而感谢
17. 使事情变更糟糕 18. (和某人)言归于好
19. 做某事最好的方式 20. 亲自；亲身
21. 保持冷静 22. 打电话
23. 去慢跑 24. 需要做某事
25. 有困难做某事 26. 写下；记下
27. 给某人写信
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionA课文重现
Jason:Professor,thanksforthehelpfulspeechoncommunication.
I have a question.Sometimes my friends and I argue but don't know how to make
up.What'sthebestwaytocommunicateinthissituation?
Professor:Ifyouwanttosolvetheproblem,aface-to-facetalkusuallyworksthebest.
Jason:Iunderstand,butmeetinginpersonisnotalwayseasy.
Professor:Ifyoucan'tmeet,justcallyourfriend.Someofyoumayprefertexting,butittakeslongerandcanmake
thingsworseifyou'renotcarefulwithyourwords.
210新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Jason:Butwhatifwearguemoreoverthephone?
Professor: If you stay calm and say sorry,it will help. If it is still hard to talk, take a
break.Meetwhenyou'rebothready.
Jason:I'llcallandtrytomeet.Becausefriendshipisimportant.Thanksfortheadvice!
Professor:You'rewelcome.
【考点1.】WhenwillthemanpickJimup?这个男人是什么时候接到汤姆的？
【用法详解】pickup是动副短语，后跟名词时，名词置于动副之间或副词之后;后跟代词时，代词只能置于动
副之间。 意为“（开车）接载，搭载（接）某人”。
Eg: I'llpickyouupattheairport.我会去机场接你。
相关拓展：①pickup意为“ ”。
Eg: Pleasepickupthebookonthefloor.请把地上的书捡起来。
②pickup意为“ ”。
Eg: Canyoupickupthephonewhenyouareathome?你在家时能接电话吗?
③pickup意为“ ”。可以指学习知识、技能等。
Eg:HepickedupsomeKoreanwhilehechantedwithhisbrother. 他和他弟弟聊天时学会了一点韩语。
④pickup意为“ ”。
Eg:Theeconomyisstartingtopickup.经济开始好转。
⑤pickup意为“ ”。
Eg:Theyaretryingtopickupinformation.他们正在努力收集情报。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Shallwegototheairportto _yoursister?
-Idon'tthinkit'snecessary.Shewillcomeherebytaxi.
A.seeoff B.pickup C.lookafter D.comeacross
（ ）2.Thebusstoppedand somepassengers.
A.pickedup B.pickedout C.pickedon D.pickedat
（ ）3.Don’tthrowthetoyshereandthere,Please quickly.
A.pickthemup B.pickitup C.pickupthem D.pickupit
3.We'llgotothefarmto someapples.(采摘)
【考点2.】 Ifyoucometomycity,I’llshowyouaround.如果你来到我的城市，我将带你到处走走。
211新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【用法详解】1.这是一个含有if引导的条件状语从句的复合句，if意为“如果”，在if引导的条件状语从句中，
从句常用 ，而主句则用 。（语法部分详细讲解）
Eg:Ifitisfinetomorrow,we'llgotothepark.如果明天天气好，我们将去公园。
2.around作副词，意为“ ；”。
Eg:Themicearerunningaround.老鼠们正在四处逃窜。
相关拓展:①around作介词，意为“ ”
Eg:Pleasebekindtothepeoplearound.请善待周围的人。
③around作副词，意为“ ”。
Eg:Hearrivesaround5o'clock.他大约5点到。
相关搭配： 带领某人参观 环顾四周
到处旅行 转身 到处走动
苏醒 ; 顺便来访 ; 来访 ; 复原
环游世界 即将来临
牛
刀小试
1.She thewholeclassroomandsatnearthedoor.(环顾四周)
2.Theyaregoingtotravel whentheyretire.(全世界)
( )3.Please thewholepaperbeforeyoustarttowrite.
A.lookthrough B.lookedaround C.lookfor D.lookout
【考点3.】IfIgothere,I’lltryallthedeliciouslocalfood.如果我去那儿，我将尝试所有的当地美食。
【用法详解】①local作形容词，意为“ ”。侧重与特定地点紧密相关，不强调出生起源。
Eg:Weboughtlocalhandicrafts.我们买了当地手工艺品。
②local作名词，意为“ ”。包括当前地区居民，不要求土生土长。
Eg:Thelocalsarehelpful.当地人乐于助人。
牛
刀小试
1.The ofthisvillageareverywarm-hearted.(local)
2.Pleasesendmeyour sothatIcanfindyou.(local)
【考点4.】professor,thanksforthehelpfulspeechoncommunication.教授，感谢你做的非常有用的关于交流的
演讲。
【用法详解】1.helpful作形容词，意为“ ”。其反义词为 ，意为“没有帮助的”。
212新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
相关搭配： 对...有帮助。
Eg:Thisbookishelpfultostudents.这本书对学生们是有帮助的。
做某事是有帮助的。
Eg:Beingcalmishelpfulforyoutosolveproblems.冷静对解决问题是有帮助的。
相关拓展： 帮助某人做某事 在某方面帮助某人
在某方面帮助 帮助摆脱困境
随意吃/喝... 情不自禁做某事
向某人求助 在某人的帮助下
2.speech作名词，意为“演讲”。 做演讲
牛
刀小试
( )1.It’shelpfulforyou askthepoliceman help,Ifyougetlostinthepark.
A.of/to B.to/for C.for/to D.with/to
( )2.Goodlearninghabitshelpus ourstudy.
A.improves B.improved C.toimprove D.improving
( )3.Whileshopping,peoplesometimescan'thelp somethingtheydon’treallyneed.
A.tobuy B.buying C.tobuying D.buy
4.Welcometomybirthdayparty,Jim.Help tosomefruit.(you)
5.Readingbooksisvery forMybrothertolearnEnglishwell.(help)
6.Runningis formetolosewightthanmybrother.(help)
【考点5.】SometimesmyfriendsandIarguebutdon'tknowhowtomakeup.有的时候我和我的朋友吵架但不
知道如何和解。
【用法详解】1.argue作动词，意为“争论;争吵；认为；说服；提出质疑；提出理由”。其名词形式为 ，
意为“争吵;争论”。
相关搭配：① 与某人争论= .
Eg:I argued with my best friend=I had an argument with my best friend.我和我最好的朋友
吵了一架。
② 为某事而争吵
Eg:Theywerearguingaboutwhichfilmtogoandsee.他们正在争论去看哪部电影。
③ 为某事与某人争辩
They'realwaysarguingwitheachotheraboutmoney.他们总是为了钱争吵。
213新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
2.makeup作动词短语，是一个多义短语，具有不同的意思，取决于具体语境。在此句中意为“ ”
指重新恢复关系，尤其是当发生争执或不愉快时。
Eg:Aftertheirargument,theydecidedtomakeupandmoveon.争吵之后，他们决定和解并
继续前行。
相关拓展：①Makeup意为“ ”（故事、借口等）。
Eg:Shemadeupastoryaboutwhyshewaslate.她编了个故事来解释自己迟到的原因。
②Makeup意为“ 。”
Eg:I’llmakeupforthemissedmeetingbyworkingextrahours.我会通过加班来弥补错过的会议。
③Makeup意为“ ”。
Eg:Theteamismadeupoffivepeople.这个团队由五个人组成。
④Makeup意为“ ”。
Eg:Shespentanhourmakingupbeforegoingout.她出门前花了一个小时化妆。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Theyargued theirbossabouttheschedule.
A. to B.with C.about D.for
（ ）2.Hehadanargument hiswife theirson.
A.to;with B.with;about C.about;with D.for;to
3.Theyhadan aboutwhattoeatthismorning.(argue)
4.Nobodylikesherbecauseshealways lies.(编造)
5.Ittookheranhour beforemeetinghimthismorning.(化妆)
【考点6.】What’sthebestwaytocommunicateinthissituation?这种情况最好的沟通方式是什么？
【用法详解】1.communicate作动词，意为“交流;沟通”。
相关搭配： 与……交流。
Eg:Iliketocommunicatewithmyfamily.我喜欢和我的家人沟通。
相关拓展： 作名词，意为“交流;沟通”。 与...交流。
Eg:Smilingisthebestwaystostartacommunication.展开一次交流最好的方式是微笑。
2. 作某事做好的方法。
Eg:Thebestwaytosolvethedifficultiesisfaceit.解决困难最好的方法就是面对他。
牛
刀小试
214新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
1.WeChat'spopularitygrowsquicklybecauseit'sconvenientforpeopleto (交流)witheachother.
2.Ithinkthebestway withanoldfriendisgivehimaphonecallfirst.(和解)
( )3.Myteacheralwaysencouragemetocommunicate otherstudents.
B. to B.with C.about D.for
【考点7.】Ifyouwanttosolvetheproblem,aface-to-facetalkusuallyworksthebest.如果你想解决问题，一次
面对面的交谈是效果最好的。
【用法详解】1.work在此句中作动词，意为“(计划，方法)产生预期效果;发挥作用”。
Eg:Themedicinethedoctorgavemeworked.医生给我的药起作用了。
相关拓展：①work作名词，意为“ ”。是 名词。
Eg:Ihavealotofworktodo.我有很多工作要做。
PS:job作名词，意为“ ”，指具体的职业或零工，是 名词。
Eg:Hewassohappyforgettingthatjob.得到那份工作他非常高兴。
②work作名词，意为“ ”。是 名词。
Eg:Themuseumhasmanyfamousworksofart.博物馆里有许多艺术著作。
③work作动词，意为“ ”。
Eg:Sheonceworkedasachef.她曾经当过厨师。
④work作动词，意为“ ”。
Eg:Heisteachinghisbrotherhowtoworkthegameplayer.他正在教他哥如何使用游戏机。
2.face-to-face意为“面对面；当面”。可作定语修饰名词，也可作副词短语修饰动词。
Eg:Weneedaface-to-facetalking.我们需要一次面对面谈话。
Eg:Whydon'tyoutalkface-to-face?为什么不面对面交谈呢?
相关拓展： 手拉手地 肩并肩地 真心诚意地
逐步地 一天天地
牛
刀小试
( )1.Theroomisinamess.Wehavetodoalotof tomakeitclean.
A.jobs B.work C.works D.job
( )2.Hewasaluckydogbecausehegotagood_ aftergraduatingfromuniversity.
A.task B.job C.work D.worker
( )3.LuXun's_ arefamousallovertheworld.Manypeoplelikereadingthem.
215新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.work B.works C.jobs D.job
4.Manyof inthisfactoryarefromvillage.(work)
5.Thismathproblemistoodifficult forme.(算出)
【考点8.】Iunderstand,butmeetinginpersonisnotalwayseasy.我理解，但亲自见面并不总是容易的。
【用法详解】inperson意为“亲自；亲身”,通常在句中作状语。
Eg:Theboymadeacakeinpersonforhisbrother.这个男孩亲自给他哥哥做了一个蛋糕。
相关拓展：① 作名词，意为“人”。 其形容词形式为 ，意为“私人的”。
Eg:Thereareeightpersonsintheclassroom.教室里有8个人。
②People作名词,意为：“人”。是集合名词，表示多个人，不能加“s”。
Eg:Thereareeightpeopleintheclassroom.教室里有8个人。
③peoples表示民族
Eg:Thereare56peoplesinChina.中国有56个名族。
牛
刀小试
1.Themanagermadeaphonecall tothatgirltointroducedtheproducts.(亲自)
2.Therewillbea partyinSean’shousetomorrowevening.(person)
【考点8.】Someofyoumayprefertexting,butit takeslongerandcanmake things worseifyou'renotcareful
withyourwords.你们中有些人可能更喜欢发短信，但这需要更长的时间，而且如果不注意措辞，可能会让事
情变得更糟。
【用法详解】1.prefer作动词，意为“更喜欢”。
相关搭配：① 比起某物更喜欢另一物。
Eg:·Hepreferstheseasidetothemountains. 比起山，他更喜欢海边。
② 比起做某事更喜欢做另一事。
Eg:SheprefersreadingtowatchingTV.她比起看电视更喜欢读书。
③ 更愿意做某事。
Eg:Iprefertostayathome.我更喜欢待在家里。
③ 宁可做某事而不愿做某事。
Eg:Hepreferstoreadratherthanwatchtelevision.他宁可读书而不愿意看电视。
2. 表示”小心/当心/认真对待某事”。
Eg:pleasebecarefulwithyourhomework.请认真对待你的作业。
216新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
相关拓展：① 表示“小心做某事，当心做某事”。
Eg:Becarefultocrossthestreetwhenthetrafficisheavy.当车流大时，过街时要小心。
② 表示“小心不要做某事”。
Eg:Becarefulnottotouchanything.当心不要碰到任何东西。
③ 为副词表示“小心地，认真地，当心地"。
Eg:Pleaselistentomecarefully.请认真听我说。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Heprefers moretimewithhisfamily.
A.spends B.spent C.tospend D.willspend
（ ）2.Shepreferstoeatoutsideratherthan athome.
A.cook B.cooking C.tocook D.cooks
（ ）3.lprefer inthecountryratherthan inthecity.
A.living;live B.live;living C.living:living D.tolive:live
（ ）4.lprefer inthecountryto inthecity.
A.living;live B.live;living C.living:living D.tolive:live
5.Weshouldlistentotheteacher inclass.(careful)
【考点9.】Thanksfortheadvice!谢谢你的建议。
【用法详解】advice是不可数名词，意为“建议”。表达一条建议用 其的动词形式为 意
为“建议；提议”。
相关搭配： 建议某人做某事。
Eg:Whocangivemesomeadvice?谁能给我一些建议？
Eg:Iadvisedyoutoloseweight.我建议你减肥。
相关拓展：①suggestion意为“建议”，是可数名词。表达一条建议用 .
其动词形式为 ，意为“建议；提议”。
相关搭配： 建议做某事。
Eg:Herearesomesuggestionsforyou.这是给你的一些建议。
Eg:Shesuggestedgoingtherebybike.她建议我们骑自行车去那里。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Mr.Wu______David______anewtaperecorderyesterday.
217新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.advised;bought B.advised;tobuy C.suggested;tobuy D.suggested;tobuying
（ ）2.Myteachersuggests____________tothetapeeveryday.
A.listen B.listening C.listens D.tolisten
（ ）3.Whatagood________you'vegivenme!Thanksalot.
A.suggestion B.information C.advice D.advise
【考点10.】Iftheoldmanhasdifficultiesinhearing,youcanwritethingsdownforhim.如果老人听力不好，你
可以帮他把事情写下来。
【用法详解】difficulty作名词，意为“难题”。当difficulty表示具体的难事时，为可数名词。当difficulty表示
抽象的困难时，为不可数名词。
Eg:Weare confidentthatwe canovercome these difficulties. 我们有信心我们能克服这
些困难。
相关搭配： 做某事有困难。
Eg:Hehadgreatdifficultyinfindingagoodjob. 他找份好工作有困难。
相关拓展： 做某事有问题。
做某事有麻烦。
牛
刀小试
( )1.lastterm,Ihadsomedifficulties myEnglish.
A.studies B.studying C.tostudy D.study
( )1.Itisdifficultforme thismathproblem.
B.tosolve B.tosolve C.tosolve D.tosolve
3.Therearesome inswimminglearningforthefreshman.(difficult)
四．单元重点语法讲练
if引导的条件状语从句
一、语法概述
条件状语从句通常由连词if引导，意为“ ”，表示在某种条件下，很可能会发生某种事
情或不发生某种事情。
1．if条件状语从句的位置
在 if 引导的条件状语从句中，if 条件句位置比较灵活，可放在主句前面也可放在主句后面。若放在主句前，
从句后面要用逗号和主句隔开。
218新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
Eg:Ifhedoesn'tfeeltired，hewillvisitthemuseum.
＝Hewillvisitthemuseumifhedoesn'tfeeltired.如果他不感觉累，他就去参观博物馆。
2．if条件状语从句的时态搭配
(1)当 ，if 引导的条件状语 。------------主将从现
Eg:Ifitrainstomorrow，Iwon'tclimbthehills.如果明天下雨，我就不爬山。
(2)当主句中含有can，may，must等情态动词时，if 引导的条件状语从句要用 。
Eg:Wecanwinthebasketballgameifhejoinsus.如果他加入我们，我们就能赢这场篮球赛。
(3) 当主句是祈使句时，if 引导的条件状语从句要用 。
Eg:Helpyourmomwiththehouseworkifyoufinishyourhomeworkearly.如果你完成作业早，就帮你妈妈做家务。
3．与其他句式之间的转换
含if引导的条件状语从句的复合句可与其他句型进行转换。
(1)与“祈使句+and/or+陈述句”进行互换。and表示 ，or表示“ ”。
Eg:Ifyougetupearly，you'llgetthereontime.＝ Getupearly，andyou'llgetthereontime.＝Getupearly，oryou
won'tgetthereontime.早点起床，你就会准时到那里。
(2)借助介词without或with来转换条件状语从句。
Eg:Ifthereisnowater，fishwilldie.＝Fishwilldiewithoutwater.如果没有水，鱼就会死。
Eg:Ifyouhelpme，I'llfinishtheworksoon.＝Withyourhelp，I'llfinishtheworksoon.如果你帮助我，我就会快点
完成工作。
(3)if…not引导的条件状语从句，可以借助连词unless来改写。
Eg:Youwillbelateifyoudon'tgotherebybus.＝Youwillbelateunlessyougotherebybus.如果你不乘公共汽车你
就会迟到。
注意： unless引导条件状语从句，表示“除非、如果不”，相当于ifnot。如果主句为一般将来时、主句为祈使
句或者含有情态动词时，unless引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时表示将来。
Eg:Unlessyourworkhard,youwon'tgetgoodgrades.除非你努力，否则将不能取得好成绩。
Eg:Youwillmisstheearlybusunlessyouhurryup.你将错过早班车，除非你快点。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.—Tinawantstoknowifyou________totheparkwithustomorrow.
—I’dloveto.Butifit________,Imaygotothelibraryinstead.
A．go;willrain B．go;rains C．willgo;rains D．willgo;willrain
219新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
（ ）2.Wewon’tbelieveit________weseeitwithourowneyes.
A．because B．unless C．if D．after
（ ）3.Yourparentswon’tletyougooutalone________theyaresureyou’resafe.
A．since B．if C．unless
（ ）4.Jasonwillgotovisithisgrandparents_________hefinisheshisworkthisweekend.
A．unless B．though C．if
（ ）5.—I’mafraidthatwecan’t________themathproblem________theteacherhelpsus.
—That’strue.It’stoodifficult.
A．workon;if B．workon;unless C．workout;if D．workout;unless
（ ）6.Youcan’tmakeprogressinmathlearning________youworkharder.
A．if B．after C．unless D．because
（ ）7.Ifit________sunny,we________campingthisweekend.
A．get;willgo B．gets;willgo C．gets;go D．willget;go
（ ）8.Ifitdoesn’traintomorrow,we________apicnic.
A．willhave B．had C．havehad D．washaving
（ ）9._____________yousmileatothers,theywillsmileback.
A．If B．So C．Or D．Though
（ ）10.Cookingisaninterestinglessonandwecanmakedifferentdishes________welike.
A．if B．after C．though D．so
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
( )1.Toavoidmakingmistakes,pleasereadthequestions___ ____beforeyouanswerthem.
A.careful B.careless C.carefully D.carelessly
( )2.---Couldwegotowatchthefootballgametogether?
---No, youhavetwotickets.
A.if B.unless C.because D.so
( )3.—Whydidn’tyougotoplaybasketballyesterday?
—Therewassomethingwrongwithmyleg.Thedoctoradvisedme__ ____sports.
A.don’tplay B.toplay C.nottoplay D.tonotplay
220新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
( )4.Mr.Davidalwaysgivesmesomeuseful____ ___.Heisaswellasafriendtome.
A.advice B.suggestion C.opinion D.choice
( )5.Mark’sfathertoldhimtobe___ ____andnottomake_________mistakesanymore.
A.careful;careless B.carefully;careful C.careful;careful D.carefully;careless
( )6.---Whatareyougoingtodoafteryouleaveschool?
---Iwill________alotofmoneyandtravel_________theworld.
A.buy;over B.make;around C.buy;in D.get;to
( )7.He ifyou________himtomorrow.
A.willcome;willinvite B.willcome;invite C.comes;willinvite D.comes;invite
( )8.—I’llgoforapicnicifit tomorrow.Willyougowithme?
—Yes,ofcourse.
A.doesn’train B.isn’training C.won’train D.didn’train
( )9.—Mom,IwanttowatchtheprogramIAmaSingerIVnow.
—Youcanwatchit___ ___youfinishyourhomework.
A.if B.unless C.but D.sothat
( )10.IfBob awayfromthejunkfood,hewillbeingoodhealth.
A.stay B.willstay C.stays D.stayed
二、 根据句意和汉语提示写出所缺的单词
1.Please (签字)yournameonthefirstpageofthebook,MrZhang.
2.WhenIvisitanewplace,Ialwayslovetotastethe (当地的)food.
3.—Whoisthe (发言者)?—MrLin,afamouswriter.
4.The (关系)betweenmybrotherandmeisprettygood.
5.Therearesomedifferentformsof (交流)inourlife.
三 、用括号内所给词的适当形式填空
6.Apilotneedslotsofspecial (train)toflyaplane.
7.Thispaintingisan (express)ofhislovefornature.
8.Face-to-face (communicate)helpsusunderstandeachotherbetter.
9.Although travelling on the mountain road in winter was much than usual,we were brave enough to
overcomethose andcompletethejourney.(difficult)
10.The gave an exciting .It encouraged everyone to practice English every
221新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
day.(speak)
四、 用括号中所给中文的英文适当形式填空（短语翻译）。
1.As we grow older,we'll we have two hands:one for helping ourselves;the other for helping others.（发
现）
2.It'snaturalforparentsto theirchildrenevenwhentheirchildrengrowup.（担心）
3.Don't me,John.JustdowhatItellyou.（争吵）
4.Joe'sgrandfatherwasillandhisfatherlookedafterhim .（亲自）
5.WiththeAItechnologydeveloping,Nobodyknowswhat tomorrow.（发生）
五、完型填空
Nowlotsofparentswillbuyeverythingthattheirchildrenwanttohave.Iftheygoonwiththehabittheir
childrenwon'tknowthemoney 1 fromhardwork.
Someparentslike 2 birthdaypartiesfortheirchildren. 3 theykeepondoingthis,theirchildren
willthinkit 4 forthemtoenjoybirthdaypartieseveryyear.Yearafteryear, 5 theywillforgettheir
parents'birthdaysandonlyremember 6 own.Itisagainsttraditionalhabits.
Manyparentsdon'tlettheirchildrendohousework.Theythinkchildrenhaveonlyone 7 todo.They
shouldstudyhardandbegood 8 theirlessons.Ifparentsgoondoingthis,thechildrenwillonlylearn toopen
theirmouthstobefedandstretchouttheirarmstobedressed.Whenthechildrengrowup,theywon'tbeableto 9
anything,andtheywon'tevenfindajob.Parentsshouldteachthechildren 10 todohouseworkbecauseitcan
helpthemstartgoodhabitsofworkingbythemselves.
（ ）1．A．comes B．borrows C．takes D．makes
（ ）2．A．having B．joining C．watching D．sending
（ ）3．A．Though B．If C．Unless D．So
（ ）4．A．surprising B．bad C．impossible D．necessary
（ ）5．A．really B．maybe C．or D．luckily
（ ）6．A．their B．his C．her D．your
（ ）7．A．Homework B．thing C．chance D．work
（ ）8．A．in B．with C．at D．to
（ ）9．A．do B．see C．hear D．copy
（ ）10．A．When B．how C．Where D．which
六、阅读单选
222新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A
DearMerry,
Thesedays,Ihaveproblemswithmystudy.InschoolIcan’tlistentoteacherscarefullybecauseIalways
feeltiredandsleepy.Idon’tspendtimewithfriendsafterclasseither,becauseIthinkit’sawaste(浪费)oftime.
Ievenmisswritingsomeanswersinthetest.
Athome,Ican’tgetmyhomeworkdoneeverynight.Myparentsdon’tletmestayup.SoIhavetogetup
earlythenextmorningtofinishit.Lately,Ievengetabadheadache.
HowcanIsolvetheseproblems?
Yours,
LiuYa
DearLiuYa,
Whenyouhaveproblemslisteningtoteacherscarefullyinclass,youcanaskyourteachersordeskmatesto
remindyouoften.Thenspendingtimetalkingaboutmanydifferentthingswithfriendscanmakeyouhappy.It’s
notawasteoftime.
Asforhomework,whenit’shardtogetitfinished,onethingyoucantryissettinggoalsforyourself.Ask
yourparentstohelpyou.Youmusttakeabreakifyoudon’tfeelwell.Youmightbesurprisedbutashortrest
canhelpyougetmoredone!Lastly,ifyoudon’tworryandhaveenoughsleep,yourheadachewillleaveyou.
Yours,
Merry
（ ）26．LiuYawrotethelettertoMerryinorderto________.
A．askforhelp B．expressworries C．shareherexperienceD．shareherhappiness
（ ）27．LiuYadoesn’twanttostaywithfriendsafterclassbecause________.
A．sheneedstosleep B．shethinksit’sawasteoftime
C．shehasproblemswithherclassmates D．sheisafraidoftalkingwithothers
（ ）28．Merrythinks________.
A．takingarestisnecessary B．beingwithparentsishelpful
C．settinggoalsbyparentsisimportant D．listeningtomusicisnecessary
（ ）29．Accordingtotheunderlinedpart,whatmightLiuYa’steachersaytoremind(提醒)her?
A．Sleepforaminute. B．Listencarefully.
223新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
C．Stoptalking. D．Welldone.
（ ）30．FromLiuYa’sletter,wecanfindthatsheistoo________.
A．happy B．careless C．nervous D．excited
B
DuringmytravelsthroughthemountainsofGreeceIwasonlyeverscaredonce,itwasduskandasIwalked.I
cameacrosssixlargewolvesthatwerefeedingonthebodyofadeadanimal.Ihadheardmanystoriesaboutwolvesas
achildanditwasthisanimalthatIfearedmorethananyother.Thewolvesbeforemewerehuge,atleast6feetlong
andcoveredwiththickgreyfur.
AsIwentnear,thewolveslefttheblood-coveredsnowthatsurroundedthebodyandstartedwalkingtowardsme,
oneafteranother.Theystoppedabout20metersfrommeandstared.Theleadwolfraisedhisheadintotheairand
tookinadeepbreath,asifhewassmellingme.Theanimalslookedbothbeautifulandfrightening,butIknewI
couldn'tshowthemmyfear.AsIdrewnearer,theleadwolfraisedhisheadoncemorebutthistimeletoutalong,loud
cry.Theawfulcryrangoutacrossthesilentvalley.Ihadneverheardamorefrighteningsound.Iwasalmostcertainit
wasasigntobedeath.
EverymomentIexpectedtoseethepackofwolves’dashatme.IknewmyonlyhopewastopretendIhadno
fear.Iwalkedpastthelineofwolves,likeageneralmovingamonghissoldiers.Theycriedoutloudagain.Butwhen
theysawthattheircrydidnotcausemetochangemydirectionormakemeruntheyfearedtocomeafterme,sothey
letmepassandreturnedtothedeadanimal.
IfIhadturnedbackortriedtorunawaywhentheymarchedouttomeetme,Iamcertainthewholepackwould
haveattackedmeinamoment.Butmyshowoffalsecourageintimidatedthemandkeptthemback.
（ ）31．Whydidn'tthewolvesattacktheman？
A．Theywerenolongerhungrywhentheysawhim.
B．Themanwasalreadyknowntothewolves.
C．Theyweretoofarawaytocatchtheman.
D．Themanshowednofearashepassedby.
（ ）32．Theunderlinedword'intimidated'means .
A．encouraged B．scared C．doubted D．hurt
（ ）33．Whatistheauthor'spurposeinwritingthisstory？
A．Toshowthatmountainscanbedangerousplaces.
B．Todiscussthehabitsofmountainwolves.
224新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
C．Tostresstheneedforcouragewhenindanger.
D．Tomakepeopleawareofthedangerofwolves.
（ ）34．Whichoftheseisrightaccordingtothepassage？
A．Thewolveswerefriendlytothewriter.
B．Thewriterknewwolvesweredangerousinchildhood.
C．Theleadwolfaskedtheotherwolvestostandinline.
D．Thewriterwasn'tafraidofthewolvesatall.
（ ）35．Thebesttitleofthepassagecouldbe .
A．InFaceofFear B．MyTriptoGreece
C．MyMountainTravels D．AManwithoutFear
七、阅读回答问题
Everyoneworries.Buthowdoyoudealwithyourworries?Whetheryourworriesarebigorsmall,youcantake
thesethreestepstodealwithyourworries:
1.Trytofindoutwhatyou’reworriedabout
Sometimes,youwillknowwhatyou’reworriedabout.Othertimes,youmightnot.Trytofinditoutfirst;ifyou
can’t,youcanaskforhelp.
2.Thinkofwaystomakeitbetter
Thereisalwayssomethingyoucandotohelpyoufeellessworried.Sittingthereworryingisnofunanditwon’t
solveyourproblem.
Gradesatschoolareoftentopworriesforkids.Ifyou’reworriedaboutgrades,askyourselfthesequestions:
★Whyaregradesimportant?Whatdogradesmeantome?
★HowdoIgetreadyforclass?DoIgoovermynotesevenwhenthereisn’tatest?
★DoIhaveagoodplacetodomyhomework?
★HaveItrieddifferentwaysofstudying?
Ifyourworryisaboutafightyouhadwithafriend,youmightwritedownallthethingsyoucoulddo—writea
notetohimorher,invitehimorhertoabasketballgame,saysorrytohimorher,etc.Onceyouhavealistofthings
youcoulddo,youcanchoosetheonethatgetsyourfriendback.
3.Askforhelp
Whenyou’reworried,itcanhelptofindsomeonetotalkto.Youcanaskyourparents,friendsorteachersfor
help.
225新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
41．Howmanystepsofdealingwithyourworriesarementioned(涉及)inthepassage?
.
42．Whatwillyoudoifyoudon’tknowwhatyou’reworriedabout?
.
43．Whatwillyoudoifyouhaveafightwithyourfriend?
.
44．Whatareoftenatopworryforkids?
.
45．Whocanyouaskforhelpwhenyou’reworried?
.
八、选词填空
从方框中选择适当的单词，并用其正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺(每词限用一次)。
bad,carefully,someone,say,probably,solve,happy,truth,if,time
Helping people is the right thing and will make us more popular with others.However,we can't say“yes”every
16. otherpeopleaskforhelp.Sometimes we17. don'thaveenoughtime.Sometimeswedon'thavethe
abilitytohelp.Inthiscase,wemustknowhowtosay“no”toothers.
In fact,it's difficult for us 18. “no”because we don't want to make others angry or sad.We often worry that
saying“no”is bad for our relationship with others.As a result,we have to spend much time 19. problems for
people who ask for help.But if we are not able to do them well,it will make our relationship even 20.
So,how should we say“no”?Here are some ways we can try.First,if someone needs our help,listen to him/her
21. .Thepointistoletthepersonknowthatwearegladtohelp.Thenweshouldtellthe22. .Justtell
the person why we can't help.But we must be kind and tell the reasons clearly,Most people are understanding.We
don't need to feel sorry about saying “no”.What's more,23. we finally decide to refuse him/her,we can also
trytofind24. elsetohelphim/her.Inthisway,he/shemaygetsomecomfort.
Inshort,wecannotmakeeveryone25. allthetime.Afterall,saying“no”isapartofourlife.
Unit8Let’sCommunicate!
SectionBHowcanwecommunicatebetter?
一．重点词汇梳理
1. /'nɜːvəs/adj.担忧的；焦虑的；惶恐的 2. /'streɪndʒə(r)/n. 陌生人
3. /tɪp/n.指点；实用的提示；尖端 v. 使倾斜；倾倒；给小费
226新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
4. /'keəfəli/adv. 认真地；仔细地；小心地
5. /'lɪsənə(r)/n.听者 6. /pɔɪnt/n. 观点；重点 n.指向；瞄准
7 /'ʃuəli/adv.想必；必定 8. /kən'tɪnju:/v. 持续；继续做
9. /Impə'laɪt/adj. 不礼貌的；粗鲁的 10. /'pɜːsənl/adj.个人的；私人的
11 /sɪn'sɪə(r)/adj. 真诚的；诚实的 12. /peɪ/v.(paid /peɪd/)付钱；付酬
13. /ə'tenfn/n.留心；关注 14. /'ɒfə(r)v. 提议；主动提出 n. 提供；出价
15. /'ri:znəbl/adj. 公平的；合理的 16. /'səuʃl/adj.社会的；社交的 n. 联谊会； 联欢会
17 /'mi:diəm/n. (pl.media /'mi:diə/)媒介；手段 18. trʌst/n.&v. 信任；相信
19 /misʌndə'stændɪŋ/n.误解；误会 20 /i'vent/n.公开活动；重要事情
21. /kɒst/n.费用；价钱；代价 v. 价格为；使 损失；使付出努力
22. /ɒpə'tju:nəti/n. 机会；时机 23. /'benɪfɪt/v.对……有用；使受益 n. 益处； 成效
24 /rɪ'plaɪ/n.&v.回答；回复 25. /'ɒnə(r)/(=honor)n.荣幸 ； 尊敬 v. 给…荣誉；表彰
26 /sɪn'sɪəli/adv. 真诚地；诚实地 27. /'əupənɪŋ/adj. 开幕的；开始的 n. 开始； 孔；洞
28. /'kləuzɪŋ/adj.结尾的；结束的 n.停业；关闭 29. /'sentəns/n. 句子；判决 n.判决；宣判
30 /deɪt/n.日期；日子 v.确定年代；注明日期31. /klɔ:z/n. 从句；分句
二．重点词汇变形
1.stranger(n.)陌生人→ (adj.)奇怪的；陌生的
2.carefully(adv.)仔细地;认真地→ (adj.)认真的;谨慎的→ (adj.)粗心的→ (v.)照顾;照料(n.)关心
3.surely(adv)想必；必定→ (adj.)确定的，一定的
4.impolite(adj.)不礼貌的;粗鲁的→ (adv.)不礼貌地→反 (adj.)礼貌的→ (adv.)礼貌地
5.personal(adj.)个人的；私人的→ (n.)人
6.sincere(adj.)真诚的；诚实的→ (adv.)真诚地
7.reasonable(adj.)公平的；合理的→ (n.) 理由
8.social(adj.)社会的；社交的→ (n.)社会
9.discover(v.) 发现；找到→ (n.) 发现
10.helpful(adj.)乐于助人的；有帮助的→ 反: (adj.) 无用的→ (n.)(v.) 帮忙；帮助
11.understand(v.) 理解;了解;→ (n.)理解;领会→ (v.) 误解;误会→ (n.)误会
12.easy(adj.)容易的;简单的→ (adv.)容易地→反: (adj.)不易的→ (adv.)不容易地
13.advice(n.)建议 → (v.)建议
14.invite(v.) 邀 请 → (n.)邀请；请柬；请帖
227新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
15.perform(v.) 表演；演出→ (n.) 表现；表演→ (n.)表演者；演出者
16.nervous(adj.)焦虑的；紧张的→ (adv.)紧张地；焦急地
17.agree(v.)同意赞同→ (n.)同意；协定；→反 (v.) 不同意；不赞同→ (n.) 分歧;争论
18.attend(v.)出席；参加→ (n.)出席者；参观者→ (n.)出席；到场
三．重点短语通关
1. 和陌生人对话 2. 该某人做某事的时间
3. 对……表现出兴趣 4. 最...之一
5 选择正确的话题 6. 其他的个人信息
7. 很高兴做某事 8. 和某人争吵；和某人争论
9. 转移到另一个话题 10. 不知道
11. 假装做某事 12. 找到；发型；查明
13. 说实话；说真话 14. 注意
15 身体语言 16 站直
17. 在……中扮演重要角色 18. 主动提出做某事
19. 社交媒 20. 代替；而不是
21. 建立信任 22 ...(使)远离；避免.….靠近
23. 邀请某人做某事 24. 发表演讲
25. 发生 26. 报销你所有的差旅费
27. 一个很好的机会 28. 抽出时间
29. 从某人身上受益匪浅 30. 期望做某事
31. 希望做某事 32. 做某事是极大的荣幸
四．课文重点知识及语法梳理
SectionB课文重现
HowtoMakeaBetterConversation
Do you get nervous when you talk to someone? Do you find it hard to have a
conversation with a stranger? If you have such worries,it is time for you to learn some
moreconversationskills.Herearesometipsformakingbetterconversations.
1. Listen carefully and show interest in others. One of the most important things is
tolisten tothepersonyouspeakto.Ifyouareagoodlistener,youwillfindsome good
points to ask questions about. For example, if someone tells you their hobby and you
228新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
canaskquestionsaboutit,theywillsurelybehappytocontinuetheconversation.
2.Choosetherighttopic.Someofthebesttopicsmightbetheweather,sports,music,films,food,ortravel.However,
it is impolite to ask someone's age, weight, or other personal information.Also, if you don't agree with others, don't
arguewiththem.Justmoveontoanothertopic.
3. Be honest and sincere. If you have no idea of a subject, just say" don't know much about it" If you want to make
theotherpersonhappy,mentionhisorherstrongpoints.Butdon'tjustpretendtobenice,becausepeoplecanfindout
youarenottellingthetruth.
4.Payattention toyourbody language.Sometimes itis just asimportantas your words.Don't benervous Stand up
straight,smile,andbeyourself-youhavealottooffer.
Ifyoureallyworkatit,youwillfindhavingconversationsmucheasier.
【考点1.】Do you get nervous when you talk to someone?当你和别人交谈时是否会感到紧张?
【用法详解】1.nervous 作形容词，意为“ ”。 使某人紧张。
Eg:Theloudnoisegotmenervous.噪音让我紧张。
相关拓展：① 对……感到紧张。
Eg:Kellywassonervousaboutherexam.凯莉对她的考试感到紧张。
② 做某事时紧张。
Eg:Hefeltnervoustospeakinpublic.他害怕公开演讲。
牛
刀小试
( )1.Sheisso aboutthecompetitionoftalkshowtomorrow.
A.nervous B.happy C.excited D.strange
( )2.Don’tbe ,Itisjustasmalltext.
A.careful B.helpful C.nervous D.relaxed
【考点2.】Doyoufindithardtohaveaconversationwithastranger?是否觉得与陌生人交流很难?
【用法详解】findit+adj.+ sth.认为做某事是……(it是形式宾语，真正的宾语是动词不定式)
Eg:Ifinditrelaxingtolistenasoftmusic.我发现听一首温柔的歌很放松。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Shefinditdifficult French.
A.learn B.tolearn C.learning D.learned
（ ）2.Manypeoplefindithard smoking.
229新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.togiveup B.giveup C.givingup D.givesup
【考点3.】Ifyouhavesuchworries,itistimeforyoutolearnsomemoreconversationskills.如果你有这样的担
忧，那么对你来说是时候学习更多的谈话技巧了。
【用法详解】 意为“到(某人)做某事的时间了”。
Eg:It'stime(forme)todomyhomework. 到(我)写作业的时间了。
相关拓展： 后跟名词或名词短语意思是到了做某事的时间了。
Eg:It'stimeforgoinghome.=It'stimeforhome.是时候回家了。
牛
刀小试
1. It’stimetogotoschool.(写出另外两个同义句)
.
.
2. It’stimeforhavingdinner.(写出另外两个同义句)
.
.
【考点4.】Ifyouareagoodlistener,youwillfindsomegoodpointstoaskquestionsabout.如果你是一个好的倾
听者，你就会发现一些值得提问的观点。
【用法详解】point作名词，意为“观点”。常用短语为 ,意为“有道理”。
Eg:He provided some more evidence in order to prove his point.他提供了
更多的证据来证明他的观点。
相关拓展：point 作动词，意为“指向；瞄准”。常见短语为 ,
意为“指着...”。表示指着离说话人较近的人或物。
Eg:Itisimpolitetopointataperson. 指着一个人是不礼貌的。
意为“指向……”,表示指向离说话人较远的人或物。
Eg:Hepointedtothepersonontheothersideoftheriver.他指向河对岸的人。
【考点5.】Forexample,ifsomeone tells youtheirhobby and youcanaskquestions about it,they willsurely be
happytocontinuetheconversation.例如，如果有人告诉你他们的爱好，你可以就此提问，他们一 定会很乐意
继续交谈。
【用法详解】①continue作动词，意为“继续；持续”,相当于 。
230新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
相关搭配：① 继续做某事，强调持续。
Eg:Theraincontinuedfallingallnight. 雨下一整晚。
② 继续做某事，侧重重新开始。
Eg:ShemovedtoNewYorktocontinueherstudies. 她搬去了纽约，继续她的学
业。
③ 继续某事。
Eg:Pleasecontinuewithyourpresentation.请继续你的演讲。
牛
刀小试
( )1.shecontinued afterabreak.
A.write B.towrite C.writing D.writes
( )2.Theteacheraskedustocontinue thetopicwehavelearnedyesterday.
A.discussing B.discuss C.todiscuss D.discussed
【考点6.】However,itisimpolitetoasksomeone'sage,weight,orotherpersonalinformation.但是，询问某人的
年龄、体重或其他个人信息是不礼貌的。
【用法详解】1. 意为“对于某人来说做某事是......的”。it是形式主语，真正的主语
是动词不定式结构。句中形容词表示事物的特点,介词用for。
这类形容词有 等 。
Eg:Itisimportantforstudentstoexerciseeveryday. 对于学生来说每天锻炼是重要的。
相关拓展：“ ”意为“某人做某事是……的”。句中的形
容词表示人的性格品质，介词用of, 这类形容词有 等。
Eg:itiskindofyoutohelpme. 你来帮助我，真是太体贴了。
2.impolite作形容词，意为“不礼貌的;粗鲁的” 。
相关搭配： .做某事是不礼貌的
牛
刀小试
( )1.It'simpolite atothers'mistakes.
A.laugh B.tolaugh C.laughing D.laughs
( )2.Itisdifficultforhimhimself.
A.lookafter B.lookingafter C.looksafter D. tolookafter
3.Hespoke totheelderly,whichmadeeveryoneangry.(polite)
231新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【考点7.】Payattentiontoyourbodylanguage.注意你的肢体语言。
【用法详解】payattention是固定短语，意为“注意;常见;关注”,可以单独使用，后面接宾语时用payattention
to,其中to是介词，后面可接名词、代词或动名词作宾语。
相关搭配： 注意做某事。
Eg:Pleasepayattentiontotakingcareofyourbaby. 请注意照顾你的婴儿。
牛
刀小试
1.Tokeephealthy,weshouldpayattentionto (wear)masksandwashinghands.
2.Youmust thetrafficlights.（注意）
【考点8.】Butdon’tjustpretendtobenice,becausepeoplecanfindoutyouarenottellingthetruth.
【用法详解】pretend作动词，意思为”假装，假装自己是…”。
相关搭配： 假装做某事。
Eg:He pretendedto beasleep when hermother came in .她妈妈进来时她假装睡着
了。
相关拓展： 专注正在做某事。
Eg:Heispretendingtobewriting.他假装正在写字。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Shepretended mewhenIgreetedher.
A.nottosee B.notseeing C.tonotsee D.seeing
（ ）2.Hepretended whenIcomein.
A. tosleep B.sleeping C.tobesleeping D.tosleeping
【考点9.】Standupstraight,smile,andbeyourself—youhavealottooffer.站 直身子，面带微笑，做你自己—
—你可以提供很多东西。
【用法详解】offer作动词，意为“提供；主动提出”。offer还可以作名词，意为“主动提议；出价”。
相关搭配：① 给某人提供某物。
Eg:Heofferedmeajob.他给我提供了一份工作。
② 主动提出做某事;愿意做某事。
Eg:Mydadhasofferedtopickusup. 我爸爸表示愿意开车来接我们。
③ 获得机会。
Eg:HereceivedtheofferofthatfamousUniversity. 他被那所著名的大学录取了。
232新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
相关拓展：provide作动词，意为“提供”。 为某人提供某物。
Eg:Heprovidedhisbrotherwithsomefood=Heprovidedsomefoodforhisbrother.他给他弟弟提供了一些食物。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Whatdoyouthinkofthehotel?
一Great!Itcanprovideus________hotwaterevenatnight.Anditcanalsoprovidefood_________usanytime.
A.for;for B.with;with C.with;for D.for;with
（ ）2.He_________meajob,butIdidn'taccept.
A.offers B.offered C.provides D.provided
（ ）3.ThetripinShanghai_________megreatpleasure.
A.offered B.gave C.provided D.give
（ ）4.-What else can we to the children in poor areas? I think we can________them with books and
clothes.
A.offer;provide B.provide;offer C.offer;give D.give;offer
【考点10.】Thiscankeepusawayfrommisunderstandingsandargument. 这能帮助我们远离误解和争吵。
【用法详解】 意为“离开”，作后置定语。
Eg:Helivesinasmallvillageawayfromthecity.他生活在一个离城市很远的小村庄里。
使某人/某物远离......(keep表示动作有持续性)
Eg:Keepchildrenawayfromthestove.让孩子远离炉子。
相关拓展： 离……远点;躲避…… 逃跑;逃避;避开
牛
刀小试
完成句子
1.一人们喜欢旅行。
是的，有时我们需要短暂离开忙碌的生活一段时间。
一Peopleliketravellingverymuch.
-Yes,sometimeswedoneedajourneyto ourbusylifeforawhile.
2.他不沾酒。
He wine.
3.让孩子离火远一点。
thechildren thefire.
233新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
【考点11.】Ifyouareabletoattendtheevent,wewillcoverallyourtravelandhotelcosts.如果您能参加活动，
我们将承担您所有的旅行和酒店费用。
【用法详解】①cost作动词，意为“ ”,其主语常是某个物品或某件事情。其过去式和过去分词均为
cost。
Eg:Thiscoatcosthim1823元。这件外套花了他1823元。
②cost还可作名词，意为“代价;费用;价钱”。 .意为“以……为代价”。
Eg:Allcostsofthistripis1623yuan.这次旅行的所有费用是1623元。
相关拓展：表示花费时cost与take、pay、spend的用法区别
①cost主语通常是事物 意为“某物花费某人...（钱）；某物值多少
钱”。
Eg:Thesebookscost100yuan.这些书值100元。
②take主语通常是形式主语it,常用于" ”结构，意为“做某事花费某人...时间”。
Eg:Ittakeshimtwodaystofinishhishomework.完成作业花了他两天时间。
③spend主语通常是人，常用于“ ”结构，意为“花费...时间做某
事”。
Eg:Hespentthreedaysmakingagiftinpersonforhisbrother.他花了三天时间亲自给他哥哥做了一份礼物。
④pay主语通常是人,常与 连用，意为“支付”。
Eg:Hepaid23yuanforthisticket.他支付了23元门票费。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.-Whatbeautifulshoesyouhewearing!Theymustbeexpensive.
一No,theyonly________10yuan.
A.spent B.took C.paid D.cost
（ ）2.-Willyouplease________formydinner,Peter?-Sure!
A.spend B.pay C.cost D.take
（ ）3.Itwill_______metoomuchtimetoreadthisbook.
A.take B.cost C.spend D.pay
（ ）4.Thissciencebook meagreatamountofmoney.
A.took B.cost C.used D.spent
（ ）5.I_____twohoursonthismathsproblemyesterday.
234新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.take B.cost C.pay D.spent
【考点12.】Wearelookingforwardtoyourreply.我们期待您的回复。
【用法详解】2.lookingforwardto意为“期待；期盼”后接名词/动名词(to为介词)即 期
待做某事。
Eg:Wearealllookingforwardtowatchingthedocumentary(纪录片)exploringtheunknown2.
我们都期待看纪录片《探索新境2》。
2.reply作名词,意为“回答;回复”。是可数名词， 做出回复。
作动词，后接 to 表示“回复”，即 .
Eg:Herepliedtothequestioncarefully.他仔细回答了问题。
牛
刀小试
（ ）1.Welookforwardto Yunnan.我们期待去云南旅游。
A.visiting B.tovisiting C.tovisit D.visit
课
堂测试
一、单项选择
（ ）1．Ifyoulistentotheteacheras________asyoursister,youwilllearnthissubjectwell.
A．careful B．morecareful C．carefully D．morecarefully
（ ）2．—WhatdoyouthinkoftheEnglishsongcompetitiontomorrow?
—I’m________aboutit.becauseIneverdoneit.
A．nervous B．worried C．crazy D．angry
（ ）3．—Doyouknowifhe________toplaytenniswithustomorrow?
— Ithinkhewillcomeifhe________available.
A．comes;is B．comes;willbe C．came;willbe D．willcome;is
（ ）4．Lifeislikeamirror.Ifyousmileatit,it______back.
A．hassmiled B．willsmile C．smiled D．issmiling
（ ）5．—Whenwillyoureturnthebooktome?—I’llgiveittoyou________Ifinishit.
A．once B．until C．assoonas D．unless
（ ）6．Eitherofthemcantakethisjob,butIwonderwhodoeseverything_______.
A．morecareful B．morecarefully C．themostcareful D．themostcarefully
（ ）7．OurEnglishteacheralwaystalksabouther ________aboutcommunicationinclass.
235新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A．opportunity B．points C．experience D．information
（ ）8．Billshowsalotof________inChinesehistory.
A．interest B．information C．discussion D．experience
（ ）9．Lilyhassomedifficultiesin English.
A．tolearn B．Learn C．tolearning D．learning
（ ）10．Heprefersplayingbasketballto themusic.
A．listen B．listening C．listens D．tolisten
二、 用所给单词的适当形式填空及汉语提示完成句子
1.Icouldhardlyunderstandwhathewassayingbecauseitwashardtofollowaquick (speak).
2.Studentsshoulddomorehousework.Thisismy (person)opinion.
3.Withthehelpofarobot,Eddiehasno (difficult)cleaninghishouse.
4.Fromthe (express)onhisface,Irealizedhewasveryangryaboutthething.
5.Youshouldhavegood (communicate)withparentsifyouhavedifferentopinions.
6.Ourheadmasterwillinviteascientisttogiveusa (演讲)onspacetechnology.
7.After four years of college education,more and more young men return to their hometowns to help with the
(当地的)development.
8.Davewasso (紧张的)thathecouldn'tsayawholesentencewhenhespokeinfrontofpeople.
9.Vacationsarea (机会)tofillyourfreetimewithmeaningfulactivities.
10.He (较喜欢)countrymusictopopmusicwhenhewasyoung.
三、完成句子
1．老师建议我们任何时候都不要放弃我们的梦想。
Ourteachers us togiveupourdreamanytime.
2．除非你一直努力学习， 否则你不可能成功。
Youcan'tbesuccessful__ _____you____ __ _ __ hard.
3．除非你赶快，否则一定会错过那趟火车的。
,youwillsurelymissthetrain.
4．贝蒂是我们班最细心的女孩，她很少犯错误。
Bettyis_ inourclassandshe .
5．为了查明真相，他继续在网上寻找相关的信息。
To thetruth,hecontinues therelatedinformationonline.
236新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
四、完型填空
AuntSaraisawisewoman.Ifyouhaveaproblem,youcanalwaysturntoherfor 1 .Sometimes,she
tellsastorytoshowheridea.
Thissummer,Iwantedtofindajob 2 Icouldmakesomemoneytobuythingsforthecomingschool
year. 3 ,withlongnightsofplayingoutsidewithfriends,bythetimeIbeganto 4 jobs,theywereall
taken.Thatleft 5 oneofthefewkidswithnosummerjob.Mysummerendedupbeinglongand 6 .
WhenAuntSaraheardaboutthis,shetoldmea 7 .Therewerethree 8 livinginariver.They
wereMakePlans,FastThinker,andWaitandSee.Oneday,theyheardafishermansayingthathewouldcast(投)anet
intotheriverthenext 9 .MakePlansimmediatelydecidedtoswimupriverinordernottobe 10 .Fast
Thinkerwasnotworried.Hesaid,"Iwillhavea 11 whenthemancastshisnet."WaitandSeewasnot
worried,either."Iwilldecide 12 todotomorrowmorning,"hesaid.
Thenextmorning,thefishermancasthisnet.Bythistime,MakePlanswasfaraway,buttheother 13
fishwerecaught.FastThinkerpretended(假装)tobe 14 .Ofcourse,thefishermandidnotwantadeadfish,
15 hethrewhimbackintotheriver.ButWaitandSeewastakenawayandsoldinthemarket.
（ ）1．A．money B．advice C．news D．information
（ ）2．A．if B．eventhough C．as D．sothat
（ ）3．A．However B．Instead C．Finally D．Suddenly
（ ）4．A．giveup B．lookfor C．takeoff D．takeaway
（ ）5．A．me B．you C．her D．them
（ ）6．A．boring B．busy C．exciting D．enjoyable
（ ）7．A．song B．rule C．story D．secret
（ ）8．A．ducks B．robots C．snakes D．fish
（ ）9．A．morning B．noon C．afternoon D．evening
（ ）10．A．heard B．Hidden C．beaten D．caught
（ ）11．A．party B．class C．plan D．picnic
（ ）12．A．where B．what C．how D．when
（ ）13．A．two B．three C．four D．five
（ ）14．A．strong B．small C．dead D．rude
（ ）15．A．but B．or C．because D．so
五、阅读单选
237新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A
Wateristheroot(根本)oflife.Noonecanlivewithoutwater.Ontheonehand,althoughseventy-five
percentoftheworldiscoveredwithwater,aboutninety-sevenpercentofitisseawater,orsaltwater.Sothewaterwe
coulddrinkisreallylimited.Ontheotherhand,becausethenumberofpeopleintheworldisbecominglargerand
larger,moreandmoredrinkingwaterisneeded.Weshoulddosomethingtosavewaterinoureverydaylife.
●Trytofixdrippingtaps(滴水的龙头)orleaky(漏的)toiletsatyourhome.
●Turnthetapoffasmuchasyoucan—don’tuserunningwatertowashyourhands,brushyourteeth,wash
vegetablesandsoon.
●Neverpourawaywastewaterwhentheremaybeanotheruseforitsuchaswateringaplantoragarden,orfor
cleaning.
●Donotoftenwateryourlawn(草坪).Asageneralrule,lawnsonlyneedwateringevery5to7daysinsummer
andevery10to14daysinwinter.
●Takeshortshowersandsavethebaths.
（ ）1．Peoplecanonlydrinkabout ofwaterontheearth.
A．97% B．75% C．25% D．3%
（ ）2．Theword“limited”inthepassageprobablymeans “.
A．足够的 B．有限的 C．新鲜的 D．必须的
（ ）3．You’dbetterwateryourlawn insummer.
A．onceaday B．twiceaday C．onceaweek D．twiceaweek
（ ）4．WhichofthefollowingisNOTthewaytosavewater?
A．Usingrunningwatertowashhands. B．Usingwastewatertowaterflowers.
C．Takingashowerasquicklyaspossible. D．Turningoffthedrippingtaps.
（ ）5．Whichcouldbethebesttitleforthepassage?
A．HowtoSaveWater B．WhereWaterComesfrom
C．HowtoUseDrinkingWater D．Don’tUseRunningWater
B
Dickwasacollegestudent.Hewasstudyinghistory.Butattheendofthefirstschoolyearhedidnotpass
theexam.Amonthlaterhesatforthemakeupexam,buthewasdownagain.Dickwasveryafraidbecauseheknewhe
mighthavetoleavethecollege.
WhenDick’sfatherknewthis,hewenttoseetheprofessor(教授).“Dickisagoodboy,”saidthefather.“Ifyou
238新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
lethimpassitthistime,I’msurehewillstudyhardernextyearandpassalltheexamswithverygoodmarks.”
“No,that’squiteimpossible,”answeredtheprofessor.“Healmostknowsnothingabouthistory.LastmonthI
askedhimwhenNapoleon(拿破仑)died,andhesaidhedidn’tknow.”
“Please,sir,givehimanotherchance.”saidthefather.“Sometimesweweretoobusytoreadtheeveningpapers
carefully,soweevendon’tknowMr.Napoleonwasill.”
（ ）6．Dickhadbeenincollegefor .
A．fouryears B．aboutoneyear
C．morethanthreeyears D．morethantwoyears
（ ）7．Napoleonwas .
A．afamousprofessor B．thenameofastudent
C．thenameofateacher D．thenameofafamousFrenchman
（ ）8．“Satforthemakeupexam”inthepassagemeans “.
A．参加补考 B．下决心 C．期末考试 D．不及格
（ ）9．Thefatherwenttothecollegebecause .
A．hewantedtogivetheteachersomepresents
B．hemissedhissonverymuch
C．theprofessoraskedhimtodoso
D．hehopedtheprofessorwouldlethissonpasstheexam
（ ）10．Fromthepassage,wegettoknowthat .
A．theprofessorhatedDickverymuch
B．thefatherdidn’tknowNapoleonatall
C．Dickworkedveryhardinthecollege
D．thefatheroftenreadtheeveningpaperscarefully
C
Letter1
WhateverIdo,Ialwayswonderifotherpeoplewilllikeit.HowcanIstopworryingaboutwhattheythink?
─Eva,14,Illinois
Letter2
MydreamistobeontheOlympicteamforgymnastics.MydadthinksIstartedtoolateandI'llneverbeabletomake
239新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
it.Heputsmedown,butIwanthissupport.WhatshouldIdo?
─Eric,9,Texas
Letter3
IjustmovedandI'mkindofshy,sohowdoImakenewfriends?
─Jessica,11,Canada
Dr.Molly'sAnswer①
Youshouldtellhimaboutyourdreamandthatifyouworkreallyhard,itmighthappeneventhoughyoustartedlate.
Thesooneryoutellyourdadhowyoufeel,thesooneryou'llbeabletoworkonmakingyourdreamcometrue.
Dr.Molly'sAnswer②
Nobodyknowsyouatyournewschool.Youhavenothingtolose,sogatherupallyourcourage(鼓起全部勇气)andgo
overtosomeonewholooksfriendlyandintroduceyourself.Youcanaskthatpersonaboutyourteacherortheother
kidsinyourclasstobreaktheice.Goodluck!
Dr.Molly'sAnswer③
Justbeyourselfandtrynottocareaboutwhatothersthink.Themoreyouthinkaboutit,theworseyouwillfeel.
Alwaysactstronglyandconfidently.Evenifyouarealittleunsureofsomething,don'tdoubt(怀疑)yourabilitiestodo
thingsright.Justrelax.
（ ）11．Jessica_________.
A．wantstomakenewfriends B．isoutgoingandhasmanyfriends
C．isafraidtotellhermomaboutherfailingatest D．keepsworryingaboutwhatotherpeoplethinkabouther
（ ）12．_________dreamstobeontheOlympicteam.
A．Erica B．Eva C．Molly D．Jessica
（ ）13．Erica'sdaddoesn'tsupportherbecausehethinksshe_________.
A．isalittleshyandcan'tdoitwell B．didn'tstartataveryearlyage
C．istooyoungtobeontheteam D．doesn'tworkhardenough
（ ）14．AccordingtoDr.Molly,Evashould_________.
A．holdontoherdream B．alwaystellthetruth
C．bebravetosayhellotoothers D．beconfidentaboutherself
（ ）15．WhichisthecorrectorderofDr.Molly'sanswerstothethreeletters?
240新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A．①③② B．③②① C．②①③ D．③①②
六、短文填空：阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式
JimandCathycomefromatypicalAmericanfamily.As1. elderbrother,Jimoftenoffers2.
(help)Cathyworkoutproblems.Jimplaysfootballwithgreatskills.ButthereisacloudhangingoverJim's3.
(develop).Hismotheroftencompareshim4. otherchildren.Shealwayswantshimtocompetewithothers
andwin.ThiscausesmuchpressureforJim.ItalsopushesJimintoacrazy5. nervousplace.Jimoftenargues
withhismotherandthe6. (relation)betweenthemisdifficult.Jimdoesn'twanttocontinue7.
(practice)footballanymore.IguessJimwantstocutoutallthematches.
Inmyopinion,everyonehashisownworldtolookthrough.It'swrongtopushJimsohard.Perhapstheyshoulddeal
withthisproblem.Theyshouldfindachance8. (explain)toeachotherasquicklyaspossible.Firstly,as9.
(member)ofafamily,theyshouldoftencommunicatetogetonwellwitheachother.It'sclearthatparentscan'tgive
childrentoomuchpressure.Instead,theyshouldallowtheirchildrentodowhatevertheylike.Secondly,parentsshould
haveproper10. (communicate)withtheirchildren.
七、阅读匹配（六选五）
根据短文内容，从方框内所给的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，使其意思通顺。有一项多余。
Everyonemayhaveproblems,andtheymaymakeyousad.Butdoyouknowhowtosolvethem?Herearesomewaysto
helpyou.
Talk,talk,talk.
1. Find someone you can trust andtalk aboutyour problems with him orher.You'll feelgood inthis
way.
2.
It’s difficult to think about anything else when you're having a difficult time,so try to do something to relax.That can
beshoppingwithyourmumorwatchingyourfavouritemovies.
Thinkaboutgreatthings.
Having a problem?3. Try to think about all the great things in your life.They can help you see
problemsinadifferentway.
Writeitdown.
4. It can also help you get your worries out of your head,and then you can start to think what you
shoulddo.Whenyoulookback,you'llfindyou'rethebest.
5.
Ifyou'resad,justcryout.Don'ttrytohide(隐藏)yourtruefeelings.It'snotgoodforyourhealth.
241新人教八年级英语上册单元同步知识点与语法精讲精练
A.Showhowyoufeel,
B.Dosomethingtorelax,
C.Alwaysbelieveinyourself.
D.It'seasyforyoutothinkofbadthingsandfeelsad.
E.When things go wrong,it's important to talk about them.
F.Writingdownwhatyouthinkcanhelpyouknowhowyou'refeeling.
八、书面表达
“Atruefriendreachesforyourhandandtouchesyourheart.”这句谚语让我们体会到了朋友的珍贵之处。交流是我
们收获珍贵友谊的重要途径之一。那么我们应如何与朋友交流，让友谊长存呢?请你以“HowtoCommunicate
withOurFriends”为题写一篇英语短文。
要 求 ：
1.词数80左右，已给出部分不计入总词数；
2. 文中不得出现真实姓名和校名 。
HowtoCommunicatewithOurFriends
Atruefriendreachesforyourhandandtouchesyourheart.
242